Issuu on Google+

Musicuratum The Compendium (Part

III)

Amsterdam

The Netherlands

2012-17


Original texts Š Musicuratum 2012-2016. Amsterdam, The Netherlands. All rights reserved.


www.musicuratum.com www.musicuratumlargeprint.org www.soundcloud.com/musicuratum www.play.spotify.com/user/musicuratum www.youtube.com/user/musicuratum www.facebook.com/pages/musicuratum


Table of Contents

Some Varèsean Themes An Exhibit of ZERO in Amsterdam For Further Reading Acknowledgements A Note on the Text
 (and on the Type)

922 1006 MXVII

MCXXXVII

MCXLV


T e

Some Varèsean Themes

(August 1, 2015)

x t #

234

After quite a long intermission – which had its reasons, although expounding them would be both an imposition and a bore – henceforth I should now be able to devote sufficient time once again to this endeavor. The lengthy text which follows, was envisioned when I began it, some weeks back, as rather more compact than it has turned out to be; but the topics dealt with were resistant, and given that it had to be something fit to recommence with, after a while I decided to allow them and myself a free hand. Throughout this essay the reader will note more than the usual number of dates, locations, and references, which, although at first they might yield some confusion, are actually provided that one find one’s way more easily across a terrain which may appear quite unfamiliar. This expanse of historical material it seemed necessary to include in order to situate properly some of the work, thought, and place of one composer in particular who during a long career removed himself about as far as he could from all tradition.


A bit more than a month ago, under the aegis of the Holland Festival, a tribute was paid to Pierre Boulez (perhaps also in honor of his ninetieth year), his work “Répons” (in its third version) being given what was to the best of my knowledge its Dutch premiere. Twice it was played, in the enormous circular building on the Westergasfabriek complex where gas was once stored, by the Ensemble intercontemporain, the group he founded in the 1970s and for which he had first written the work some years later, positioned at the center of the space with the several soloists who’d been engaged for the performance stationed at points around the perimeter, while the audience was apportioned into quadrants in between, and then seated anew for the second of the two performances exactly ninety degrees further on, being shifted a quarter-turn to the left relative to all the musicians. A simple and effective expedient this proved to be, for a work devoted so obviously to the very experience of space, opening thus another route through it to the attentive audience. And indeed, how different everything did resonate, the second time around! One change of location and the whole room was hardly the same. At certain moments during the second performance, and precisely by virtue of the repetition, some musical influences upon the composer’s work which usually are rarely mentioned, if ever at all, could be heard rather clearly – or so they registered in my ears, at least: here a bar or two of film music à la Hitchcock, there some notes reminiscent of pieces by Ornette Coleman (an artist who will be greatly missed) seemed to shimmer through. Yes, along with much else these other works too are comprised in the space, or better, the spaces which Boulez’ own winds about, in active response to them. The composer, alas, could not attend the Amsterdam event in person, let alone conduct the ensemble himself, as was his wont – but his original insight into the work remains incisive. He has pinpointed its special kinetic rapport with space: for, as Boulez has remarked of it, an experience of “Répons” should proceed like the visitor’s stroll down the spiral ramp in the Guggenheim Museum in New York. The gait one adopts while doing so – it is selected in answer to that unique architectural arrangement of space; and by analogy, then, some similar disposition ought evidently

Musicuratum: The Compendium

923


to guide the audience (seated though it is) in its virtual movement around the room while the musicians are at work delimiting it aurally. Hence here the listeners are responding to music which itself is already a response. So, if these very terms contain anything beyond a misleading sedimentation of metaphor, one may well proceed to ask: to what, exactly, does it respond? The answer to this question does then seem to be: to spaces which, in some sense of the verb, speak. And thus their “speech” would represent the factum brutum prior to any possible acoustic encounter with them – although whether in this or that instance what they say will be heard at all, is another matter entirely. In lieu of Boulez himself, the task of conducting “Répons” was assumed by the Ensemble’s current artistic director, Matthias Pintscher, and he discharged it well. Boulez’ notion – or else, if one prefers, the notion which “Répons” can elicit from a listener – that spaces themselves are anything but mute, and indeed may each harbor something like an intelligence capable of expression, attests evidently to his rather close kinship with an earlier and equally if not more path-breaking composer, namely, Edgard Varèse, whose body of work was honored similarly under the auspices of the Holland Festival some years ago. And it is not exactly a wonder to find that the Ensemble intercontemporain, once again with Pintscher conducting, has posted on its Soundcloud page a live recording by Radio France of a performance of Varèse’s “Amériques” it did, conjointly with the Orchestre du Conservatoire de Paris, in the Philharmonie in that city a few months back. The sound of their version is very clear, and so I should like to present it here. Rendered with a crisp precision in this performance is the locus of musical modernism itself – the modern metropolis as an acoustic environment, a region extended chaotically and yet built up in accordance with pre-established topographical regularities. In both respects, one may reasonably assume that the locale which served as the model for Varèse, was his own adopted home, New York. From beginning to end, “Amériques” draws again and again upon the sonorities of that city, and even

Musicuratum: The Compendium

924


Matthias Pintscher. Photograph by
 Luc Hossepied. Courtesy of the

incorporates them into itself whole. To this characteristic of Varèse’s composition the musicians and the conductor (Pintscher, it may be noted, shuttles between Paris and New York) are conscientiously attentive, and the results sparkle.

Ensemble intercontemporain.

With how much fidelity is the listener given to hear the vehicles, signalized by the numerous sirens, racing down the avenues during some emergency! Or the dissonances of crowds in the streets, with uproar, panic, and riots always latent on the scene, while many of the participants itch for the slightest excuse?

That the composer’s creative imagination was driven by his great curiosity concerning space, seems to me to incontrovertible, but more tenuous and in need of substantiation is the idea that it was attuned to the metropolitan streets first and foremost, and indeed to those built according to a rectilinear plan, the consistent urban grid characteristic of Manhattan. Well, one could do worse than to consult Varèse’s own recollection of how he first became interested in the spatiality of sound – for the most potent of the terms in which he spoke of it do themselves seem like indices of any New York street.

Edgard Varèse,
 between ca. 1915-20. Courtesy of the
 George Grantham
 Bain Collection,
 Library of Congress, Washington, D.C.

In a newspaper interview occasioned by his recent lecture in Santa Fe, New Mexico, Varèse recalled the early experience which first prompted him to inquire into the relations between space and sound. It was in his Paris years, during a performance of Beethoven’s Seventh Symphony in the Salle Pleyel, that the activity or energy within space – considering how new the thought was, these terms should be understood as being merely initial approximations – was disclosed to him in something like an acoustic epiphany. “Varese Envisions
 ‘Space’ Symphonies,”
 New York Times (December 6, 1936), p. N7.

“Probably because the

Musicuratum: The Compendium

925


hall happened to be over-resonant, I became conscious of an entirely new effect produced by this familiar music,” “I seemed to feel the music detaching itself and projecting itself in space.” he told the interviewer, almost as though that experience had come to him amidst a clairvoyant (clairaudient?) trance or in a dream.

Hence the great familiarity of this piece of music had been set aside, for all at once the dimension of spatiality behind the music, so often overlooked, was brought into the foreground of attention, registering in ears now attuning themselves to its propulsive or even to its force-full nature. Orchestral music heard suddenly as being a sort of projectile – this feeling was primary and not mainly the derivate of some sophisticated conceptual analogy, as may become evident if one stops for a moment to consider Varèse’s experience and its ramifications, while heeding carefully the meanings of the very words with which he conveyed it, and especially those marked by that interesting prefix pro-. The encounter in the Salle Pleyel had transpired decades before, and so one should not discount the possibility of retroactive adjustments or updatings having entered into Varèse’s recollection of it during the interval; yet to take him at his word, it may even have been the case that it was in that very moment that his subsequent relocation to New York was decided, the event predestining it that his later career would be continued there and in the quite different arrangements of space en Amérique. Not for nothing did he state that the feeling which came upon him during that concert was an instance of the one

“given us by certain blocks of

Musicuratum: The Compendium

926


sound”

A detail of the Commissioners' Plan of 1811, drawn by John Randel.

“Probably I should call them beams of sound, since the feeling is akin to that aroused by beams of light sent forth by a powerful searchlight. For the

– where these blocks may well be akin to the urban variety, namely, the compact street-long conglomerations of architecture met with in a city like New York. Or, if this interpretation of his choice of word seems to be too fanciful, one should consider the fuller description of those sound-units which he then proceeded to offer:

Image courtesy of the New York City Municipal Archives.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

927


The metaphor is quite precise, for

ear – just as for the eye – it gives a sense of prolongation, a journey into space.”

what kind of light-source did these last remarks refer to most particularly, if not to the headlights of automobiles in motion? And where, after all, would the greatest number of them have been found – vehicles in whose emblematic modernity a great promise was embodied? The answer is rather obvious. (This promise, for its part, played perhaps more than a minor role in having prompted Varèse to traverse the ocean to begin with – exactly one hundred years ago – and to start his musical career afresh in the United States.) Reflect for a moment, if you will, on these beams or blocks of sound … Even today, nearly eighty years after Varèse’s interview, his two ideas reverberate with the long rows of buildings and the linear thoroughfares that are such effective conduits of the intense lights and angular noises in New York. Their character as just such conduits is made palpable to the eyes perhaps nowhere more intensely than on the screens at cinemas, quite possibly during the years of silent film even to a higher degree than in the sound-era which followed, for after all, they were not all that silent back then: one should not forget the music which very often The city in 1660. Jacques Cortelyou’s “Afbeeldinge van de Stadt Amsterdam in Nieuw Neederlandt”
 (the “Castello Plan”), 1665–70 (detail). The Museum of the City of New York. Image courtesy of the website of the New Amsterdam History Center.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

928


Here the mise en scène – and the sirens one hears, repeatedly throughout the work, rushing forward and passing by, also help to define this setting – announces to the listener the main passages which follow, written as they were to comprise numerous sonic depictions of urban life, tumult, and danger. The Ensemble intercontemporain’s performance of “Amériques” presents these scenes with a sharp verisimilitude. The existential uncertainties of the metropolis (whether they be actual, imminent, or imaginary in nature, matters little in this context) were to a great extent the topic of “Amériques” – but their importance for Varèse’s composition does not end there. In addition to providing the themes, they had a large share in energizing him and his musical creativity to begin with. Varèse himself was well aware of their role in this respect, to judge from what he confided in another newspaper interview, this one conducted more than thirty years after the other, on the occasion of an exhibition devoted to him and his “Library Honors Edgar Varese,”
 work by the Music Division of the New York Public Library. Village Voice (December 4, 1957), p. 3. Although his remark reads on a first parsing as though it were nothing more than an impromptu utterance, as disposable as the paper on which it was printed, upon further reflection it too begins to seem weighty and dense – briefer, but just as much a well-considered statement as his comments three decades before had been.

In the background: a detail of a film-still from King Vidor’s The Crowd (1928).

was performed or played as an accompaniment in the cinema’s first three decades, as a means of underscoring the visual drama. (A case in point, where the scenes were already set up as though to invite music to accompany them: King Vidor’s The Crowd, from 1928.) For its part, Varèse’s “Amériques” – a composition devised, one may well claim, according to a cinematic pattern – conveys to the audience’s ears the same point about this spatial characteristic of the city streets.

Evidently the interviewer had asked him for his thoughts about New York City, and – thankfully! – found the remark interesting enough to quote.

“It allows you to

Musicuratum: The Compendium

929


work,” “The thing I do not like is what people call activities. What one finds here is not activity, but agitation. Much agitation.”

was Varèse’s laconic reply, where allows probably meant something like encourages

or incites.

Hence in this metropolitan environment, once the notion of activity is set aside, a close relation or even an intrinsic connection between the general agitation and an individual’s inclination towards work can be discerned, one which would remain more obscure elsewhere. Accordingly, one could plausibly conclude, this whole condition was a question to which Varèse had given considerable thought during his years there, if not even earlier as well. And indeed, if that is the case, he did so not as some “theoretical” sideline or private hobby, but right at the heart of his own projects as a composer. (This would of itself suffice to justify the introduction of his statements here.) For one has good reason to suspect that this musical activity (if that word is still at all serviceable) was well-suited to be an experimental laboratory where the yoking together of energetic action (that is, in Varèse’s terms, agitation) and the predisposition to conscientious effort (or, as he said, work), a nexus which seems to typify the individuals in the modern world in nearly all their endeavors, could be examined carefully – when at the outset there is, not a solid guarantee, but at least some modicum of assurance that with the results of this inquiry something worthwhile would be revealed, more or less veridically, and also a degree of certainty that the investigation might be undertaken in relative safety on the observers’ part. In a composition such as “Amériques,” for example, what the audience has been given to hear are sets of sonic representations, arranged in a quasi-cinematic manner, of the innumerable people, the denizens of the modern metropolis, who manifest that

Musicuratum: The Compendium

930


predilection for the effort called work as their second nature, amidst that great agitation wherein, as happens frequently, they encounter one another on the city streets or within other of its public spaces, while all of this is rendered into sound from a certain safe distance, as though by means of devices like the wide shots in feature films. Just because Varèse did not neglect or overlook the intricate realities of danger, imperilment, and fear in the paradigmatic modern metropolis, as these tend to bestow a shape and a tone upon life as it usually is lived there, he found himself able, as in “Amériques,” with both fidelity and finesse to transcribe that tangled nexus of work and agitation into an orchestral music which, when performed as it deserves to be, has diminished in its pertinence or impertinence not a whit since it was first written, nearly one hundred years ago. Yes, there are more than a few cheeky moments throughout “Amériques” – and this feature of the composition is not incidental.

Difficult though it may be to analyze adequately the nexus of agitation and work in the everyday life of the metropolis (and, increasingly, in the conditions of modern life generally), given how tangled this skein has gotten, Varèse does seem to have attempted something like just such an analysis in the medium of music. With what success, is a question that remains open, of course; but in order to furnish a point of reference, or else for the sake of a comparison, I should like to bring in a few observations pertaining to this very topic, drawn from another and far more ponderous source. Now, just because they are so complicated, even if the paths traced by them are by now no longer exactly untrodden, the following excursion will be rather lengthy. For this importunity I should like to ask the reader’s indulgence in advance. At one point in an important essay written during the period of his philosophical career in which his major aim was to tell the story of what he called “Seinsgeschichte,” providing an account of its various epochs, as he envisioned them and their fateful succession, Martin Heidegger took care

Musicuratum: The Compendium

931


to recapitulate the transformations undergone at the outset of the modern age by the very understanding of what thinking itself is. (For my part, I’d like to say clearly that I shall merely rehearse the account given in Heidegger’s essay, and do not mean to suggest that I accept it entirely or for the most Martin Heidegger,
 part. Moreover, it should also be late 1930s (?). noted that his essay began life as a lecture, and that the textual adjustments it underwent before its much later appearance in print are evidently – substantial. My remarks pertain solely to one small portion of the published version, taken from a section which may even in fact have been added only just prior to the publication; therefore, although for the purposes of the discussion I’ll take him at his word as regards the dating, I also refer interested readers to the critical account of the alterations “Heideggers Maske: «Die Zeit des Weltbildes» –
 and their significance given in an article by Metamorphose eines Textes,”
 Sidonie Kellerer, a professor of philosophy at
 Zeitschrift für Ideengeschichte (Munich: C. H. Beck),
 vol. V, no. 2 (Summer 2011), pp. 109-20. the Universität Siegen.) According to Heidegger’s summary, with Descartes and his new metaphysics of the mind as a thinking substance posed over against all other substances, the latter conceived under the denominator of their extension in space and thus understood to be of an entirely different kind, the two great desiderata of the modern age, namely, the calculability of all things and the conversion of knowledge into certainty, were expressed by philosophy for the first time. In accordance with this breakthrough, thoughts were re-conceived as being representations, that is, in contradistinction to the older notions of the εἴδη and the ἰδέαι, as inherently calculative and as seeking the maximum of certainty with regard to that which they represent. See the ninth Zusatz to
 “Die Zeit des Weltbildes” (1938),
 in the 1950 anthology Holzwege.

“Denken ist vor-stellen, vorstellender Bezug Musicuratum: The Compendium

932


zum Vorgestellten (idea als perceptio),”

wrote Heidegger of Descartes’ novel conception of what thinking does: it is defined as an intrinsically calculative act of the mind, and as such a fit counterpart to the calculating conduct that was becoming ever more routine, more and more unavoidable in the most important zones of modern life (in science and in commerce, to name but two).

“Vorstellen meint hier: von sich her etwas vor sich stellen und das Gestellte als ein solches sicherstellen. Dieses Sicherstellen muß ein Berechnen sein, weil nur die Berechenbarkeit gewährleistet, im voraus und ständig des Vorzustellenden gewiß zu sein.”

This certainty itself does not remain static, but involves any number of energetic acts vis-à-vis that which is represented by the mind, acts whereby the latter reassures itself implicitly of its own powers, not least the superior power of imposing upon all those other substances some sort of uniformity, simply by virtue of its ability to represent them to itself as objects and as such as susceptible to being compressed together within one single representation – a mental image akin to a picture.

“Vor-stellen ist vor-gehende, meisternde
 Musicuratum: The Compendium

933


Ver-gegen-ständlichung. Das Vor-stellen treibt so alles in die Einheit des so Gegenständigen zusammen. Das Vorstellen ist coagitatio.” In accordance with this rewriting, Descartes’ formula – “ego cogito, ergo sum” – would actually have been something like an emphatic or indeed Principia philosophiæ,
 suspiciously over-emphatic declaration: pt. I, VII. Insofar as I remain capable of arranging things as objects and thus of assembling them together in my mental representations, I can continue to assure myself that I exist! Then, however, from René Descartes, 1647-49.
 Heidegger’s own summary in this Zusatz, it would seem to Portrait by
 follow that once the mind embraces representation as its Jan Baptist Weenix. main mode of thinking, the procedure’s character of being Courtesy of the Centraal an effort which it itself cannot afford to neglect for Museum, Utrecht. very long, lest its own power suffer from the disuse, will become more and more obvious to it, and thus the mind begins to find itself in a position where, whether it wants to or not, it must again and again approach and handle itself as though it too were mainly an object to be calculated, ascertained, collected. Arrived at this juncture, suddenly the entire profile of self-knowledge is altered. Henceforth, in general, the attainment of that knowledge cannot but be preceded by acts the mind has carried out upon itself, in order to configure itself into a perceptible form such that it may be known, i.e., represent itself to itself. And so it will be the case that performing these reflexive mental acts would require of the mind a considerable amount of work, while quite possibly affecting it with some agitation as well – for it may well be that by stirring itself up, it will succeed in raising the impetus it would have need of when it conducts the inquiry.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

934


(Please note that Varèse’s two terms are introduced here again purposefully, as I don’t want to forget the raison d’être of the excursus, which is to cast a cross-light upon his brief but weighty remark.) Heidegger’s account is thought-provoking (however much or little one may be inclined to accept it), and he too did not discard it, as amounting to nothing more than a provisional summary – no, some years afterwards, he recurred to the same theme, in order to treat it again, this time a bit more fully, and now explicitly with reference to the elevation of the will in the modern age as the most important power of the mind. Like the other essay, it was In “Nietzsches Wort »Gott ist tot«,” an essay which was written in 1943, published in 1950, in Holzwege. he suggested in effect that Descartes, though obviously without having coined anything like the term, had already had in view that basic determination of existence which the later philosopher was to call the “Wille zur Macht,” and that the contours of Descartes’ thought would be clarified best when this “will” were introduced into the analysis explicitly. If the thinking power of the mind became with Descartes above all its capacity of representation, as Heidegger had claimed a few years before, now he insisted in addition that

“die Repräsentation ist hier keineswegs eine nachträgliche Darstellung, sondern die aus ihr bestimmte Präsenz ist die Weise, in welcher und als welche der Wille zur Macht ist.”

This ante-version or forerunner of Nietzsche’s “Wille zur Macht,” in other words, is a result, and being a result it exists most potently whenever the mind has already represented something and in so doing transformed the thing represented into an object that can be calculated, depicted, manipulated, or collected, as the case may be, such that the mind


Musicuratum: The Compendium

935


re-confirmed to itself the present superiority of its own power of representation in the process – even though this is a process which, given the increasingly total eclipse of other modes in which the human being might live, must be repeated again and again by the mind if it too is to endure. Consequently, the “Macht” which this “Wille” seeks to accrue for itself (and over itself) is a kind of knowledge of itself, or better, of the subject whose will it is, whereby the very existence of this knowledge is a signal that the subjectivity of this subject has already been configured to be representable, as finding itself to be one amongst many agglomerations of calculable objects or properties. So, according to Heidegger, on the one hand,

“innerhalb der neuzeitlichen Metaphysik das Sein des Seienden” “als Wille und damit als das Sich-wollen,” “das Sichwollen aber in sich schon das Sichselbst-wissen ist” has defined itself

while on the other,

– and thus he precipitated his readers into considerable perplexity. Which power of the mind, according to him, has actually made itself primary in the modern age and henceforth holds sway over the subject as a whole? He himself seemed to harbor some doubt about the answer – or perhaps he meant to highlight this state of conceptual confusion as such, and as a corollary, to imply that the will can most thoroughly dominate the rest precisely when it keeps itself in the background, as it were, operating secretively off-scene, or else as need be by putting on the cunning disguise of cognition, representation, or thought. For, Heidegger contended, as in this respect no essential change had supervened since Descartes, the thinking subject still moves about in the space defined according to the requirements of mental representation, and lives ensconced in the configuration of being which he was the first to put into words. No less now than at the outset of the modern age, according to Heidegger, it remains

Musicuratum: The Compendium

936


“[d]as Seiende (subiectum) präsentiert sich, und zwar ihm selbst in der Weise des ego cogito. Dieses Sichpräsentieren, die
 Re-präsentation
 (Vor-stellung), ist das Sein des Seienden qua subiectum. Das Sichselbst-wissen wird zum Subjekt schlechthin.”

the case that

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Yet if that is so, where then is the capacity which, as Heidegger alleged, had been raised to be the dominant power of the mind during the modern age, namely, the will? At this juncture it is conspicuous by its absence. Accordingly, Heidegger’s previous formulation which I quoted before, to the effect that the presence defined by the act of mental representation is the way in which and as which the will to power is, i.e., has its share of being, now appears – merely two paragraphs later! – to have been phrased poorly or hastily, at the very least, while Heidegger himself seems to have recognized his own lapse, though of course without acknowledging it. Without calling any attention to the correction, he proceeded to reverse himself and to identify, not the result of the act of representation, but rather the very act of representing as comprising the primary locus of the will. This he did, silently cancelling his earlier remark, in a

937


“Im Sich-selbst-wissen versammelt sich alles Wissen und dessen WiĂ&#x;bares. Es ist Versammlung von Wissen, wie das Gebirge die Versammlung der Berge. Die Subjektivität des Subjekts ist als solche Versammlung co-agitatio (cogitatio), die conscientia, das Gewissen, conscience. Die co-agitatio aber ist in

passage which, as it is inimitably Heideggerian, and moreover, seems to tremor near the edge of a slight delirium, I shall quote en bloc.

Musicuratum: The Compendium 938


sich schon velle, wollen. Mit der Subjektität des Subjekts kommt als deren Wesen der Wille zum Vorschein.”

In these five sentences (they may each call to mind the sound of fingers tapping on a desk) Heidegger outlined a provisional solution of the problem. To summarize it: which contents are assembled together in the consciousness of this or that subjectivity, is determined by representational thinking, but that they are assembled there, and also how this is done – these more basic or primary operations pertain to the subject’s underlying subject-ness (which Heidegger, in an abstract neologism as unlovely in his own language as its counterpart would be in English, called its “Subjektität”), and are the sole prerogative of the modern will.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

That with these sentences Heidegger himself believed he was offering a provisional solution to the enigma of the modern will, may be gleaned from his essay’s next move. For after one further sentence which added nothing, being mere literary padding, he began a new paragraph – and directed his attention elsewhere. At this point Heidegger veered back to the topic he already had broached in the other essay five years earlier, namely, the question of the certainty which is made the criterion of truth during the age of representational thinking. The subject which thinks representationally, Heidegger now asserted,

939


Musicuratum: The Compendium

he insisted,

“Zur Subjektität gehört als die erste Wesensbestimmung,” “daß das vorstellende Subjekt seiner selbst und d. h. stets auch seines Vorgestellten als eines solchen sich versichert. Gemäß solcher Versicherung hat die Wahrheit des Seienden als die Gewißheit den Charakter der Sicherheit (certitudo).”

cannot be, should it fail continually in some manner to render itself assured about itself, its power of representation, and that which is represented by it.

940


The precise mood, both grammatical and tonal, of these claims of Heidegger’s, phrased as they were in such an oddly official language, really ought to be examined closely, for they might well be saying something more than they seem to at first – but to do so here would lead me too far astray. In lieu thereof, I’d simply like to suggest that with these two remarks in 1943, Heidegger was recurring to his effort in the 1938 essay to define Cartesian certainty more precisely as being assurance, or better, surety, a quantum which representational thinking seeks to ensure for itself but which, not least by virtue of the very attention thus paid to it, could be rendered unsure with much more serious consequences than in earlier ages, given all that has been made to depend on it.

Without

exaggerating all that much, the foremost implication of his two remarks can be elucidated as follows: the continual self-reassurance which must accompany the subject that thinks representationally – if it is to exist for long – in every one of its endeavors, all the calculating, depicting, collecting, etc., it undertakes, both conceptually and practically, is also made a more and more onerous task by the ever greater general ascendancy of this very same representational thinking. Manifold accretions of uncertainty as the pre-eminent consequence, are met with nowhere else more obviously than in the modern metropolis, and hence this would seem to be the location where the sway of the representational thinking which abetted the gradual transformation of the world into a collection of pictures or images, as Heidegger insisted, is exerted most intensely. Grave uncertainty – here I should like to attempt a definition of my own – can arise when the collisions of one “mens co-agitans et co-agitata” against another increase in number, frequency, violence beyond some definite point, a threshold whose actual moment of occurrence, however, will remain unforeseeable, imponderable, incalculable in advance. But even before that point would be reached in any particular instance, the general agitation raised by those collisions will already be pronounced (while also pointing towards, as though it were a harbinger, that even more extreme possibility), and moreover, insofar as the subject which thinks representationally must continue to

Musicuratum: The Compendium

941


do so in order to endure, the agitations are quite unlikely of their own accord ever to abate very far, nor indeed for very long. Meanwhile, the general condition of agitation – now turning back to Varèse’s usage of the word – with its propensity for escalating into outright conflict, will most likely heighten the inclination of individuals, and residents of the metropolis most of all, towards effort and indeed towards work – likewise in something like his sense – which is a mode of practical endeavor comprising various procedures whereby things are treated as and transformed into objects, in ways similar enough to the operations which representational thinking may involve, as to bring one to suspect that both processes might actually be intricately intertwined. As for the concept of the will, it does not appear in Varèse’s remark as quoted – represented – by the interviewer in 1957; that is true. Yet is there not perhaps some way in which the essential operations of the will, in the shape it assumes during the modern age, as Heidegger proposed, albeit provisionally, in his two essays: namely, to supply the energy by which things are made into objects and then into mental representations assembled together within a consciousness, and to yield the self-reassurance which the subject of representational thinking always has need of if it is to continue to be – weren’t these dual operations which are intrinsic to the modern will, at least in Heidegger’s account of it, already rendered into sound in some manner and thus given to discerning audiences to overhear in “Amériques,” the composition which Varèse had finalized three decades before, in 1927? Yes, to my ears, it sounds as though they were. How they were introduced into the music, in one or two representative instances, I shall now attempt to describe. Of prime importance in this connection is a characteristic of “Amériques” which I mentioned earlier: its quasi-cinematic construction. Listening intently as the work progresses, one may well feel as though one is following the scenes of a feature film passing by on the screen – and not just any film, but one where the placement of the camera varies, at some moments locating the

Musicuratum: The Compendium

942


audience a bit off to the side of the action, as though we were bystanders to it, at others situating us in a rather closer proximity to it, or even directly within it, amongst the protagonists. Accordingly, this music does comprise an analogue to the point of view of the dramatic cinema, the latter being a device which helps to delimit the definite scenes in a film and, so to speak, to pre-apportion the variegated attitudes that the audience will then be invited to adopt during each of them – that is, the entire gamut of responses to be aroused in the filmgoers, from great antipathy all the way to strong sympathy or even to complete identification. (Whether in any particular instance one will choose to accept this invitation from the film’s side, and if so, with what manner of acceptance, is of course a different question.) Therefore, especially when the composition places us, the listeners, close by or even right next to its scenes of action (these scenes in which Varèse did so well represent the metropolis and its agitations), we are likely to infer both that “Amériques” is teeming with people, and that we are observing all that is happening from over the shoulders of one or more of the protagonists. How the latter perceive the metropolitan spectacle as it is going on around themselves – that too, consequently, is part of what this music evidently is giving us to hear.

So, thus

situated at this interesting angle, by means of Varèse’s sonic likenesses we are given a chance to observe representational thinking in action, in the midst of an urban surfeit of agitation, objects, and images, and perhaps in addition – for those whom his music does strongly affect – an opportunity to examine this mode of thinking from the inside as well. Around the 12:54 or 12:55 mark in the performance of the work by the Ensemble intercontemporain, when one has listened to the whole a number of times, the beginning of a discrete segment may be discerned, one which is demarcated by a shift in the audience’s implicit acoustic vantage-point (the compositional device analogous to the cinema’s point of view), and continuing for threequarters of a minute, brought to a close at 13:40 by another such change of position. What this segment presents, is the repeated use of a phrase in a static manner, conjointly with an array of other instrumental sounds, so as to accentuate something like a momentary immobility, an abrupt

Musicuratum: The Compendium

943


pausing – a compositional tactic which is one of the signatures of Varèse’s style, as some musicologists have suggested.* Our inference while this musical “Moment der Stasis” (as Nanz terms it) is occurring, might well be that here a protagonist is standing still and scanning the urban scene before him, transforming a number of disparate objects into a horde of images and then assembling these within a single representation – a perceptual and mental montage, one could call this twofold operation, yielding an interior panorama in which the elapsing of time has so little a share that this whole interval might seem to be fixed in a sort of present tense, the very condition of presence which representational thinking seeks, according to Heidegger. This energetic three-quarters of a minute of music, for its part, can readily be understood as depicting some kind of tumult or political event in the city streets under the watchful eyes of the forces of the law – in the shape of deployments of police officers, for instance. Nothing has yet been undertaken, nor any clash actually flaring up, but no one on the scene of this agitation fails to consider what could happen next, and accordingly the atmosphere is electric with expectancy; one additional jolt and ... ! Here the music of each instrument, or else of each section of the orchestra, seems to represent a different participant in what is not quite yet, but is certainly poised to become, a mêlée in the streets. All of this action is followed warily by the bystander whose evaluative vantage-point also seems to be ours, and thus we are well-situated to observe representational thinking from the inside, including those indispensable operations of the will without which, in Heidegger’s account, it would not continue to be. With regard to this musical episode as a whole, there is still the task of ensuring that none of the various images which are being conjoined together into one single representation in this bystander’s mind, would come to overwhelm or to obscure any of the others (for such a result is all along a definite possibility); and hence, should one want to hear something analogous to the will * On this point, with reference to “Amériques” specifically, see Dieter A. Nanz, Edgard Varèse: Die Orchesterwerke (Berlin:
 Lukas Verlag, 2003), pt. II, p. 305.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

944


in its operations (assuming that analoga for it are actually conceivable), what one ought to listen for is the aural evidence of some balance being maintained amongst these mental images. The tempo and the volume of the individual instruments, in this context where the set of instructions offered by a written score is at its least dispositive, are especially significant, insofar as here a finesse of musical restraint could convey to the audience some sense of just such a modicum of order or arrangement being actively upheld vis-à-vis the images assembled into that bystander’s mental panorama. Evidently, then, in their recording of “Amériques” the sensitive co-operation between Pintscher, the Ensemble, and the Orchestre du Conservatoire achieves two things: it bestows an audible shape upon one of the composition’s own intentions, an intention which otherwise would remain at most half-implicit on the pages of the score, while also (as Varèse himself would say) allowing the performance to exemplify the inner workings of the modern will, the “co-agitatio” that is (per Heidegger’s provisional analysis) its exclusive prerogative. Similar to this segment of threequarters of a minute, but lengthier and rather more full, is the culmination of the work, which, in my estimation, begins around the 19:05 mark and runs through to the end. Here, one may fairly say, the mêlée which the earlier scene had announced as an imminent possibility, now explodes, the location probably having shifted in the meanwhile to one of the city’s larger squares. Although this time, consequently, from a somewhat farther distance, it sounds as though the scene is once again being watched carefully by one or more bystanders, whose vantage-point the audience has been invited implicitly to share. From this spot, therefore, we too are witnesses to the upheaval; just as before, the distribution of the sounds presents the scene to us as a collection of images assembled into one single representation, and so once more it seems plausible to infer that the power maintaining some order amongst them, is the will. Because this later passage is longer and fuller than the earlier one, and/or because it is, not really the culmination, but rather the fulmination of the entire piece, the urban scene it represents seems to be very much more agitated, while its own “co-agitatio” is imbued with a considerably greater energy. Moreover, as there is no sound of anything subsiding right before the end, the usual obvious indication of orchestral closure during the moments when a symphony is

Musicuratum: The Compendium

945


rounded-off, evidently “Amériques” meant to leave the listeners in suspense, and the crisp precision of the performance and the eschewal of after-echo in the recording, bring this intention to expression as well. This last scene of “Amériques” is also punctuated more often by the hiss of the sirens, and to some extent these too enter into the composition in the manner of mental images, collected alongside all the others in a representation by and for the bystander or bystanders. But on the other hand, they are understood to do so from afar, and hence one cannot claim that they also are present there in medias res, at least in anything like the same sense of the term presence – the quantum by defining which the modern will or indeed the will to power was said by Heidegger to exert itself and to be, thus at the same time offering an indispensable existential reassurance to the subject of representational thinking. The acoustic dimension, it seems, is much better suited than the visual to convey the imminent approach of risks, threats, or dangers, from out of a distance advancing towards us (and then, if we are fortunate, receding as quickly away). How so? Precisely because through it the latter are conveyed and not represented. Therefore, once the ears transmit signals such as these to the mind, which does nearly instantaneously rise to recognize them, the ways in which the human being is then likely to be disposed to respond and to act on its own behalf, when they are proximate, in order to save itself, will evince quite a different character. Under such circumstances, the whole Man is to move together, and to distance himself from the peril, a sudden halt must first be called to the representational thinking in which the mind was engaged or entranced. To what inner power would this task fall? As it is a matter of an imperative act, would it not be the individual’s will, which thus commences in extremis to discharge another of its several responsibilities? (Granted, on each of the preceding points I’m speaking very generally and passing over untold numbers of exceptions – but just so long as these remain the exception, some stratum of the common security will be preserved.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

946


Even in the modern age, the human will cannot so easily be reduced to the point where it could afford only one kind of security to the subject whose will it is.

If

the acoustic dimension is fit – or attuned – by virtue of its own nature to register the entire range of different distances, doing so with greater precision than its ocular counterpart can hope to muster, then the critical account of representation which Heidegger’s two essays took pains to sketch out, wherein the paradigm is constituted by visual phenomena, does itself seem to be remarkably one-sided. To reach the results he did, however provisional these may or may not have been, so much that is relevant was simply ausgeblendet in advance! And perhaps those results are compromised beyond repair: that is quite possible, the many protestations of the Heidegger-Versteher notwithstanding. Or at the very least, the train of thought I’ve summarized is evidently in great need of some amendment: this is a caution which any Heideggerians attempting to export this analysis of his tout entière to the sphere of sound, in order to comprehend the latter and its vicissitudes during the modern age, would do well to remember.

Although

I myself would rather not dwell any longer on these bits of his two essays and their implications, preferring instead to hasten back to Varèse, his compositions, and his writings, one further round of commentary does seem unavoidable, I’m afraid, if only for the sake of speaking conscientiously of Heidegger’s shadow-side.* Why did this other capacity of the will – to shut down representational thinking whenever exigent circumstances should warrant the suspension – not figure in the analysis offered by these passages in Heidegger’s two essays? * For those who are interested not only in Heidegger himself and his case but also in the difficulties currently besetting his Gesamtausgabe, a recent article by Adam Soboczynski may be recommended: “Was heißt ‘N.soz’?,” Die Zeit, no. 13 (March 26, 2015).

Musicuratum: The Compendium

947


During

the earlier period of his philosophical career in the 1920s, and above all in his main work Sein und Zeit, he inquired again and again into the kind of being which constantly finds itself thrown into existence in such a manner that its own facticity already indicates to it, whether explicitly or implicitly, that between it and itself there is always some distance. Accordingly, space too was a constant topic for him, along with the ways in which that sort of being (a being which the Heidegger of those years called “Dasein,” taking that ordinary German word very literally indeed) would orientate itself in and move about through it – and in this connection, however carefully he avoided using the term, one of his primary concerns was rather obviously the individual human will in the states in which it tended to find itself within the most modern of all modern conditions, in the metropolis. As evidence for my contention, there is one passage in particular which stands out. It hails from Heidegger’s account of the mode of being which he termed “Befindlichkeit” – therewith pressing into service another of the language’s ordinary words, meaning usually something like a sensitive mood or a rather self-involved state of mind, but turning it inside-out in order to refer to the existential posture in which, when assumed by “Dasein” deliberately, the latter would attain the greatest awareness of the spatiality inherent to the kind of being that it itself is. Because the three sentences comprising this passage are neither too long nor unnecessarily over-complex, I should now like to quote it whole.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Sein und Zeit,
 siebzehnte Auflage, § 29.

948


Musicuratum: The Compendium 949

“Seiendes vom Charakter des Daseins ist sein Da in der Weise, daß es sich, ob ausdrücklich oder nicht, in seiner Geworfenheit befindet. In der Befindlichkeit ist das Dasein immer schon vor es selbst gebracht, es hat sich immer schon gefunden, nicht als wahrnehmendes Sich-vor-finden, sondern als gestimmtes Sichbefinden. Als Seiendes, das seinem Sein überantwortet ist, bleibt es auch dem überantwortet, daß es sich immer schon gefunden haben muß – gefunden in einem Finden, das nicht so sehr einem direkten Suchen, sondern einem Fliehen entspringt.”


That last remark is the crux. The flight to whose primary existential significance Heidegger drew his readers’ attention – by what would it be actuated if not the human will recoiling from something which it very strongly does not want? Now, how is this unwanted something likely to be detected in the first instance? By the ears far more readily than by the eyes. Indeed, generally speaking, the dimension of audibility takes precedence whenever “Befindlichkeit” holds sway – for these moments, one surmises, come only infrequently. Thus, he insisted, during such a period an existence is aware of the distance that it itself is, not in the more common mode of perception, but by virtue of a sort of concurrent tuning of itself, conscientiously performed. And similarly it would be in a pre-eminently acoustic encounter that “Dasein” had found itself, as Heidegger suggested, and likewise with the even earlier moment in which it first fled from something else. Indeed, throughout all of Sein und Zeit it is not only the labyrinthine reality of space which seems to have been one of his main preoccupations, but the intrinsic complexities of sound as well. Implicit as the setting of these inquiries, their “Horizont” as Heidegger himself would have said, is the modern metropolis; and the subtle stagings whereby it shimmers through in the background should not be forgotten – if one really wants to comprehend his book properly.

§ 69.

During the next period in his career, however, Heidegger’s interests would narrow substantially in their scope, at least insofar as he chose to express them in print. Space continued to figure in his thinking when he set himself the task of recounting his “Seinsgeschichte,” Heidegger’s overarching aim in that next period, but now it was no longer the spatiality inherent to “Dasein” which seems most to have interested him. What most appealed to him instead was the space delimited by truth as the latter had been defined by a few thinkers throughout the different ages of that history, and most lastingly, according to Heidegger, by Plato, whose notion of ἀλήθεια he very often glossed during this period of his career as “Unverborgenheit,” that is, an active de-concealing of something in a place correlate to just this act, opened up for it in particular, whereby at the very same time much else was obscured. To such a location as demarcated by Plato, Heidegger returned again and again in later chapters of his recounting of the “Seinsgeschichte,” at times for the sake of contrast, in order to throw the very different thoughts of some other thinkers into sharper relief, at times so as to discern the

Musicuratum: The Compendium

950


inconspicuous or hidden role which still was played, in the thinking of those who seem most antithetical to Platonic philosophizing, by that original outline of the place of truth. Thus, in Heidegger’s 1943 essay, at the point when he spoke of the way in which the modern will to power is – without offering an explicit clarification of whether he was referring to Nietzsche or to Descartes or to both – he did not end there. Rather, he proceeded to circumscribe what he called the truth of this will to power. According to Heidegger, the latter’s mode of being

“ist zugleich die Art, in der er sich selbst in das Unverborgene seiner selbst stellt. Darin aber beruht seine Wahrheit.”

Its “Wahrheit,” therefore, occurs within a specific location, a space that encourages acts which dispense with concealment, as though in a reprise of the older Platonic “ἀλήθεια,” and this antecedent dimension of truth which stood behind the thoughts of even the modern thinkers, was itself what Heidegger had set out to expose.

“Die Wahrheit, nach der jetzt gefragt wird,” “ist demnach nicht jene, die der Wille zur Macht selbst als die notwendige Bedingung des Seienden als eines Seienden setzt, sondern diejenige, in der schon der he insisted,

Musicuratum: The Compendium

951


Bedingungen-setzende Wille zur Macht als solcher west.” So it seems Heidegger, in 1943, suspected the will to power of extending itself within something like a space – albeit one akin only to a very limited degree to the space through which modern human existence actually moves about, the spatiality he had indeed inquired into back in the 1920s, most searchingly in Sein und Zeit. Along similar lines, in the 1938 essay, too, space is not ignored as a topic, yet it was a severely truncated kind of space with which Heidegger dealt. (The very title of the text, “Die Zeit des Weltbildes,” as opposed to what one more nearly would have expected, namely, “Das Zeitalter des Weltbildes,” may already alert the reader that in it the topic of space, where space is taken in the primary sense of the term and not as a source of metaphors, will play quite a minor role.) In 1938, by way of distinguishing the procedures of representational thinking à la Descartes from the older θεωρία, Heidegger had this to say:

“Das Vorstellen ist nicht mehr das Vernehmen des Anwesenden, in dessen Unverborgenheit das Vernehmen selbst gehört und zwar als eine eigene Art von Anwesen zum unverborgenen Anwesenden.”

No, the presences revealed by Cartesian perception are of quite another sort, Heidegger was right, that seems to be the case – but even so, their disclosure does take place in a space whose affinities to the domain of ἀλήθεια, and whose divergences from the real spaces of modern human existence, remain considerable. One has

Musicuratum: The Compendium

952


good reason, therefore, to doubt the veracity of his claim that the so-called Zeit des Weltbildes holds all of us moderns in thrall. And actually, Heidegger’s very proposal to that effect may itself have been devised by him to serve as something like a Platonic myth. If, with the task he set himself of recounting his “Seinsgeschichte,” Heidegger found himself required to turn back so fully to Plato, it may begin to explain why his previous focus on space was narrowed down – or else how it shrank and was transformed, while his earlier concern with sound nearly vanished altogether. And much more specifically: what also may then become a bit more explicable, in the passages from his two essays which I’ve cited, is the absence there of any indication of another capacity inherent to the human will, such that it, as I surmised, could spring into action during situations of danger to the subject – on Heidegger’s part a considerable oversight. (Merely an inadvertent omission? That remains to be seen.) Evidently Heidegger’s basic attitude towards the public realm as such underwent a substantial change as he entered into that new period of his career, circa 1930. During the 1920s his self-positioning had been considerably more open, in a word, and this cautious openness had the upper hand throughout the constructive philosophizing in Sein und Zeit; but then the winds shifted and, in response to the vicissitudes of those years, he may have seen himself pushed to adopt something like the older Platonic stance vis-à-vis political life altogether: superior condescension as an inward posture.

Thus

it could have happened that, for better or for worse, Heidegger came to embrace the mental reservations which were summarized very well by Pascal in a famous pensée. When the philosophers of antiquity such as Plato had involved themselves in political The statement is numbered the 331st
 affairs, he affirmed, they did so light-heartedly and even a bit in in Léon Brunschvicg’s edition:
 jest, for such involvement remained for them Œuvres, vol. XIII (Paris:


“la partie

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Librairie Hachette, 1921), p. 250.

953


la moins philosophe et la moins sérieuse de leur vie,” “la plus philosophe était de vivre simplement et tranquillement.” “ils ont écrit de politique, c’était comme pour régler un hôpital de fous,” “et s’ils ont fait semblant d’en parler comme d’une grande chose, c’est qu’ils savaient que les fous à qui ils parlaient pensent être rois et empereurs.” whereas

Blaise Pascal.
 An anonymous portrait, late 1600s. Courtesy of the


Archevêché, Toulouse.

In simple tranquillity: hence it was to bolster the shelter they had found in their βίος θεωρητικός that they turned their attention briefly to the βίος πολιτικός; so whenever

an undertaking requiring of

them certain precautions if they were to address those inmates effectively,

Such politic stratagems were they to employ, faced with the loudmouths whom privately they deemed mad or bad, and thus in their public role those philosophers

Musicuratum: The Compendium

954


“entraient dans leurs principes pour modérer leur folie au moins mal qu’il se pouvait.” Now, mental reservations of such a sort did not prevent Plato from journeying a number of times to Syracuse in order to advise the tyrants there – indeed, they may have helped to prompt him to go. And if one were so inclined, one might wonder whether Heidegger’s political involvements were motivated by somewhat similar considerations with regard to the political realm as such. Yet to attribute such a rationale to him would already amount to a very charitable explanation of his conduct in 1933 and afterwards, far more charitable than he himself deserves – here I use the present tense advisedly, for his case, as the recent publication of the Schwarze Hefte has again underscored, is anything but closed. On my own behalf, before proceeding any further, I should like to state (for whatever it’s worth) that I have never been convinced by the numerous attempts to uncover already in Heidegger’s works of the 1920s even the beginnings of the trains of thought which come to prominence so reprehensibly in some of his publications during the 1930s and later – not to mention his other public involvements – let alone the clichés, prejudices, and hatreds he entrusted to his notebooks. Upon his opus, Sein und Zeit, whatever else one might say about its strengths and its weaknesses, nothing of all that rubbish casts a retroactive shadow, even now, in my opinion. The next decade, the 1930s, really did bring about a major change in him and – what is of greater relevance here – his philosophical profile, it seems to me. Hodological turns of phrase and metaphors began to abound in his writings, occurring there more and more frequently, one might even infer, as his philosophical interest in the real spaces of modern existence receded: throughout this period of his career, to take him at his word, he envisioned his thought traversing Holzwege which his readers had never before espied, and posting Wegmarken behind itself for their benefit. And so in Heidegger’s new attitude one might perhaps discern something of the inward insouciance

Musicuratum: The Compendium

955


which, Pascal suggested, had secretly accompanied the foremost philosophers of antiquity when they undertook to play some role in the madhouse of political life. On the other hand, there remains a disturbing proximity to acknowledge. Namely, the obvious nearness of some of the themes Heidegger spun out in public during those years, and above all his suspicion that representational thinking, by virtue of its intrinsic determination to calculate and collect everything it can, has taken control of the modern world entirely, to those passages in his notebooks wherein a blatant paranoia is exhibited – the one demarcated by words like Machenschaften, Geist der Rache, and Weltjudentum. These grotesque thoughts he reserved during his own lifetime for himself and his own inner circle, then, are displaying themselves today as offering something like a cartographic legend for at least some of the untrod paths Heidegger prided himself on having opened up in the public presentations of the various chapters of his “Seinsgeschichte.” Hence the thought-terrain of his inquiries during that period, far from being especially new, to a high degree had instead been plotted out well in advance, pre-arranged in its contours by a few persistent topoi. Those published results, Heidegger’s synoptic 1938 essay in particular, always seemed eerily predictable, and now one can begin to say why: any subsequent editorial alterations notwithstanding, their author, within the shelter of his private thinking, had fallen victim to the idées fixes of the “oldest hatred” – anti-semitism. (A malignancy which, to everyone’s misfortune, is currently emboldening itself once again.)

No,

in my opinion, Heidegger cannot plausibly be excused as though in his conduct in 1933 and later he had attempted to follow the example of Pascal’s Plato. Nor can beneficence be attributed to him as a motive. His case was nearly the opposite, as he himself came close to admitting In volume ninety-four: Überlegungen II-VI,
 outright, in one uninhibited entry in his notebooks, now ed. Peter Trawny (Frankfurt am Main:
 published in the Gesamtausgabe:

“Der Nationalsozialismus Musicuratum: The Compendium

Vittorio Klostermann, 2014),
 III, no. 206, p. 194.

956


ist ein barbarisches Prinzip. Das ist sein Wesentliches und seine mögliche Größe. Die Gefahr ist nicht er selbst – sondern daß er verharmlost wird in eine Predigt des Wahren, Guten und Schönen (so an einem Schulungsabend).”

He might as well have jotted down: the more the National Socialist regime does its worst, the better it will be. And told himself to suggest this very point in public in the times to come whenever and however he could – yet to do so with a cunning subtlety, not by clear words but through “Winke.”

With Plato’s own temperate self-justifications, of course, a reckless incitement such as Heidegger envisioned himself undertaking, beyond the bounds of any responsibility, has nearly nothing in common. His motivation in all this, on the contrary, very likely partook of the overwhelming frivolity of the intellectual élite (or those who deemed The Origins of Totalitarianism, pt. 3,
 themselves such) between the World Wars, as dissected chap. 10, II, “The Temporary Alliance Between unreservedly by Hannah Arendt.

the Mob and the Elite.”

But to remain with Pascal’s pensée: had Heidegger himself, if only in the confident privacy of his notebooks, become even more unhinged than were many of the “fous” whom he addressed from time to time in public during those years? This question is not posed rhetorically – for were there not perhaps significant inner connections between the representational thinking Heidegger denounced in his published essays, on the one side, and the vicious paranoia of some of the private thoughts in his notebooks, on the other?

Musicuratum: The Compendium

957


Not wanting to extend the discussion of Heidegger and his failings much further, however, here I’ll mention only a few points which might bear upon an answer to this question.

1.

Representational thinking, as Heidegger anatomized it in the passages I’ve been discussing from his two essays, takes visual perception as its paradigm, and must constantly be enacted over and over if its subject’s continued existence is to be assured. In both respects the account he provides of it refers to Descartes as the innovator of modern philosophy – and so one might well turn Meditationes de prima philosophia, I. back to the passage where he introduced the phantasmic hypothesis of an evil spirit who had established all the appearances of the world precisely in order to deceive him: “Supponam igitur non optimum Deum fontem veritatis, sed genium aliquem malignum, eundemque summè potentum, & callidum, omnem suam industriam in eo posuisse, ut me falleret.” The very idea of such an exceedingly energetic, industrious, and illdisposed being, Descartes then proceeded to deny, but nonetheless this hypothetical personage seems to have haunted his thinking subsequently: and so, if the new “cogitatio” he was attempting to define were the iterative act of the mind he thought it to be, would such a paranoid conception not have had to be exorcised likewise, that is, again and again?

2. 3.

Hence representational thinking, in its Cartesian definition, may bring with it a new necessity of intra-mental self-discipline, a novel kind of house-keeping or indeed hygiene for, by, and in the mind – while yet by its very nature rendering the latter effort all the more difficult to sustain. Did Heidegger, when he sought to think Descartes’ “ego cogito” through from the inside, somehow overlook this grave consequence, and fail to implement certain intellectual precautions on his own behalf? Had he perhaps exposed himself unwittingly, not so much to some paranoid ideas in particular, but rather to an antecedent inclination of the modern mind towards the condition of paranoia as such? If only because representational thinking à la Descartes is essentially both visual and iterative, it will tend once practiced past a certain point to become a need of the mind, an activity which the latter itself can no longer do without; thereupon it soon begins to impinge on the mind’s other modes of taking thought, in effect pushing them out or crowding them from the scene, as more and more images are assembled

Musicuratum: The Compendium

958


in the consciousness, all requiring the mind to pay some quantum of attention to them, in return for which it is reassured in one respect, energized and agitated in another: then is it quite so surprising, during the period in which Heidegger experimented with Cartesian thought by situating his own mind right in medias perceptionum, that his publications were frequently marked by an aggrieved undertone, while he would at times burst into a loud rage in his private writings? When, in his 1938 essay, after specifying the essential difference between the much older sense of what actually took place when a truth was revealed, and the modern understanding of intellectual perception in its operations, as inaugurated by Descartes, Heidegger went even further – or let himself get carried away – and characterized that difference with a sudden barrage of imagery, as though he himself were all at once caught up in a momentary flashback or a hallucination. The sentences themselves rush on and yet jerk about; in them notes of disapproval clash with a conspicuous fascination: thus I shall simply quote it all in its delirious entirety.

“Das Vorstellen ist nicht mehr das Sich-entbergen für …, sondern das Ergreifen und Begreifen von … Nicht das Anwesende waltet sondern der Angriff herrscht. Das Vorstellen ist jetzt gemäß der neuen Freiheit ein von sich aus Vorgehen in den erst zu sichernden Bezirk des Gesicherten. Das Seiende ist nicht mehr das Anwesende, sondern das Musicuratum: The Compendium

959


im Vorstellen erst entgegen Gestellte, Gegen-ständige.” Phrased in such wild terms, here the interior strife otherwise contained within representational thinking in its Cartesian version – in which form it may constitute the underlying cause for the latter’s tendency towards paranoia – is let out. According to this passage of Heidegger’s, the subject of representational thinking perceives all things according to one fundamental law: the attack. Hostility is its driving force, and above all towards/against itself. It represents itself to itself as though it were at war with itself, the distance between it and itself becomes a battlefield traversed in quick raids, for somewhere – but where exactly? – the enemy is hidden. It will not show itself; it must be represented and rendered safe: but precisely that is what it seeks to evade. Thus does this subject’s freedom propel it one way, its security beckon to it to take another. Then the agitations of its irresolute self-consciousness, jolting it to and fro, will practically guarantee that the subject which thinks representationally can never capture itself for very long. And finally – to round off this picture of Descartes’ “ego cogito” in action – in flailing about so, from repercussion to repercussion, the main by-product will be a burst of energy. Throughout Heidegger’s 1938 essay, constructed it seems as a phantasmagoria of just such pictures of philosophical developments in the modern age, one of the topics was indeed the space correlate to the subject of representational thinking; but, in keeping with the implicit “horizon” of his explorations of the “Seinsgeschichte” generally, whenever he described that space the latter had been defined narrowly, indeed, too narrowly, already in advance. Although it certainly no longer comprised the simple and tranquil environs where, Pascal said, the thinkers of antiquity had spent the most philosophical part of their lives, nonetheless in Heidegger’s account that space was essentially private in character – and in effect one soundproofed on all sides.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

960


If

a case of paranoia (or some similar disturbance of mind) is ever a selfinflicted condition, the most basic proximate cause for its outbreak might be a prolonged exposure to a surfeit of visual perceptions or impressions without the dimension of significant sound that should accompany them, really or virtually: those who see everything while lacking a sonic key by which they would rightly understand anything, may turn in their disorientation to concoct all manner of unbalanced or outlandish “explanations” instead. (On this point I am generalizing from a few remarks of
 Georg Simmel’s – although perhaps See the “Exkurs über die Soziologie der Sinne” in his
 stretching the ideas farther than Soziologie: Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung, chap. IX. they can bear.) The subject of representational thinking as Descartes had conceived of it, and thus at times Heidegger as well, may have found itself in just such a quandary: this point one could infer from his phantasmagoric essay. And yet all of this was set at a far remove from the real spaces of modern and especially metropolitan existence (the existence which had indeed delimited the “horizon” of Heidegger’s inquiries during the previous period of his career) – even if that peculiarly suspicious cast of mind does come to infiltrate those spaces over the course of time. Another and more adequate understanding, as regards the eminence in modernity of the calculative thinking that seeks the maximum of certainty for itself (and is rewarded or reprimanded thereafter by surety’s withdrawal), would quite likely have followed, had so much attention been paid not to the formulations of Descartes’ “cogitatio,” but rather to the disposition of the mind that his Leviathan, pt. 1, chap. V. contemporary Hobbes termed “reason” as it grew ever more powerful and Pt. 1, chap. XIII. indispensable within “society,” that is, in Hobbes’ definition the newly ascendant realm where private interests were pursued in public by those whom only their fear of one another, their anticipatory Elementa philosophica de cive, chap. I, sec. 2. distrust of each other’s intentions, intentions of which they all would be made aware by introspection into or an Leviathan, Introduction. inward reading of their own, had pushed and held together there to begin with. And should Heidegger, in some alternate universe, have opted to explore these other works nimbly and with an open mind, perhaps as a

Musicuratum: The Compendium

961


prophylactic side-benefit he would never have found himself amidst, or inflicted upon himself, the now not so private vices he confided to his notebooks. Well, flights of fancy aside – in any event, much more acutely than Descartes, it was Hobbes who first discerned and analyzed the beginnings of a new configuration of private and public spaces, under the sway of common fears which delivered the indications of their power not only by sight but also, and perhaps even more significantly, by sound. At this point, finally, I can return to “Amériques.” Varèse composed this piece of music as though it were cinema. And not just any sort of cinema! Scene for scene, in its inner arrangements it was already virtually a sound-film – this at a time when the silent era had not even yet reached its end. A moving picture in sound of New York as the paradigmatic metropolis: that was the setting for the action, the several events in the streets which were whisked past our ears. Earlier I described in a bit of detail their staging and their content, as I’ve heard and understood them; now, in a more general way, I should add that these spaces which the work represents to us seem to be a domain that, at one and the same time, is public in character and yet serves largely as a stage for private lives. This is an urban environment which was built up from the start according to the requirements of modern society more or less as first defined by Hobbes – as being founded precariously upon the mutual opposition of private interests – the society wherein the public pursuit of private interest does not so much subordinate every action to the accumulation of wealth (although this latter motive certainly may seem to play the largest role), so much as it ensures, at an even more fundamental level, that nearly all undertakings will be assessed in the terms of success or failure, thereby imposing in advance a specific form upon most endeavors, at the behest Elementa philosophica de cive, chap. I, sec. 2. of those inner evaluative dispositions which Hobbes called precellence and comparison.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

962


Citydwellers

leading nothing more nor less than their private lives within the public space of the metropolis – where specifically in “Amériques” is this development given listeners to hear (as though it were simultaneously flashing by on a screen before our eyes)?

From the very beginning of the music, the sense that it is a narration, is pronounced, as a few instruments start up softly, in an establishing passage with their sound focused at one spot, in the middle of a room otherwise empty of life. Swiftly then it begins, this rapid quasi-cinematic compression of “shots” (their start-times are marked here as precisely as I can by the clock). Someone is waking up and stumbling out of bed (0:38) – trying to shake off his drowsiness (0:45) – a long day’s ahead and already he’s trying to think about what he has to do (0:51) – realizing how soon he will have to be at work (0:57) – though concentrating on anything is hard (1:01) – in New York it’s summertime and even with the window open the heat overwhelms everything (1:12) – he straightens himself up, running his mind once again over all that he has to deal with during the day ahead (1:23) – the telephone rings and rings but he’s not a second to spare now for it (1:55) – his haste and inner tension are palpable and rising (2:18) – through the window the sounds down in the street, while at other moments muffled or almost extinguished, do burst in, when as now their source is near or right before it (2:23) – so the sirens start to stream into the apartment as one police-car after another races by at full speed outside (2:26) – almost as though they’re also a signal that it’s time to head off to work (2:49) – out his door he goes (2:54) – down a flight of stairs (3:01) – onto the street (3:05) – and into the urban maelstrom (3:08). To be sure, this intro will in all likelihood present different facets of itself to each individual

Musicuratum: The Compendium

963


listener; my transcription of its scenes is probably going to diverge substantially from others’, should they undertake to itemize their perceptions: but such variations aside, the main point, I think, is that this music, as though it were a story, one narrated selectively by the arrangements of a quasi-cinematic montage, follows closely behind a city-dweller through his ordinary adventures, his small private odyssey within the urban environment during some unity of time, in the course of not even a full day but more probably a number of hours. If the foregoing account of the music seems at all plausible, then the intro to “Amériques” will indeed orientate the listeners’ notion of what it is that they are hearing throughout the rest of the piece. Thus it would serve as the key to the tale told by Varèse’s composition: the peregrinations of a New Yorker from the first hours of a day starting like any other. And during the virtually visual evocation of this metropolitan environment which follows the intro, tracing some of the paths he takes through the city streets and marking some of the stopping-points along the way, a listener may well comprehend that the music could render it so well precisely because, from its very beginnings, it was as though established to be, not so much a backdrop for various kinds of self-display, drawing this or that kind of attention to themselves there, as simply a setting within which, in the broadest terms, private interests were pursued further, its nominally public character notwithstanding. So: the intro of “Amériques” offers a key to the interpretation of several operations which may reasonably be expected of an audience therefore, Varèse evidently wished to emphasize two in particular, and to bring them very close together, or even to suggest that, in are in effect one and the same.

the rest. From amongst the or a solitary listener, interpretation and orientation, relation to his own works, they

Around a decade after he completed the revision of “Amériques,” Varèse set out on the lecture circuit, and, having accepted an invitation from the New Mexico Association on Indian Affairs, he delivered the talk which I mentioned earlier,* on August 23, 1936, at the Mary Austin House, in * Decades afterwards, the text was edited by Varèse’s later student Chou Wen-chung and excerpted in a compilation entitled
 “The Liberation of Sound,” which is included in the anthology Contemporary Composers on Contemporary Music, expanded edition,
 ed. Elliott Schwartz, Barney Childs, and Jim Fox (New York: Da Capo Press, 1998), pp. 195-208.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

964


197.

“Today with the technical means that exist and are easily adaptable, the differentiation of the various masses and different planes as well as these beams of sound, could be made discernible to the listener by means of certain acoustical arrangements. Moreover, such an acoustical arrangement would permit the delimitation of what I call ‘zones of intensities.’ These zones would be differentiated by various timbres or

Santa Fe. Even though it was in fact entitled “Music and the Times,” in the course of it the composer made certain to comment upon the possibilities opened up by contemporary technology to those who would explore the nexus between space and sound. One passage, in which the composer appears to be speaking above all of his own compositions, is especially relevant in the Page present context, and so I shall quote it whole.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

965


Musicuratum: The Compendium 966

colors and different loudnesses. Through such a physical process these zones would appear of different colors and of different magnitude, in different perspectives for our perception. The role of color or timbre would be completely changed from being incidental, anecdotal, sensual or picturesque; it would become an agent of delineation, like the different colors on a map separating different areas, and an integral part of form. These zones would be felt as isolated, and the hitherto unobtainable nonblending (or at least the sensation of non-blending) would become possible.”


Even over

a distance of eight decades, Varèse’s programmatic statement remains a very clear, very distinct summary of what orchestral music was becoming able to do, with the assistance of the new sound technology (and moved as well by the achievements of the cinema’s by then fully audiovisual art), and thus of what it henceforth ought to seek to do, if it wanted to keep pace with the age.

The sounds of the orchestras, said Varèse in so many words, are themselves already virtually spatial in their mutual arrangements; in their aggregate state they can comprise masses, planes, and the beams which I commented on before: as such they practically offer themselves to a composer whose overarching interest is in space itself, its delineations, articulations, and interstices. Yet, at the very same time, it will be precisely to the extent that the separate parts played by the various instruments are isolated from one another, every one of them as though intent upon nothing more nor less than its own pursuits, and thus placed into ever-changing oppositions over against each other, that the whole composition can attain the maximum of musical energy. Zur Kraft wird daher der Raum! – that realization or some one like it, to infer from his remarks, will become possible once composers make ample use of the new technologies of sound. If the separations between the instruments upon which Varèse evidently insisted, are meant to contribute the force which brings the music together as a whole, while, simultaneously, it is their sharply defined roles within that whole which also keep the parts they play at a remove from one another, then the orchestra itself in its very constitution resembles the metropolis as he envisioned it (in the brief remarks reported in the 1957 interview no less than in “Amériques” in its ultimate version in 1927): a collectivity not distracted but actually energized and propelled to work by all the various agitations occurring again and again within it. That is one side of the metamorphoses orchestral music might undergo, by virtue of the new technologies. Another was pointed out by Varèse in his 1936 lecture when he spoke of the zones which the different instruments would be enabled to define. Perhaps then my sense of “Amériques” as

Musicuratum: The Compendium

967


having been constructed quasi-cinematically, relates to a work which was actually something of a special case, and so the idea should not be extrapolated over-hastily to all his pieces generally, for they might indeed, in contrast, more properly be understood as cartographic in kind – mapmusic. Composition as cartography: the conception is strikingly open-ended, but it does seem to presuppose that the listeners must learn to read any work composed in such a vein, if they want to explore it at all. As a consequence, when the listeners attempt to fathom works like these, interpretation and orientation will be concurrent operations, or even are collated into a single procedure. Not only within the music itself, therefore, but also amongst the audience, trying as actively as it can to follow the performance of one of Varèse’s works, the “Moment der Stasis” (as Nanz would say) will be a frequent occurrence: a virtual cessation of movement, whereby an individual listener, if he so chooses, can apprehend the vantage-point at which the music is situating him. Most often, of course, and this is the challenge at these times, such stationary moments will already have gone even before one has recognized that they are there, or were. In his 1936 lecture, when he spoke of the space which orchestral music would now increasingly be able to demarcate, Varèse evidently meant what he said. The notion of dimension, too – a word so susceptible to misuse! – was with him no mere metaphor. The demarcation of zones in the compositions, an objective which became possible to carry out thanks to the new sound technologies, required numerous calculations to be made, where the measurements would be taken according to certain dimensions. These dimensions, however, Varèse thought of in quite another sense than the 3+1 of the usual conception of space and time.

“We have actually three dimensions in music,” “horizontal, vertical, and

“Music and the Times,” p. 197.

he insisted,

Musicuratum: The Compendium

968


dynamic swelling or decreasing.”

“I shall add a fourth, sound projection – that feeling that sound is leaving us with no hope of being reflected back, a feeling akin to that aroused by beams of light sent forth by a

In other words, none of the contemporary sound technology was ever needed for the symphonic music composed out of those three perennial dimensions, all the works which are indeed and do remain the mainstays of the classical repertoire; but with the new technical inventions the field of orchestral endeavors could itself expand, and concomitantly, Varèse went on to remark,

Musicuratum: The Compendium

969


powerful searchlight – for the ear as for the eye, that sense of projection, of a journey into space.”

At this juncture, an obvious next step would be to shift the focus onto Varèse’s great curiosity regarding the sciences of his time, and especially contemporary physics – an interest which it seems some of the physicists reciprocated – but I shall refrain from doing so.*

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Instead I’d like to dwell for just a moment on that new fourth dimension as described by Varèse – for it was evidently a long-standing concern of his. His early epiphany during the concert in the Salle Pleyel, as he recounted it in the 1936 interview (which I spoke about earlier), was phrased in very similar terms. And yet in the lecture he touched on what seems to be the essential feature of this new dimension, whereas it was conspicuously absent from his statement as quoted by the interviewer: namely, the projection into space of some sound, as the new * The present text is already ethereal enough, no doubt, and really should not venture into outer space as a topic. Nonetheless, in order to whet the reader’s intellectual appetite, an essay by the musicologist Anne
 C. Shreffler may be mentioned: “Varèse and the Technological Sublime; or, How Ionisation Went Nuclear,” included in the anthology assembled under the auspices of the Paul Sacher Stiftung in Basel, Edgard Varèse: Composer, Sound Sculptor, Visionary, ed. Felix Meyer and Heidy Zimmermann (Woodbridge: Boydell Press, 2006), pp. 290-97.

970


technologies enable us to hear this launching taking place, at the same time conveys to us an indication that it will never return, in the absence of anything in its path against which it would strike and then be, as he put it, “reflected back” towards us. Hence, if one wants to express this sound’s forlorn situation in the terms of cartography, Varèse’s fourth dimension would recede unendingly away in every direction of the compass from whatever spot it was at which the music had happened to set a listener down. True, space of this kind would still have a center – but how very tiny, how very lost it would be, sited amidst such an emptiness without echo! In Brunschvicg’s edition (Œuvres, vol. XII, p. 73),
 (Recall the frightening lines in Pascal’s famous pensée! it is the seventy-second. By way of fulfilling his editorial role, Brunschvicg appended to them a few sentences from a work by Louis Couturat – a text* which I also ought to quote here in passing, since it is one of those the young Varèse could readily have perused. According to Couturat, Pascal’s “formule paradoxale, si choquante pour le bon sens,” shows itself upon examination to have been geometrically and scientifically quite inspired. Having once examined it, the geometers (and, by implication, the physicists) will comprehend that “[l]e centre du plan est partout, car l’origine est un point quelconque pris à volonté dans le fini du plan ; la circonférence du plan n’est nulle part, car si on l’imagine dans le fini, on suppose le plan limité, ce qui est contraire à son idée ; et si on la conçoit rejetée à l’infini, ce n’est plus une circonférence : c’est une droite ou un point. Ainsi le plan infini est, à certains égards, analogue à un point, c’est pour ainsi dire un point immense ; et en effet, le point inétendu et le plan infini se ressemblent par certains côtés. Chacun d’eux constitue une unité, l’un par son indivisibilité, l’autre par sa totalité.” Although here Couturat dealt with planes rather than volumes, merely a small further step of thought was required, and an observer during the fin de siècle could realize how perversely mobile each of these two unities is – as such both retreat away as they are approached by the mind and its scientific instruments – thus would one have found oneself carried already into the space of the next century’s theoretical physics.)

So, in the context of his itemization of these four musical dimensions, too, one may surmise, the typical metropolitan city-dweller, ensconced in his private pursuits even while out and about in * See De l’Infini mathématique (Paris: Félix Alcan, 1896), pt.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

I,

bk.

IV,

chap.

IV,

p. 298 f.

971


On this and in two parts over previous pages: a panorama of Nieuw Amsterdam,
 created by the Museum of the City of New York.

Courtesy of the website of the New Amsterdam History Center.

public, was a figure very near the forefront of Varèse’s thinking. For those dimensions, taken together, constitute the grid by, through, and with which an orchestral work such as his can represent a map of modern society and the atomized lives tracing their long lonely courses amongst the zones of which it is made, unmade, remade, continually anew.

Quite

possibly such an individual urban existence, as errant as it was arid, represented something like a primary datum for Varèse throughout his entire career. His 1936 lecture, at any rate, took up a number of positions round the topic, firing off several shots at the times along the way. Amongst the other questions he touched upon, evidently he was thinking about the typical character of that existence – comprising not least an increasing impoverishment of the mind and its culture – as being a condition which the age sought to hide as far as it could, hypocritically, but which in fact was in urgent need of honest acknowledgement, for everyone’s sake. However bad this general condition had already grown in itself, by the middle of the 1930s, the concerted effort to conceal it was worse, for it actually permitted the insidious debility to spread further, and hence the clock was rapidly ticking down: this idea seems to have provided more than a little of the special impetus that is palpable, even today, eighty years afterwards, when one reads or re-reads the text of his remarks.

“We cannot, even if we would, live much longer by tradition,”

“Music and the Times,” p. 196.

averred Varèse, nearly as his first word – and already today’s reader may gather that the composer’s aversion to tradition as

Musicuratum: The Compendium

972


such ran deep. A striking general avowal in any case, and especially from someone whose profession was orchestral music! Not so very clear at the outset, however, is what precisely the term itself referred to, as used by him. Was this seeming oversight perhaps nothing of the kind, having been in fact deliberate on his part? Did he extend an implicit invitation to the public to whom he spoke to ask themselves how it had happened that they all, more and more, whether they wanted to or not, would need to confront the obsolescence of tradition? Well, by no means could this have been anything like an easy query to respond to, back in the 1930s; whereas now, circa 2015, the very question which apparently he prompted them to inquire into, may itself come across as being more than obsolescent – putting the point mildly – and then again, mustn’t one doubt whether we today are generally in much of a position even to construe it as it deserves to be? Yet nonetheless, I should like to submit, had he refrained from posing it, not only in this 1936 lecture but actually under this or that guise throughout his career, in the end Varèse’s entire œuvre would have taken quite another, a less considerable, less coherent, and less commendable shape than it did. What, then, might the composer have meant when he objected to tradition? One like-sounding declaration was put down on paper by Franz Marc, sometime early in 1915, while a conscript at the front. Prompted by what exactly we cannot know, the painter compressed his thought into one sentence, the thirtyfirst of “Die 100 Aphorismen: Das zweite Gesicht,”* which Varèse certainly could have been acquainted with and appreciated. In this remark, as one might expect, bold tones of sarcasm and irony are not lacking. This particular
 aphorism was included
 in the posthumous
 collection of his work: Briefe, Aufzeichnungen
 und Aphorismen (Berlin:
 Paul Cassirer, 1920),
 vol. I, p. 127.

“Traditionen sind eine schöne Sache,” “aber nur das Traditionen-schaffen, nicht von Traditionen leben.”

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Marc admitted,

973


Marc’s meaning can be unfolded as Franz Marc, ca. 1913. follows. Traditions have something beautiful about them – as though they are at their best simply accoutrements, while much more often they serve merely to divert attention from things that are anything but beautiful. Beautiful in the strong sense of the word is only the brief creative act, whereas the traditions which would then spring up as the progeny, have next to no share in it, and actually were hardly what that act aimed at. As such, when considered in terms of beauty, their characters are at best neutral; while, on the contrary, the enterprise of living according to, by, and off of traditions, is an ugly thing indeed. All that is the first unfolding of the aphorism – but there is more. For, on the other hand, the tradition-creating act will be utterly sterile if no traditions are brought into being by it. Would one then ever undertake it in the first place, for its own sake, without reference to those consequences, as it were? That seems nearly inconceivable; but if the progenitor does also think in advance of the traditions he is in the process of creating, while nonetheless reserving the beauty in the act for himself as his sole possession, the inheritors, to the extent that they abide in that role, will be left to lead hideous lives. Of course, they could quit this impasse if they themselves were to create traditions – but with that move the same problem would recur once again. (Nor should one forget that upon the sheer number of “traditions” extant at any given moment, there simply must be some practical upper limit.)

Franz Marc’s
 last painting (1914),
 “Kämpfende Formen.” Image courtesy of the Pinakothek der
 Moderne, Munich.

The tradition-creating act, albeit beautiful, now also discloses a cunning and calculating visage. One starts to recognize how two-faced it actually is. Rather often its unique beauty may even be horrible to behold.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

974


In Marc’s one sentence, tradition, as the bequest, preservation, and inheritance of something from generation to generation – it is, in the first instance, quite literally, an act of handing-down – had its seamy side exposed. The existence of traditions requires of the generations that vis-à-vis one another they assume certain attitudes, which once may have been noble and praiseworthy, but to whose present state of decay the aphorism (rightly understood) alerted the reader. As Marc intuited, something had gone terribly awry within tradition itself. What was wrong, and how did it come about? – to return to Varèse and the question he seems to have asked himself, and placed before them who had the ears to hear it. To frame the briefest of answers (there is no room here for anything more) and one which Varèse himself might not have found too aberrant: modern society, a new formation detected and analyzed early on by Hobbes with the requisite acuity and foresight, whose driving force was the opposition of private interests posed one against another, as it took shape gradually began to undermine the older principles of a durable political organization, of which tradition so construed was by no means the least important, setting them further and further aside in such a manner that when, at a later point in this history, a deliberate defense of the very principle of tradition was mounted, the resistance did even abet the further corrosion of the latter from within. Again in very schematic terms: the environment of the metropolitan city-dweller, the typical denizen of society as charted by Hobbes, is constituted in an entirely different manner than was that older fixed abode within the stability of tradition which had been offered to its adherents. As the modern kind of urban space expanded more and more, the typical dispositions of its inhabitants also aggrandizing themselves in the process, the continuum of traditional life would furnish ever less guidance whenever one attempted to orientate oneself in the public realm. Once modern society had established itself beyond a certain point, disorientation – the increasing difficulty in orientating oneself in that realm and in moving dexterously about while within it – became a political question of the first order. Nor were those who sought to comprehend this change, the better historians of the nineteenth century first and foremost, spared the condition – they found themselves buffeted about by analogous perplexities as they strove to illuminate an age so absolutely new.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

975


Of those historians, none conveyed more lucidly how difficult it had become to understand the transformations they saw taking place all around themselves, and then to draw up a map of the contemporary situation, than Tocqueville. While his foremost theme was the changes brought about in political life with the rise of modern society, he knew to apply his mind to the upheavals effected in other areas as well. The effort was all the more pressing, at a moment when the records of the past themselves seemed to be falling silent, providing to the impartial understanding no examples of anything even remotely similar, no signposts, no merestones, no fixed points of reference.

Alexis de Tocqueville, 1850. Portrait by
 Théodore Chassériau.

De la Démocratie en Amérique,
 One sobering passage of his laid out vol. II, pt. IV, chap. VIII. eloquently the new predicament confronting the citizen and the historian alike. As such Tocqueville’s statement deserves to be quoted whole:

“Quoique la révolution qui s’opère dans l’état social, les lois, les idées, les sentiments des hommes, soit encore bien loin d’être terminée, déjà on ne saurait comparer ses œuvres avec rien de ce qui s’est vu précédemment dans le Courtesy of the Musée

national du Château
 de Versailles.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

976


Musicuratum: The Compendium

century before Varèse delivered his lecture, tradition still exerted itself as a countervailing power; and so it is hardly surprising to observe the historian, when he narrowed the scope of his inquiry to his own country alone, also insisting that “la révolution” had not burst asunder all continuity there, the most obvious appearances notwithstanding. Some immaterial items in particular continued to be handed down – certain ideas, sentiments, habitudes – as Tocqueville did not fail to mention, for otherwise he would have had no threads by which to trace a course back through the past, and then his study of the previous half-century of French history could never have commenced to begin with.

Barricades in the rue Saint-Maur during the 1848 revolution.

Most obviously in the United States, but evidently in France as well, as Tocqueville viewed the problem during those years, under the new conditions the deliberate act of orientating oneself in space, both practically and intellectually, was becoming ever more difficult to carry out. To be sure, at that historical moment ca. 1835, a full

Image courtesy of the website Info-Histoire.

monde. Je remonte de siècle en siècle jusqu’à l’antiquité la plus reculée ; je n’aperçois rien qui ressemble à ce qui est sous mes yeux. Le passé n’éclairant plus l’avenir, l’esprit marche dans les ténèbres.”

977


Indeed, Tocqueville’s first sketch of his undertaking set out from just this point. An essay he composed towards the end of 1835 and early the next year, “État social et politique de la France, avant et depuis 1789,” opened as follows:

“Des liens invisibles mais presque tout-puissants attachent les idées d’un siècle a celles du siècle qui l’a précédé.”

It was written originally at the request of
 John Stuart Mill for the London and Westminster Review, where it appeared in the April 1836 issue (London:
 John Macrone) in an unsigned English version, in fact quite a liberal paraphrase,
 the work of Mill himself.

Now, the existence of these “liens” between the ideas of the present generation and those of its predecessors, Tocqueville regarded as evidence that tradition still remained a power to be reckoned with, throughout that fifty-year span of time in French history. Of course, there too it was in retreat, beset more and more as modern society established itself; for

Construction in Paris during the Haussmann period. Photograph courtesy of the website of TV5.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

978


Even here, something essential was still being handed down from the earlier to the later one: namely, the set of “idées” which define its profile and in so doing preserve the likeness between the generations. Yet this contact took place in the midst of a furious enmity; and Tocqueville, for his part, found it very thought-provoking to see tradition itself being whittled down into a peculiarly mimetic procedure, of the sort whereby a pair of enemies do come to

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Photograph courtesy of the website Info-Histoire.

“Une génération a beau déclarer la guerre aux générations antérieures, il est plus facile de les combattre, que de ne point leur ressembler.”

Smoke rising over the roofs of Paris from the Hôtel de ville set ablaze, 1871.

contemporary France too this the historian took as a given, and accordingly, what especially interested him was the alteration being brought about in tradition itself. The nature of the relationship between the generations, he realized, was no longer the same.

979


resemble each other by virtue of the hostilities in which they engage. Thought-provoking – and perhaps somewhat frightening as well, for if one listens intently to his very next sentence, a faint trembling may be overheard.

“On ne saurait donc parler d’une nation, à une époque donnée, sans dire ce qu’elle a été un demi-siècle auparavant,” “surtout nécessaire lorsqu’il s’agit d’un peuple qui, pendant les cinquante dernières années, a été dans un état presque continuel de révolution.” he claimed, and justified this precaution as being

If

only for the sake of fulfilling the historian’s responsibilities conscientiously, in order to describe the whole scene from without, sine ira et studio, Tocqueville had to worry that his own ideas might in fact, though without his really noticing, predispose him in a contrary direction, affiliating him unawares to this or that side, to the detriment of his work’s perspicacity and independence. Since, however, my main concern here is clearly had come to distrust, I have no The outline he drew of the condition of one could wish; while the intimation of upon the principle of tradition itself,

Musicuratum: The Compendium

to comprehend what Varèse meant by the tradition he so need to say very much more about Tocqueville the historian. the isolated individual in modern society, is as clear as a serious ailment inflicted under the given circumstances may be pursued quite far, if one wants to.

980


Yet it is significant that Tocqueville’s two statements date from the milieu of the 1830s, that is, from early in his career. Their great sensitivity owed perhaps not a little to the very newness of his subject, the presentation of unprecedented questions and topics as it was undertaken by an author whose accomplishments were just beginning to attain recognition. Much later on, possibly by virtue of all the time and attention he had spent in the meantime on his research, possibly for other reasons as well, one does not seem to encounter anything like those insights again; what the reader meets with instead is an avowal that tradition, or some power of a like efficacy, played and even continued to play a much greater role in all that recent history than was usually acknowledged: as though, the further his inquiry had been taken, the more did Tocqueville uncover tradition still at work, operating behind the backs of the people whom he studied and directing them in their endeavors. Once passed beyond a certain limit – to exaggerate slightly what then transpired – wherever the historian looked, this or that “tradition” was mainly what peered back at him. At the outset of the major work he never lived to finish, one comes across the following remark:

L’Ancien régime et la Révolution, Avant-propos.

“Il y a un grand nombre de lois et d’habitudes politiques de l’ancien régime qui disparaissent ainsi tout à coup en 1789 et qui se remontrent quelques années après, comme certains fleuves s’enfoncent dans la terre pour Musicuratum: The Compendium

981


reparaître un peu plus loin, faisant voir les mêmes eaux à de nouveaux rivages.” Now, even those readers whose basic approach is not that of cautious skepticism, may find it difficult to take this sentence quite seriously: the notion that numerous laws and common practices did not so much vanish as go underground (flowing onwards like a subterranean river!) until, as though by a mysterious reinstatement of tradition, they emerged once more to water the fields of political life, is simply very convenient, to put the point mildly. Hence his remark, far from having clarified anything real at all, itself becomes a piece of evidence, an indication of a common tendency amongst historians to

A view from the top of Rue Champlain, 1877 or 1878. Photograph by Charles Marville. Courtesy of the Musée Carnavalet, Paris.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

982


regard the objects of their researches in a specific manner, construing them in advance as if their own inmost intention were to enter into tradition, and during all that time they had mainly been awaiting the chance to do so. What Tocqueville’s passage discloses, even malgré lui-même, therefore, is a déformation professionnelle des historiens, a preliminary (or subliminal) acquiescence to the principle of tradition as such, which we all, however professionally or otherwise we may happen to be involved with history, ought to regard warily. Sharper than Tocqueville’s late remark, and actually closely attuned to his much more important early statement, is a sarcastic pronouncement by a contemporary French author who cannot reasonably be called a historian, Jules-Amédée Barbey d’Aurevilly. Around the middle of the 1840s, in the capital, he was well-positioned to see how the sphere within which the principle of tradition still held good, kept on shrinking – indeed, by then one of its best bulwarks, namely, les mœurs, could hardly be relied upon any longer, and had even passed under the control of the other side.

Barbey d’Aurevilly.

“On retrouve Herculanum sous la cendre,” “mais quelques années sur les mœurs d’une société l’ensevelissent mieux que toute la poussière des volcans.” the Parisian wit exclaimed in one of his essays,

Du Dandysme et de
 Georges Brummell,
 chap. VI.

Whereas tradition once stood as a guarantor of the durability and the continuity of a body politic, modern society led another kind of existence entirely, instantiating itself instead continually from moment to moment (much as Descartes’ thinking substance upheld itself in being). With its ascendancy, as Barbey d’Aurevilly noted, mainly one certainty alone would be left intact: merely a brief period of time was needed for this society without precedent to efface the traces of its previous self, so malleable had even its mœurs become.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

983


Musicuratum: The Compendium

The Eiffel Tower during construction, seen from the Trocadéro, July 1888.

With this, probably enough has been said to convey at least some idea of what I imagine had led Varèse to caution his audience so emphatically against any sort of recourse to tradition.

Photograph courtesy of the website Info-Histoire.

All

at once, to amplify his point, la modernité had taken hold in Paris: a centre of modern society ruled by that arbitrary despot, fashion, the city which was paving the way for its changes to occur in the blink of an eye, as Barbey d’Aurevilly himself knew well. How nearly impossible a task all this would leave behind, for later historians to sift through, if the best of them would even dare to undertake it! To speak without irony of tradition in this connection would have been nearly perverse, already in the 1840s; and all the more so only a few years later, during the Second Empire, for, amongst the vast construction sites that Paris would soon comprise, it was ever more the case that, much as Tocqueville had already witnessed amidst everything transpiring across the Atlantic, “l’esprit marche dans les ténèbres.”

984


Whatever remained of it, one gathers, stood in his view in the way of an honest confrontation with the impoverishment of mind brought on by modern society – hence it amounted to a sort of diversion which, given the circumstances of the 1930s generally, was showing itself to be increasingly pernicious. Frivolity (earlier I referred to the predilection for it of the intellectual élite between the Wars) was actually quite a widespread problem during those years, assuming any number of forms, even within his own field of endeavor; and thus there was ever so much which Varèse had good reason to react against implicitly when he forecast tradition’s complete demise. Given this antipathy on the one side, it is not especially strange that Varèse, in the very same lecture, should have characterized the present-day state of his field in nearly opposite terms. According to him,

“we are at a new primitive stage in music today”

“Music and the Times,” p. 198.

– and this reality, or else this

imminent possibility, he seemed to welcome.

His idea was not that the times were ripe for an entirely new tradition to be created and handed down; no, that was not the point at all. The present had to be confronted without the help of any tradition, in music and in other spheres of endeavor, if the conditions brought about by modern society were to be approached as they were, for better and for worse, rather than in the falsified and distorted form they would assume whenever one persisted in viewing them sub specie traditionis. And as for the remnants of tradition which still played an active role within organized musical life at its most serious and creative, one needed to recognize how obstructive they continued to be. A composition such as “Amériques” – to return to a work wherein Varèse implemented a decided rejection of musical tradition – declares its own relative disinterest in older elaborations of harmony, in favor of the more elementary (the composer himself would probably have said: primitive)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

985


harmonies between the tones which the various instruments could produce. This inclination was stressed by one of his peers, Henry Cowell, in an early article analyzing the composer’s procedures, as being one amongst a number of compositional “The Music of Edgar Varèse,”
 practices which distinguished him from most or indeed all Modern Music (New York: League of Composers),
 of his contemporaries.

“Just as harmonic combinations of sound qualities are emphasized above harmony itself,” “one finds that dynamic nuances on the same note, or repeated tones, often take the place of melody,”

vol. 7, no. 2 (January-February 1928), pp. 9-19.

wrote Cowell,

Page 10.

and at times, indeed, melody is dispensed with altogether. Now, what did the composer aim to accomplish by paring down the commonly available means so thoroughly? Cowell formulated the main consequence as follows:

Henry Cowell. Photograph courtesy
 of the Ensemble intercontemporain.

“Removing from the listener’s ear that which it is accustomed to follow most closely, sometime almost to the exclusion of everything else, naturally

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Page 11.

986


induces a keener awareness of other musical elements such as rhythm and dynamics.”

Such a “keener awareness” amongst the listeners is one of the sensitivities which “Amériques” sought to foster (even though those to whom Varèse’s work does not appeal, might dissent from the verb to foster and say instead, to force them back upon), setting out to meet this goal all the more deliberately insofar as those other sonic “elements” embody music from its more spatial side, and hence were accorded major roles in a composition which had chosen to ally itself with some of the cinema’s experiments (montage in particular) – while also proceeding to eschew, it is fair to say, the traditions of orchestral music and indeed to locate itself outside the domain of tradition as such. Fidelity to the individual sounds was one of Varèse’s main reasons for his stance, noted Cowell, and in scoring his own works he went to great lengths to indicate the exact qualities which the musicians should strive to lend each of them in performance. In comparison to those of most other composers, his scores abounded in expression marks applied to the separate notes, and in his view such detailed instructions were nearly a sine qua non of the whole endeavor. Composers who supplied them only haphazardly, or neglected them in the main, were on occasion the object of his Page 12. contempt, Cowell reported, and of those falling in this category he did not hesitate to say,

“They do not know how they wish their music to sound.”

Instead they handed their works over to others, or, in other words, to the repetitions of tradition, leaving it to the recipients to determine the precise sound to be given to all those constituents of the music. A peculiar uncertainty on those composers’ part, and a strange carelessness, both of which they justified implicitly by an unwarranted trust that the subsequent heritage would handle the bequest satisfactorily: this common attitude, it seems to me, was what Varèse simply could not stand. Lest one imagine that his expressions of antipathy represented merely the tantrum of a musical

Musicuratum: The Compendium

987


enfant terrible, I should add that the exactitude of sonic quality he demanded was brought a bit further into the realm of possibility with each additional refinement of the new sound technologies during those years. The techniques for increasingly faithful reproduction of the tones of the instruments, were beginning to open a way for those so inclined to circumvent tradition entirely; handing a work of orchestral music down, with all the variegated insecurities attendant upon that transaction, was henceforth not the only conceivable mode of passing it on, for in the form of a recording on electromagnetic tape a composer could with relative ease simply leave it or the relevant part of it behind, once the work was done to his satisfaction: and Varèse’s conscientious attention to the minutiæ of the separate notes in his scores, as recounted by Cowell, already anticipates how composers might soon simply leap over whatever there remained of the principle of tradition, as a no-longer insuperable obstacle. A transmission of a composer’s intentions beyond the limitations imposed up until then by the usual operations of tradition: this is a very disconcerting thought! And likewise with the new vantage-point that these technologies were clearing away vis-à-vis the history of music itself – not only the regard for musical works gone by, but also the nervous anticipation of the history of those which one day will have arrived (as though in a tacit admission of the future’s primacy in the underlying order of time). At least to begin with, here too, no less than within the precincts of modern society generally, minds would have found themselves wandering in obscurity, those of the professional music historians not excepted!

On

the other hand, given that a practical alternative to the principle of tradition was rapidly becoming an option for the composer, the actual procedures comprised in it (as the handing-down from generation to generation of the works, the instruments, and the paraphernalia of music) could be studied from the outside, with greater impartiality and acuity than previously had been possible. In consequence, from that moment onward, music’s past could be approached by listeners aware of the vagaries that the intercessions of tradition had instilled into the sounds themselves – those whose ears were open enough to notice sonic phenomena which others literally had never

Musicuratum: The Compendium

988


heard in this or that piece of it before. So surprising might be the map they’d then draw up, once they lit out for the territory, heeding the new technology and having quit tradition’s school. A revolution in acoustic perception was being brought about by the new technologies, and this change, during that incipient phase at least, manifested itself most palpably in the rapport to the elements of past music: more readily than before, they could be heard apart from the various adjustments made to them subsequently in the course of tradition, and thus they were less definitively past than they once had been, situated anew, if not now within the present period strictly speaking, at least considerably less distant from it than in earlier ages. Increasing exactitude as the new possibility for acoustic perception, was an idea at the forefront of Varèse’s thinking about music not only in the later decades but right throughout his career, one may well surmise; this consequence of the technological advancements could have spawned his intuition that there was a layer of significance in works of music which their nominal creators had not put there, an antecedent dimension of meaning lodged in the very sounds of which they were made: and with the assistance of the new technology, to complete the thought, such deposits of sense might, with some skill and luck, be raised into audible perceptibility.

Josef Hoëné Wronski. Commemorative plaque by Józef Aumiller, 1928. Image courtesy of the website of the Warszawskie Centrum Numizmatyczne.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Varèse, as he recounted in several of his lectures, credited an early reading of Josef Hoëné Wronski’s essay “Philosophie absolue de An extract of that essay had been
 la musique” with the published during the Second Empire, by
 notion that significance Camille Durutte in the introduction to his
 or sense could be found tome Esthétique musicale: Technie, ou Lois in the individual sounds générales du système harmonique (Paris:
 Mallet-Bachelier and E. Girod; and Metz:
 of which pieces of music Typographie de Rousseau-Pallez, 1855),
 were comprised. One pp. V-XVII. formula in particular attracted his attention – Hoëné Wronski had Page VII. written of “la corporification de l’intelligence dans les sons” – and even though by this phrase the author most likely had referred to that which a

989


composer would have more or less deliberately put into the work, Varèse for his part took it to describe not a transitive but rather a self-reflexive operation, as though those sounds themselves were, grammatically speaking, both the subject and the object of Hoëné Wronski’s sentence, whereby the works of music would serve as their instruments. Thus each sound would itself be the sonic self-embodiment of some significant intention, quite apart from all the meaning which might be superimposed upon them by the conscious creativity of human music. Think what one will of such a conception – in the era of the new technologies its plausibility would have grown, by virtue of the hitherto unheard signification which the latter seemed poised to uncover amongst the sounds. The notion that individual sounds might be imbued with something like autonomy, already in themselves, does seem to inform Varèse’s early declaration regarding the musical instruments he wished to bring into being.

“Je rêve les instruments obéissants à la pensée,”

It was published in
 he announced in a brief text entitled “Que la musique sonne” – Francis Picabia’s periodical 391 (New York),
 obedient to thought, yet by no means necessarily to his own no. 5 (June 1917), a couple of years
 thought! Quite possibly here too he was recalling that after Varèse arrived there. “corporification de l’intelligence,” the otherwise unremarked self-embodiments of mind in particular sounds, which it would be the achievement of such instruments as he dreamt of to express. When, once invented, they were put to the test, then it could happen that,

“avec l’apport d’une floraison de timbres insoupçonnés,” “se prêtent aux combinaisons qu’il me plaira de leur imposer et se plient a l’exigence those devices

Musicuratum: The Compendium

990


de mon rythme intérieur”

– the inner rhythm of the composer’s mind (or soul) which, while he himself could not possibly claim to know it definitively, would at least, in contrast to those other anonymous deposits of intelligence in the sounds themselves, be recognizably his and his alone.

“A composer knows about as little as anyone else,” he would insist decades afterwards,

Alexander Calder with a wire portrait of Edgard Varèse,
 ca. 1930, and an untitled work, in Saché, France, 1963. Photograph by Ugo Mulas. The Varèse sculpture is in the collection of the Whitney Museum of American Art, New York.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

991


“where the substance of his work comes from.” (That was the position Varèse took towards the end of the “Autobiographical Remarks” he delivered at Princeton University on September 4, 1959.*)

From the very beginnings of his career onwards, Varèse, it is safe (?) to say, really did see himself as journeying into the spaces of the sounds, a region otherwise nearly unexplored. The instruments which he anticipated in 1917, of course, could also be the devices to whose invention the great strides taken by the technology, during the years ahead, would contribute. It was no accident when Varèse chose to speak in this early statement of his inward rhythm, rather than of melody or harmony, in either the singular or the plural. What had he had in mind by this term? Well, with it he may have referred not to an inner datum or concomitant of his consciousness, a continuously-produced result or by-product of his musically active mind, but to a more primary force of inner cohesion, perhaps even an intrinsic power without which the mind could not possibly hope to turn to good use all of its own – to recall his felicitous word from the 1957 interview – agitations. Late in his career, in the 1959 Princeton lecture, he offered a brief summary of what rhythm does.

Page 202.

“Rhythm is the element in music that gives life to the work and holds it together,” “It is the element of stability,

said Varèse, as though to underscore the fissiparous tendencies within the elements of which a piece of music is composed, inclining if unchecked to fall apart of their own accord. * Wen-chung included an excerpt in his compilation, under the title “Rhythm, Form, and Content,” and I have cited it (p. 204) from this source. As for the original typescript, it is in the collection of the Paul Sacher Stiftung.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

992


the generator of form”

– with this claim the composer recurred implicitly to his axiom that musical forms are results, the shapes assumed by the compositions as they crystallize: thus what rhythm does, is to exert the requisite quantum of pressure upon them prior to their completion. However, is not the rhythm in a work, once finished and formed, itself also a result – and if so, from what and from where would it stem? Now, according to Varèse, in his own works

“rhythm derives from the simultaneous interplay of unrelated elements that intervene at calculated, but not regular, time-lapses.”

Hence the rhythm in them is a derivation: the obvious conclusion, therefore, is that it derived from nothing other than the force he had mentioned several decades before, his “rythme intérieur.” Can one infer that it, accordingly, was in Varèse’s opinion the basic guarantor of coherence in its domain, within the musical part of the mind? If that is right, then it, however irregular in its operation it may seem to be, is intrinsically a calculative power positioned over against all the intra-mental constituents of music, and as such this interior power of rhythm, in contradistinction to the actual rhythm evident in works of music, would actively engender

“a succession of alternate and opposite or correlative states” “definition of rhythm in physics and philosophy” – thus going some ways towards meeting that

which Varèse commended to his audience.

As an inward power of the composer’s mind, by virtue of the rythme intérieur those inner sonic

Musicuratum: The Compendium

993


elements would be positioned and assembled by it in just such successions, modulating in consequence the agitation within itself and thus maximizing its predilection for work. Here, it is not too much to say, Varèse seemed to delineate what a full-fledged rhythmic thinking might be, and how it might proceed vis-à-vis the disparate elements it comes across, wherever it should happen to find them, whether sheltered within its own interiority, out amidst the bustle of the world, or at any spot somewhere in between. Was Varèse (he an exact contemporary of Kafka and Karl Jaspers) all along primarily a thinker? Had his main reason for distancing himself from tradition been the experimental thinking by, with, and about rhythm which he practiced throughout his life instead? A rhythmic mode of thought, when conceived as Varèse seemed to understand it, will necessarily partake of calculation – of the mathematical, quantitative, and instrumental procedures for dealing with things, which are as easy to denounce in theory as they are hard to avoid in practice. For a rhythmic thinking like this, neither could there be a way to get around those procedures, nor, what is more important, would any overwhelming urge to abandon them be felt. Much as I suggested before in the case of his “Amériques,” the field of operation proper to this mode of thought remains modern society, at least for the time being, and especially its crystallization in the paradigmatic metropolis, the immense location whose grid was arranged as though its aim were indeed to facilitate any number of the successions of alternate and opposite or correlative states of which he spoke in 1959.

Gunther Schuller, 1964. Photograph by
 Lew Merrim. Courtesy of the Monkmeyer Press
 Photo Service,
 New York.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Schuller himself recently passed away. –
 Some years further on, talking See “Conversation with Varèse,”
 with Gunther Schuller, the Perspectives of New Music (New York:
 composer, as though to suggest Fromm Music Foundation), vol. 3, no. 2 that the implicit setting of (Spring-Summer 1965), pp. 32-37. his musical endeavors had always been modern society, the type of society constructed out of untold numbers of interests in mutual opposition against one another, mentioned in passing one of his own early formative experiences. During his childhood visits to Burgundy, recounted

994


Varèse, he had admired the

“pure structural architecture” “every stone had to fit and balance with every other,” “I wanted to find a way to project in music the concept of calculated or controlled gravitation, how one element pushing on the other stabilizes the total structure, thus using the material elements at the same time in opposition to and in support of one another.”

Page 34.

of the masons there, they whose

working with a precision he himself would emulate as best he could, a few years

later. Thus inspired, already in 1905, in one of his first pieces, Varèse remembered,

Now, of what else would a music like his have been the rendering, and indeed a rhythmic one, if not modern society in its purest expression, as realized in the innumerable interactions of opposites comprising the immense metropolis?

So,

it seems to me, surroundings such as the largest cities constitute the native element of this Varèsean mode of thought. From that urban source, by one detour or another, the disparate sounds originate which it, should it happen to be a composer’s thinking, will in turn

Musicuratum: The Compendium

995


compress and present in actual works of music. Thus the very agitation wherein it finds itself and makes its home, is conveyed rhythmically along with the rest of those sonic materials, into an audible form. Even before it ever arrived there – in Varèse’s own career, one hundred years ago, in New York – this mode of rhythmic thought was already attuned to the big-city constructions of significant noise. These, and the manifold uncertainties of modernity generally, it will be quite wellpositioned to handle, with more or less the right degree of composure and distance, keeping its wits about it and not falling prey to this or that mental debility, and especially not the paranoia which threatens to afflict the representational thinking of the modern age (as it was exposed and attacked by Heidegger, who seems to have known it from the inside).

It was

Varèse’s own specifically rhythmic thinking, one might suspect, which sharpened his feeling for the not exactly unintended but yet inadvertent humor of the incessant alterations in the metropolis, and thus enabled “Amériques,” for instance, to be as cheeky as it at times comes across as being. For the composer’s mode of thought had contributed more than a little to his deliberate rejection of tradition – not least in relieving him of the concern with having his works enter into it in their turn, an attitude which in itself is rather inconducive to musical risk-taking or even to letting the music out to have a bit of fun. This nexus was I believe what he himself was pointing out, at the end of his Page 37. conversation with Schuller, when the composer insisted, half in jest, half seriously, that

“I don’t care about reaching the public as much as I care about reaching certain musical-acoustical phenomena,”

for

Musicuratum: The Compendium

996


“to disturb the atmosphere – because, after all, sound is only an atmospheric disturbance!” his main goal all along was always

To this insouciant notion of sound he had no need to add: though not to humorless ears made timid by the musical tradition! To reach certain musical-acoustical phenomena was what he most wanted to do: this amusing double entendre should not be overlooked. Could there have been a moment of earnestness in it, perhaps? Was Varèse in some sense actually aiming to address them, more than the concert-going audiences? If so, it would accord well with the conception he drew out of, and/or had projected into, Hoëné Wronski’s single phrase. Perhaps his witty last word, for its part, was not merely a shallow passing remark. Did he mean to suggest that the atmospheres of disturbance he wished his music to convey, had in fact been brought about by heeding those disturbances of atmosphere otherwise called sounds? Were that the case, it might clarify something one hears every so often throughout his works, namely, their flashes of humor – at times when the sirens in “Amériques” break in the interruption is both unexpected and funny – for such brief lighter moments too were derived from his intent listening to those agitations of the air. Most striking of all, in his last round with Schuller, Varèse laid stress upon the idea that their audiences were to some degree only the incidental recipients of his works, being not so much the intended listeners as by-standers simply afforded an opportunity to overhear them. Whether from this opportunity a longer acquaintance would develop afterwards, was neither the composer’s main concern, nor (if the personification is at all plausible) what his works themselves hoped for. In Varèse’s own case, all of them (a second such personification) had their hands full as they sought

Musicuratum: The Compendium

997


to ensure that the musicians not diverge too far in the performance from the way the whole ought to sound.

Alcopley, 1963. Photograph by Fred Stein. Courtesy of Una Dora Copley.

With regard to the eventual performance of the works, Varèse entertained some reservations about the fidelity which the musicians would observe. During a conversation he and his friend, the painter L. Alcopley (the pseudonym of Alfred L. Copley) held “Edgard Varèse on Music and Art:
 in January, 1963, and published five A Conversation Between Varèse and Alcopley,” years later, he expressed them Leonardo (Oxford: Pergamon Press),
 forthrightly – phrasing his point vol. 1, no. 2 (April 1968),
 quite generally, assuming perhaps pp. 187-95. that the time had come for a laconic word or two on the subject. Professional musicians, said Varèse,

“are, after all, actors (I include conductors) before an audience and therefore tempted to show off.”

Page 187.

Quite a harsh assessment, this, on a first perusal, and so one might be inclined to dismiss the remark altogether, as being yet one more instance of the age-old theatrical prejudice; but precisely because he put his objection in such categorical terms, it also leads one to recall his principled aversion to the musical tradition as such. The vagaries induced in the sounds of which works of classical music are composed, not simply as they are handed down from generation to generation, but also, by virtue of the concomitant of this process, namely, the carelessness of many of the composers themselves, during the constitutive stage when the compositions were created in the first place – this was the sorry state of affairs pointed out by Varèse which I mentioned earlier – now, these imprecisions of sound are not the end of the problem.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

998


On the contrary, one major result of all that sonic vagary can be a great latitude accorded to the performers – in other words, the very condition of histrionic license he skewered in 1963 – allocated to them especially whenever those composers who lacked an exact idea of the sound they wanted, as Cowell recalled Varèse having said some forty years earlier, did bequeath to posterity scores that were insufficiently instructive and hence open to all manner of interpretation. And then this unfortunate freedom (as he saw it) may very well become endemic, solidifying into something like a venerable institution in its own right, just because it, amongst its other functions, can readily serve as a convenient safety-valve for any dissatisfactions that happen to arise within the ranks of the performers. If the sharp remark Varèse confided to Alcopley is approached from this angle, probably it will seem not nearly so strange and off-putting as it looked at first.

Also

worthy of note is the emphasis his comment laid upon the distance between the work of music in performance and those who are performing it. Much as with his rapport to the audience as such – if he was indeed concerned more to “reach” not it but rather the sounds themselves – here too Varèse could have regarded all the performers as being in some sense incidental to his purpose, in contradistinction to the work itself. If that is so, pieces of music were made by him not for the one, nor for the other, and least of all for tradition: what he had in mind instead, was an idea of musical works whose mode of construction would predispose them to be transmitted in an entirely different way. With this I’d like to turn, finally, to address one well-known statement that at first seems positively mystifying, coming from him, yet which the foregoing may help to clarify.

“When new instruments will allow me to Musicuratum: The Compendium

999


write music as I conceive it,”

Varèse declared in his 1936 lecture, the resultant works would seek to express the great energies inside space itself. (Whenever his compositions accomplish this to a satisfactory degree, one might add, they will poke fun at the old notion that space is the most inert thing of all, raising a laugh or two at the stupid prejudice underneath that tenacious idea.)

“Certain transmutations taking place on certain planes will seem to be projected onto other planes, moving at different speeds and at different angles. There will no longer be the old conception of melody or interplay of melodies. The entire work will be a melodic totality. The entire work will flow as a river flows.”

Of course, today’s reader could construe these four last sentences, like much else in his 1936 lecture, simply as presaging the full-fledged sonic environments Varèse sought to construct later in his career; but the onrush of spatial imagery, metaphors, and similes in it, I think, actually referred to something else – namely, to the tradition he had denounced a few minutes before, at the outset of the talk. Let me take these four sentences in order, each individually.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

1000


1. The first of them is a more compressed yet also more complete statement of his conception of a musical composition whose structure will unfold like a zonal map: for in his works to come the evident delineations of volumes were to manifest themselves through all the dimensions he went on to mention, and would never be laid out upon some surface to consult, as a literally flat schematic representation. While the “transmutations” on the various “planes” should appear to the ears as being “projected” from one towards another (an acoustic bombardment?), these sonorous movements ought to avoid conveying the misimpression that some unification is taking place in the course of it all. Hence the isolate condition of these separate elements and the absence of any indistinctions amongst them, shall continue to be observed.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

1001


2. With this second sentence, implicitly he was summing up the many interactions taking place between the disparate sounds, while identifying outright the obvious result of all their concurrent tumult: a work such as he would envision it (at least as long as its elaboration remained true to his own aim) could not possibly comprise any “melody or interplay of melodies” in the usual sense of the term, that is, as established throughout the musical tradition. Well, what was the “conception” of melody which prevailed there, according to him? Without saying it in so many words, or indeed having had much need to do

Musicuratum: The Compendium

so, by this he was referring to the elements of a typical composition in whose performance the musicians might most emphatically indulge their inclination to show off (as he said to Alcopley, nearly thirty years later), especially whenever the composers had failed to supply detailed instructions in the scores, and in whose reception the audiences might take the pleasure that they had come for (even in lieu of anything else) – on both sides he discerned an insidious corruption of melody with which the tradition itself, by that late stage, was tacitly d’accord.

1002


3. Instead of such a partial conception, in his third sentence he turned his attention towards the musical composition as a whole. Soon it would, indeed must become a “melodic totality,” and, to the extent that some of the extant musical instruments are still given parts to play in it, the score of a work of this new kind will be delivered fully annotated, equipped with the precise instructions applied to the individual notes which were in his view so unfortunately neglected. Musicians, in

Musicuratum: The Compendium

consequence, will be given much narrower grounds for their theatrical predilections: that is, both less scope as well as less reason for those small acts of self-assertion which, if they achieved anything, may actually have eased the way for them to acquiesce to the principle of tradition in general and to the existing order of the orchestra in particular. And, regarding the pleasure provided to audiences by the melodies, which still did much to reconcile them (when such

assistance were required) to their allotted place within the system of tradition, after an “entire work” becomes one great melody, likewise less of it will be offered – or rather, henceforth the nature of the pleasure taken in the music will also change altogether. It becomes rather an all-ornothing proposition: henceforth, the composition as a whole will be pleasurable, or it will not be.

1003


4. By the fourth and last sentence, most likely he was speaking of a number of “flows” at once: of the way in which the work would advance towards its end, to be sure, but also of the quick fidelity with which the musicians (assuming that there continue to be parts

for them to play) will perform it, and of the cool appreciation with which listeners ought to receive it. Melodicallyrhythmically this “river” will wind along – which would not prevent the music from swelling at times into a resounding torrent,

Musicuratum: The Compendium

nor from pausing in a short standstill at others, its surface then sparkling with any number of bright shimmers. As for the performers and the audiences, staying afloat in this music’s currents will be enough of a challenge; while it is ongoing, the diversions they knew

from the tradition are left behind. Could then a work of music such as this possibly be overtaken in its turn by tradition? – no, the idea is precluded in advance. Its channel was dug to bring it elsewhere; it shall reach another sea.

1004


This account, I hope, has shown how his remark, when examined more closely, is not nearly as mysterious as it seemed to be at first, even though one may have anticipated finding that it would pertain to something other than the question of tradition. The further one reflects upon Varèse’s position, the bolder will it seem – a perception which of course need not signify assent – just as one should expect from a man confident or Page 195. foolhardy enough to say more than once what he did in his conversation with Alcopley:

“Contrary to general belief, an artist is never ahead of his time, but most people are always far behind.”

To conclude: the works to which Varèse gave a shape throughout his career, wherever they happen to end up, were made not for tradition and its familiar world of accolades, orchestras, audiences. Deriving their significance from another source, they flow for their own sake alone, although this, of course, does not prevent anyone from plunging into them, now and again, if one’s strokes are swift enough.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

1005


An Exhibit of ZERO in Amsterdam

At the Stedelijk Museum in Amsterdam in 1965, with Karel Appel’s wall painting behind (from left to right) Jiro Yoshihara,
 Hans Haacke, Henk Peeters, Rotraut Klein, Jan J. Schoonhoven, Lucio Fontana, Pol Bury, Gianni Colombo, Teresita Fontana,
 Edy de Wilde, Nono Reinhold-de Wilde, Yayoi Kusama, George Rickey, Jesús Rafael Soto (inserted), Otto Piene, Nanda Vigo,
 Alfred Schmela, Heinz Mack, Emile Soestbergen, and Günther Uecker. The photograph was taken by Ad Petersen and Henk Peeters. Courtesy of the

ZERO

Foundation, Düsseldorf.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

1006


Photograph by Jon Naar, ca. 1965. Düsseldorf, in Alfred Schmela's apartment:
 Henk Peeters, Günther Uecker, Heinz Mack,
 Ad Petersen, Monika and Alfred Schmela,
 with a painting by Robert Indiana on the wall. Courtesy of the

ZERO

Foundation, Düsseldorf.

(August 31, 2015)

T

e

x

t

#

235


C

urrently and for the next few months on view in the Stedelijk Museum here in Amsterdam is an exhibition devoted to the artists from a number of countries who, during the late 1950s and early 1960s, gathered into a group known as Zero – an association which, while itself relatively shortlived, has been graced by an influential afterlife, particularly over the last decade or so, with the establishment of a foundation dedicated to it in Düsseldorf, its home-city, nearly ten years ago, and a noticeable renewal of interest lately in the movement generally as well as in several of the

artists participating in it individually. What one sees everywhere in this exhibition are the materials of which the work of art is comprised, being made into its subjectmatter as well; and even though this tendency may look at first sight to be a reduction, by the use of such procedures the significance of the object can in fact be multiplied – whenever the artworks are still objects strictly speaking, for here instead it is often an environment or even simply an experience. With regard to the former, the grids or other spatial arrangements they depict seem to be meant to be read, as

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, and Günther Uecker,
 “Lichtraum (Hommage à Fontana),” as installed at
 the third Documenta in Kassel, 1964. Courtesy of the

ZERO

though they were maps; thus the especially close consideration they evidently want to elicit, both for some particular parts and for the placements of these within the wholes, which should call forth from the

Foundation, Düsseldorf.

viewers a certain bestowal of attention: the eye and the mind focusing in now on this spot, now on that, now pulling back in order to obtain a more synoptic view, all these motions together manifesting

1008


a conspicuous rhythm. Here, accordingly, the acts of looking collate into kinetic procedures, disposed, it may even be, so as to outline some incipient rudiment of music. And with regard to the few forays beyond the object which further enliven this

exhibition, most notably the “Lichtraum (Hommage à Fontana)” created in 1964 by Heinz Mack, Otto Piene, and Günther Uecker, the nearly or quasimusical manner in which they display themselves, is obvious. Well, now is not the

Another view of the “Lichtraum (Hommage à Fontana).” Courtesy of the

ZERO

Foundation, Düsseldorf.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

time even to begin to rehearse this chapter of art history, yet for anyone in the vicinity who is curious to know more, the current exhibition, both ample and wellorganized, may be recommended, especially as Amsterdam is the third and last stop

on its itinerary, after New York and Berlin. And all the more so, as concerns music, given that it features, amongst other works, Jean Tinguely’s delightful sound-emitting 1958 assemblage “Mes étoiles – Concert pour sept peintures”
 (loaned by the Museum Tinguely in Basel),

Jean Tinguely, “Mes étoiles – Concert pour sept peintures” (1958). Courtesy of the

ZERO

Foundation, Düsseldorf.

1009


while also providing a glimpse, albeit on video, of a “LichtTon-Maschine” devised by Hermann Goepfert in 1960-61, the “Optophonium.”

W

orks solely of visual art worthy of especial consideration in the exhibition include Oskar Holweck’s “9.VIII.58” (1958, on loan from the ZERO Foundation), Otto Piene’s “Kreisweiß” (1957, from the Hubertus Schoeller Stiftung, Leopold-Hoesch-Museum, Düren) and “Gelbgelbweißheißschnell (Stencil Painting)” (1958, from the Sammlung Lenz Schönberg, Söll), Pol Bury’s “Erection molle” (1961, from the Sammlung Lenz

Otto Piene, “Kreisweiß” (1957). The Hubertus Schoeller Stiftung, Leopold-Hoesch-Museum, Düren. Image courtesy of the

ZERO

Foundation, Düsseldorf.

Hermann Goepfert’s “Optophonium” (1960-61), as installed when the exhibition was on view at
 the Guggenheim Museum in 2014. The photograph was taken by David Heald.

Photograph courtesy of the


Courtesy of the Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum, New York.

Galerie Dierking, Zürich.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Hermann Goepfert.

1010


Schönberg), François Morellet’s “Sphère-trames” (1962, from the Museum Morsbroich, Leverkusen), and Arman’s “Nucléide” (1964, from the Stedelijk’s own collection).

Arman, “Nucléide” (1964). Stedelijk Museum, Amsterdam.

Pol Bury, “Erection molle” (1961). Sammlung Lenz Schönberg, Söll. Courtesy of the

I

n this exhibition, as is only proper, a prominent role is assigned to Yves Klein, even though he

ZERO

declined to participate in the first exhibition in the Stedelijk of the Zero artists, in 1962, given that the group in its heyday,

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Foundation, Düsseldorf.

in his view – as he wrote that year to the museum’s director, Willem Sandberg, in the letter of January 29th which is on

Oskar Holweck, “9.VIII.58.” The

ZERO

Foundation, Düsseldorf.

1011


réalisme” he propounded, sought to distinguish themselves as far as they could from materiality in general.

O

ne key to all of Klein’s work, it’s said, is his singular sound composition of 1949, the “Symphonie monoton-silence,”

Yves Klein in his apartment, Paris, 1959. Photograph courtesy of the Yves Klein Archives, Paris.

display in the current show – “ne représente aucune tendance nettement affirmée. Ce n’est que l’assemblage hétéroclite de diverses recherches expérimentales.” Allowance made for a certain rhetorical exaggeration, Klein’s

point remains salutary – indeed, any exhibition of the works of Zero is bound to present a quite disparate collection of pieces. Nor ought one to forget how his œuvres, at that stage of the development of the “nouveau

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Yves Klein at work on the “Fire Paintings” in the
 Gaz de France laboratory, La Plaine Saint-Denis, 1962. Photograph courtesy of the Yves Klein Archives, Paris.

1012


music meant to be listened to live) to share a recording of it, made some years ago by an ensemble under the aegis of the Museum moderner Kunst Stiftung Ludwig in Vienna, on the occasion of an exhibition devoted to him.

Above: Yves Klein, “Peinture de feu sans titre (F 67)” (1962); below left: “Relief éponge rose sans titre (RE 32)” (1961);
 below right: “Relief éponge or sans titre (RE 47 II)” (1961).

C

hordal sound followed by a silent void, as per the title of the piece, represents in this case anything but a youthful prank. To those who concentrate on the whole performance, a distinctive intensity may be conveyed; the second half in its intention has nothing to do with relaxation: rather,

Yves Klein, “Le Rose
 du bleu (RE 22)” (1960). Image courtesy of Christies.

Images courtesy of the Yves Klein Archives, Paris.

first performed at the Galerie Internationale d’Art Contemporain in Paris, on March 9, 1960, conducted by Klein himself. As a complement to the current Stedelijk exhibition, it seems fitting (albeit inadequate – this is

Musicuratum: The Compendium

1013


it sets the stage for something quite different to occur, if the artist himself is to be believed. For, concerning this blank culmination, in his 1960 essay “Le Vrai devient réalité”* Klein wrote that “[c]’est ce silence si merveilleux qui donne la « chance » et qui donne même parfois la possibilité d’être vraiment heureux, ne serait-ce qu’un seul instant, pendant un instant incommensurable en durée.” * The essay has recently been reprinted in the anthology of Klein’s writings, Le Dépassement de la problématique de l’art
 et autres écrits, ed.
 Marie-Anne Sichère and Didier Semin (Paris:
 Beaux-arts de Paris, 2011), pp. 280-90.

Yves Klein,
 “L’Accord bleu (RE 10)” (1960). Stedelijk Museum, Amsterdam.

The score of the “Symphonie monoton-silence” (1949/1961). Image courtesy of the Archives de la poésie sonore & numérique.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

1014


Ich habe zu Hause ein blaues Klavier
 Und kenne doch keine Note. Es steht im Dunkel der Kellertür,
 Seitdem die Welt verrohte. Es spielten Sternenhände vier
 – Die Mondfrau sang im Boote –
 Nun tanzen die Ratten im Geklirr. Zerbrochen ist die Klaviatür.....
 Ich beweine die blaue Tote. Ach liebe Engel öffnet mir
 – Ich ass vom bitteren Brote –
 Mir lebend schon die Himmelstür –
 Auch wider dem Verbote. – Else Lasker-Schüler, “Mein blaues Klavier” The last known photograph of Else Lasker-Schüler, Jerusalem, 1944 (detail). Photograph by Sonia Gidal. Courtesy of the Else Lasker-Schüler Archiv, Stadtbibliothek Wuppertal.


For Further Reading Abert, Hermann. Goethe und die Musik. Stuttgart: J. Engelhorns Nachfolger, 1922. —————. Die Lehre vom Ethos in der griechischen Musik. Leipzig: Verlag von Breitkopf & Härtel, 1899. —————. Die Musikanschauung des Mittelalters und ihre Grundlagen. Halle an der Saale: Verlag von Max Niemeyer, 1905. Accetto, Torquato. Della dissimulatione honesta. Naples: Egidio Longo, 1641.


Addison, Joseph and Richard Steele, et al. The Spectator, ed. Gregory Smith. Four volumes. London: J. M. Dent & Sons, and New York: E. P. Dutton & Company, 1958-73. (Published in London from March 1, 1711 to December 6, 1712, and in 1714.) Afterman, Adam. “And They Shall Be One Flesh”: On the Language of Mystical Union in Judaism. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2016. Agee, James. Film Writing and Selected Journalism, ed. Michael Sragow. New York: The Library of America, 2005. Albus, Anita. Im Licht der Finsternis: Über Proust. Frankfurt am Main: S. Fischer Verlag, 2011. —————. Käuze und Kathedralen: Geschichten, Essays und Marginalien. Frankfurt am Main: S. Fischer Verlag, 2014. —————. Die Kunst der Künste: Erinnerungen an die Malerei. Frankfurt am Main: Eichborn Verlag, 1997.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Paradies und Paradox: Wunderwerke aus fünf Jahrhunderten. Frankfurt
 am Main: Eichborn Verlag, 2002. —————. Von seltenen Vögeln. Frankfurt am Main: S. Fischer Verlag, 2005. Aleichem, Sholem (Solomon Naumovich Rabinovich). Stempenyu, translated from the Yiddish by Hannah Berman under Aleichem’s supervision. The novel was published in his periodical
 Di yidishe folks-bibliotek: A bukh fir literatur, kritik, un vissenshaft (Odessa), vol. 1 (1888); later it was included in the eleventh volume of his collected works, published in New York in 1919. London: Methuen & Company, 1913. Allen, James Turney. Stage Antiquities of the Greeks and Romans and Their Influence.
 New York: Longmans, Green and Co., 1927.

Altenberg, Peter (Richard Engländer). Das Buch der Bücher, ed. Rainer Gerlach. A collected edition first planned by Karl Kraus after the author’s death. Three volumes. Zweite Auflage. Göttingen: Wallstein Verlag, 2009. Anders, Günther (Günther Stern). Die Antiquiertheit des Menschen, vol. I: Über die Seele im Zeitalter der zweiten industriellen Revolution. Siebte Auflage. Munich: Verlag C. H. Beck, 1987. Anderson, Jack. Art Without Boundaries: The World of Modern Dance. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press, 1997. —————. Ballet & Modern Dance:
 A Concise History. Second edition. Hightstown: Princeton Book Company, 1993. Anderson, Warren D. Ethos and Education in Greek Music:
 The Evidence of Poetry and Philosophy. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1966.

MXVIII


—————. Music and Musicians in Ancient Greece. Ithaca and London: Cornell University Press, 1994. Andriessen, Louis, and Elmer Schönberger. Het apollinisch uurwerk: Over Stravinsky. Amsterdam: De Bezige Bij, 1983. Ansermet, Ernest. Écrits sur la musique, ed. Jean-Claude Piguet. Nouvelle édition. Neuchâtel: Éditions de la Baconnière, 1983. —————. Les Fondements de la musique dans la conscience humaine, ed. Jean-Claude Piguet. Nouvelle édition. Neuchâtel: Éditions de la Baconnière, 1987. Antheil, George. Bad Boy of Music. Garden City: Doubleday, Doran and Company, 1945. Apel, Willi. Gregorian Chant. Bloomington and Indianapolis: Indiana University Press, 1958.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Apollinaire, Guillaume (Wilhelm Albert Włodzimierz Apolinary Kostrowicki). “L’Antitradition futuriste: Manifeste-synthèse.” Dated June 29, 1913. Milan: Direction du mouvement futuriste, 1913. (Œuvres en prose complètes, vol. II, ed. Pierre Caizergues and Michel Décaudin, pp. 937-39. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1991.) —————. “L’Esprit nouveau et les poètes.” Mercure de France (Paris), vol. CXXX, no. 491 (December 1, 1918), pp. 385-96. (Œuvres en prose complètes,
 vol. II, pp. 941-54.) —————. Le Flâneur des deux rives. Paris: Éditions de la Sirène, 1918. (Œuvres en prose complètes,
 vol. III, ed. Pierre Caizergues and Michel Décaudin. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1993.)

—————. “Nos Amis les futuristes.” Les Soirées de Paris (Paris),
 vol. 3, no. 21 (February 15, 1914), pp. 78-79. (Œuvres en prose complètes, vol. II, pp. 970-72.) —————. Les Peintres cubistes. Paris: Eugène Figuière et Cie, 1913. (Œuvres en prose complètes,
 vol. II.) —————. Le Poète assassiné. Paris: L’Édition, Bibliothèque des curieux, 1916. (Œuvres en prose complètes, vol. I, ed. Michel Décaudin. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1977.)

MXIX


Aragon, Louis. Le Paysan de Paris. Chapters first serialized in the Revue européenne (Paris: Éditions du Sagittaire), no. 16 (June 1924), no. 17 (July 1924), no. 18 (August 1924), no. 19 (September 1924), no. 25
 (March 1925), no. 26 (April 1925), no. 27 (May 1925), and no. 28 (June 1925). Issued as a book by Gallimard in 1926. (Œuvres poétiques complètes, vol. I, ed. Olivier Barbarant, with the assistance of Daniel Bougnoux, François Eychart, Marie-Thérèse Eychart, Nathalie Limat-Letellier, and Jean-Baptiste Para. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 2007.) —————. Traité du style. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1928.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Arbuthnot, John. “Proposals For Printing a Very Curious Discourse, in Two Volumes in Quarto, Intitled, Ψευδολογία Πολιτική; or, A Treatise of the Art of Political Lying.” This essay, often though mistakenly attributed to Jonathan Swift, was first published as a pamphlet. London: John Morphew, 1712. (The Life and Works of John Arbuthnot, ed. George Atherton Aitken, pp. 291-303. Oxford: at the Clarendon Press, 1892.) Arendt, Hannah. Denktagebuch, ed. Ursula Ludz and Ingeborg Nordmann. Two volumes. Zweite Auflage. Munich and Zürich: Piper Verlag, 2003.

—————. The Life of the Mind, ed. Mary McCarthy. Two volumes.
 New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1978. —————. The Origins of Totalitarianism. New edition with added prefaces. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1973. —————. On Revolution. Second edition. New York: Penguin Books, 1990. —————. Über die Revolution. Vierte Auflage. Munich and Zürich: Piper Verlag, 2000.

—————. The Human Condition.
 The book originated from the Charles R. Walgreen Foundation Lectures delivered in April 1956. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1958.

————— and Walter Benjamin. Texte, Briefe, Dokumente, ed. Detlev Schöttker and Erdmut Wizisla. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 2006.

—————. Lectures on Kant’s Political Philosophy, ed. Ronald Beiner. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1982.

Arfouilloux, Sébastien. Que la nuit tombe sur l’orchestre: Surréalisme et Musique. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard, 2009.

MXX


Arnold, Matthew. Culture and Anarchy: An Essay in Political and Social Criticism. London: Smith, Elder and Company, 1869. (The Complete Prose Works, ed. Robert Henry Super, vol. V: Culture and Anarchy, with Friendship’s Garland and Some Literary Essays. Ann Arbor:
 The University of Michigan Press, 1965.) —————. “Dover Beach.” In New Poems, pp. 112-14. London: Macmillan and Co., 1867.
 (The Poetical Works, ed. Chauncey Brewster Tinker and Howard Foster Lowry, pp. 210-12. London and New York: Oxford University Press, 1950.) —————. A French Eton: or, Middle Class Education and the State. London and Cambridge: Macmillan and Co., 1867.
 (The Complete Prose Works,
 vol. II: Democratic Education.
 Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press, 1962.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Higher Schools & Universities in Germany. Second edition. London: Macmillan and Co., 1882. (The Complete Prose Works, vol. IV: Schools and Universities on the Continent. Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press, 1964.) —————. The Popular Education of France, with Notices of That of Holland and Switzerland. London: Longman, Green, Longman, and Roberts, 1861.
 (The Complete Prose Works,
 vol. II.) —————. Schools and Universities on the Continent. London: Macmillan and Co., 1868. (The Complete Prose Works, vol. IV.) Arnould, Dominique. Le Rire et les larmes dans la littérature grecque: D’Homère à Platon. Deuxième tirage. Paris: Les Belles Lettres, 2009. (Études anciennes, no. 138.)

Arom, Simha. La Boîte à outils d’un ethnomusicologue, ed. Nathalie Fernando. Montréal:
 Les Presses de l’Université de Montréal, 2008. —————. La Fanfare de Bangui. Paris: Éditions La Découverte, 2009. —————. Polyphonies instrumentales d’Afrique centrale: Structure et Méthodologie. Two volumes. Paris: Société d’Études Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France, 1985. Asín Palacios, Miguel.
 La escatología musulmana en la Divina Comedia, seguida de la Historia y crítica de una polémica. Segunda edición. Madrid and Granada: Escuelas de Estudios Árabes de Madrid y Granada, 1943. Asselineau, Charles. Charles Baudelaire: Sa Vie et son Œuvre. Paris: Alphonse Lemerre, 1869.

MXXI


Attali, Jacques. Bruits: Essai sur l’économie politique de la musique. Nouvelle édition revue et augmentée. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard and the Presses universitaires de France, 2001. Auden, Wystan Hugh. Lectures on Shakespeare, ed. Arthur Kirsch. This lecture series was delivered at the New School for Social Research, New York, in 1946. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2000. —————. “Music in Shakespeare: Its Dramatic Use in His Plays.” Encounter (London: Congress for Cultural Freedom), vol. 9, no. 6 (December 1957), pp. 31-44.
 (The Complete Works, ed. Edward Mendelson: Prose, vol. IV,
 pp. 807-26. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2011.) Auerbach, Erich. Dante als Dichter der irdischen Welt. Berlin and Leipzig: Walter de Gruyter
 & Co., 1929.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Figura.” Archivum Romanicum: Nuova rivista di filologia romanza (Geneva: Leo
 S. Olschki), vol. 22 (1938),
 pp. 436-89. —————. Mimesis: Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur. Elfte Auflage. Tübingen: A. Francke Verlag, 2015. Austen, Jane. Mansfield Park. Three volumes. London: Thomas Egerton, 1814. Avenary, Hanoch (Herbert Loewenstein). Encounters of East and West in Music: Selected Writings. Tel Aviv: Faculty of Visual and Performing Arts, Department of Musicology,
 Tel-Aviv University, 1979. —————. “Magic, Symbolism and Allegory of the Old-Hebrew Sound-Instruments.” Collectanea historiae musicae (Florence:
 Leo S. Olschki), vol. II (1956),
 pp. 21-31.

Azoulay, Hélios. Scandales ! Scandales ! Scandales ! Histoires de chefs-d’œuvre que l’on siffle. Paris: Éditions
 Jean-Claude Lattès, 2008. —————. Tout est musique. Paris:
 La Librairie Vuibert, 2012. ————— and Pierre-Emmanuel Dauzat. L’Enfer aussi a son orchestre: La Musique dans les camps. Paris: La Librairie Vuibert, 2015. Bachofen, Johann Jakob. Versuch über die Gräbersymbolik der Alten. Basel: Bahnmaier’s Buchhandlung (G. Detloff), 1859. (Gesammelte Werke, ed.
 Karl Meuli, with the assistance of Max Burckhardt, José Dörig, and Johannes Dörmann, vol. IV,
 ed. Ernst Howald. Basel: Schwabe Verlag, 1954.) Bader, Günter. Psalterium affectuum palaestra: Prolegomena zu einer Theologie des Psalters. Tübingen: J. C. B. Mohr (Paul Siebeck), 1996.

MXXII


Baju, Anatole. L’École décadente. Paris: Léon Vanier, 1887. Bakhtin, Mikhail Mikhailovich. Rabelais and His World, translated by Hélène Iswolsky. Completed in 1940 in Moscow, and first published there in 1965. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1984. Bakunin, Mikhail Alexandrovich. God and the State, translated by Benjamin Ricketson Tucker, revised by Max Nettlau. Written in February and March 1871 as part of his Knouto-Germanic Empire and the Social Revolution, never completed by him, and first published by Carlo Cafiero and Elisée Reclus in French translation in Geneva by the Imprimerie Jurassienne in 1882. New edition. London: Freedom Press, 1910. —————. Statism and Anarchy, ed. and translated by Marshall
 S. Shatz. First published anonymously in 1873, in Switzerland. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Balandier, Georges. Carnaval des apparences, ou nouveaux commencements ? Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard, 2012. —————. Le Désordre: Éloge du mouvement. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard, 1988. Ball, Hugo. Zur Kritik der deutschen Intelligenz. Berne:
 Der freie Verlag, 1919. (Sämtliche Werke und Briefe, vol. 5, ed. Hans Dieter Zimmermann. Göttingen: Wallstein Verlag, 2005.)

Balzac, Honoré de. “Gambara: Étude philosophique.” First serialized in the Revue et gazette musicale de Paris, vol. 4, no. 30 (July 23, 1837), pp. 347-51, no. 31 (July 30), pp. 355-62, no. 32 (August 6), pp. 363-69, no. 33 (August 13), pp. 371-77, and
 no. 34 (August 20), pp. 380-82. Published in Le Cabinet des antiques: Scène de la vie de province, suivie de Gambara,
 vol. II, pp. 85-267. Paris: Hippolyte Souverain, 1839. (La Comédie humaine, ed. Pierre-Georges Castex with Thierry Bodin, Pierre Citron, Madeleine Fargeaud, Henri Gauthier, René Guise, and Moïse Le Yaouanc, vol. X: Études philosophiques. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1979.) Bandy, William Thomas, and Claude Pichois (eds.). Baudelaire devant ses contemporains. Paris: Union Générale d’Édition, 1967. Banon, David. L’Attente messianique: Une Infinie Patience. Paris: Éditions du Cerf, 2012.

MXXIII


—————. La Lecture infinie:
 Les Voies de l’interprétation midrachique. Preface by Emmanuel Lévinas. Paris:
 Éditions du Seuil, 1987. Barbey d’Aurevilly, Jules-Amédée. “Charles Baudelaire.” In Poésie et Poètes, pp. 97-123. Paris: Alphonse Lemerre, 1906. —————. Du Dandysme et de Georges Brummell. Troisième édition. Paris: Alphonse Lemerre, 1879. Barish, Jonas. The Antitheatrical Prejudice. Berkeley and
 Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1981. Barra-Salzédo, Edoarda.
 En soufflant la grâce: Âmes, souffles et humeurs en Grèce ancienne. Grenoble: Éditions Jérôme Millon, 2007. Barrès, Maurice. Amori et dolori sacrum. Paris: Félix Juven, 1903. (L’Œuvre, ed. Philippe Barrès,
 vol. VII. Preface by Gérard Bauër. Paris: au Club de l’Honnête Homme, 1967.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “L’Esthétique de demain: L’Art suggestif.” De Nieuwe Gids (Amsterdam: Willem Versluys),
 vol. 1, no. 1 (October 1, 1885),
 pp. 140-49. —————. “La Musique de perdition.” La Revue hebdomadaire (Paris: Librairie Plon), vol. XXX, no. 5
 (May 1921), pp. 125-39. Included after Barrès’ death in Le Mystère en pleine lumière, ed. François Duhourcau. Preface by Philippe Barrès. Paris: Librairie Plon, 1926. (L’Œuvre, vol. XII. Preface by Jean Dutourd. Paris: au Club de l’Honnête Homme, 1967.) —————. Du Sang, de la volupté et de la mort. Paris: BibliothèqueCharpentier, 1894. (L’Œuvre,
 vol. II. Preface by Louis Aragon. Paris: au Club de l’Honnête Homme, 1966.) —————. Scènes et doctrines du nationalisme. Paris: Félix Juven, 1902. (L’Œuvre, vol. V. Preface by Thierry Maulnier. Paris: au Club de l’Honnête Homme, 1966.)

—————. “La Sensation en littérature: La Folie de Charles Baudelaire (Baudelaire, Verlaine, Mallarmé, Rollinat, des Esseintes).”
 Les Taches d’encre: Gazette mensuelle (Paris: Maurice Barrès), no. 1 (November 5, 1884),
 pp. 3-26, and no. 2 (December 5, 1884), pp. 21-43. Republished posthumously in La Folie de Charles Baudelaire. Paris:
 Les Écrivains réunis, 1926. (L’Œuvre, vol. I. Preface by François Mauriac. Paris: au Club de l’Honnête Homme, 1965.) Barry, William. Heralds of Revolt: Studies in Modern Literature and Dogma. New edition, revised and enlarged. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1909. Barsacq, Stéphane. Johannes Brahms. Preface by Hélène Grimaud. Arles: Actes Sud, 2008. Bartók, Béla. Essays, ed. Benjamin Suchoff. London: Faber & Faber, 1976.

MXXIV


—————. “Gypsy Music or Hungarian Music?” The Musical Quarterly (New York: G. Schirmer),
 vol. XXXIII, no. 2 (April 1947),
 pp. 240-57. —————. The Hungarian Folk Song, ed. Benjamin Suchoff. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1981. (An edition revised from the manuscript was issued in 2002 by Bartók Records & Publications, Homosassa, Florida.) —————. Pourquoi et comment recueille-t-on la musique populaire ?, translated by Étienne Lajti. Geneva: Imprimerie Albert Kundif, 1948. —————. Turkish Folk Music from Asia Minor, ed. Benjamin Suchoff. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1976. (A revised edition is likewise available from Bartók Records & Publications.) —————. Weg und Werk: Schriften und Briefe, ed. Bence Szabolcsi. Budapest: Corvina Verlag, 1957.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Bataille, Georges. L’Érotisme. Paris: Les Éditions de Minuit, 1957. (Œuvres complètes, vol. X, pp. 7-270, 629-39. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1987.) —————. Les Larmes d’Eros. Paris: Jean-Jacques Pauvert, 1961. (Œuvres complètes, vol. X,
 pp. 573-627, 641-86.) Baudelaire, Charles. “Edgar Allan Poe: Sa Vie et ses Ouvrages.” First published in 1852 in the March and April numbers of the Revue de Paris, newly relaunched by Théophile Gautier, pp. 138-56 and pp. 90-110, respectively; later revised as the preface to his translation of Poe’s Histoires extraordinaires, pp. viii-xxxi. Paris: Michel Lévy frères, 1856. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Claude Pichois, vol. II. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1976.)

—————. “Fusées.” Complete text in Journaux intimes, ed. Adolphe van Bever, pp. 1-42. Paris:
 Les Éditions Georges Crès et Cie, 1920. (Œuvres complètes, vol. I. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1975.) —————. Richard Wagner et Tannhäuser à Paris. Paris: Édouard Dentu, 1861. (Œuvres complètes, vol. II, pp. 779-815.) Baumont, Olivier. «À l’Opéra, monsieur !»: La Musique dans les Mémoires de Saint-Simon. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 2015. Bayle, Pierre. Pensées diverses, Écrites à un Docteur de Sorbonne, À l’occasion de la Cométe qui parut au mois de Decembre 1680. Two volumes. Rotterdam: chez Reinier Leers, 1683. Beare, William. The Roman Stage: A Short History of Latin Drama in the Time of the Republic. Third edition. London: Methuen & Co., 1964.

MXXV


Beck, Evelyn Torton. Kafka and the Yiddish Theater: Its Impact on His Work. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971. Beckett, Samuel. Letter to Axel Kaun, July 9, 1937. In Disjecta: Miscellaneous Writings and a Dramatic Fragment, ed. Ruby Cohn, pp. 51-54, under the title “German Letter of 1937.” London: John Calder, 1983. (The Letters of Samuel Beckett, ed. Martha Dow Fehsenfeld and Lois More Overbeck, vol 1: 1929-1940,
 pp. 512-16. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2009.) —————. Proust. London: Chatto
 & Windus, 1931. (The Grove Centenary Edition, ed. Paul Auster, vol. IV: Poems, Short Fiction, Criticism, pp. 511-54. New York: Grove Press, 2006.) —————. “Schwabenstreich.”
 The Spectator (London), no. 5517 (March 23, 1934), p. 472. In Disjecta, pp. 61-62.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Words and Music. Published initially in the Evergreen Review (New York: Grove Press), vol. 6, no. 27 (November-December 1962),
 pp. 34-43. (The Grove Centenary Edition, vol. III: Dramatic Works, pp. 331-40.) Beckford, William. Vathek, conte arabe. Although an earlier version had been published the same year in Lausanne, this revision was favored by the author and hence reprinted later, for example in 1876 (Paris: Adolphe Labitte) with a preface by Stéphane Mallarmé. Paris: chez Poinçot, 1787. Begbie, Jeremy. Music, Modernity, and God: Essays in Listening. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2013. Bekker, Paul. Gesammelte Schriften, vol. II: Klang und Eros, and vol. III: Neue Musik. Stuttgart and Berlin: Deutsche VerlagsAnstalt, 1922 and 1923, respectively.

—————. Kritische Zeitbilder. Berlin: Schuster & Loeffler, 1921. Bellow, Saul. Mr. Sammler’s Planet: A Novel. New York:
 The Viking Press, 1970. (Novels, 1970—1982, ed. James Wood.
 New York: The Library of America, 2010.) Benjamin, Walter. Einbahnstraße. Berlin: Ernst Rowohlt Verlag, 1928. (Gesammelte Schriften,
 vol. IV, pt. I, ed. Tillman Rexroth, pp. 83-148. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1972.) —————. “Erfahrung und Armut.” Die Welt im Wort: Wochenblatt für Literatur, Kunst und Kultur (Prague: Verlag Haas & Co.), vol. I, no. 10 (December 7, 1933). (Gesammelte Schriften, vol. II,
 pt. I, ed. Rolf Tiedemann and Hermann Schweppenhäuser,
 pp. 213-19. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1977.)

MXXVI


—————. “Der Erzähler: Betrachtungen zum Werk Nikolai Lesskows.” Orient und Occident: Staat, Gesellschaft, Kirche,
 Neue Folge (Berne and Leipzig: Gotthelf-Verlag), no. 3
 (October 1936), pp. 16-33. (Gesammelte Schriften, vol. II,
 pt. II, pp. 438-65.) —————. “Lehre vom Ähnlichen.” Composed probably in or shortly after January 1933. Gesammelte Schriften, vol. II, pt. I, pp. 204-10. —————. “Über das mimetische Vermögen.” Finished by September 1933. Gesammelte Schriften, vol. II, pt. I, pp. 210-13. —————. “Über Sprache überhaupt und über die Sprache des Menschen.” Completed in November 1916. Gesammelte Schriften, vol. II, pt. I, pp. 140-57.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Der Sürrealismus:
 Die letzte Momentaufnahme der europäischen Intelligenz.”
 Die literarische Welt
 (Berlin: Literarische Welt Verlagsgesellschaft), vol. 5, no. 5 (February 1, 1929), pp. 3-4; no. 6 (February 8, 1929), p. 4; and no. 7 (February 15, 1929), pp. 7-8. (Gesammelte Schriften, vol. II,
 pt. I, pp. 295-310.) —————. “Traumkitsch: Glosse zum Surrealismus.” Die neue Rundschau (Berlin and Leipzig:
 S. Fischer Verlag), vol. 38, no. 1 (January 1927), pp. 110 ff. (as “Glosse zum Sürrealismus”). (Gesammelte Schriften, vol. II,
 pt. II, pp. 620-22.) Benn, Gottfried. Kunst und Macht. Stuttgart: Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt, 1933. (Sämtliche Werke: Stuttgarter Ausgabe, vol. IV: Prosa 2 (1933—1945), ed. Gerhard Schuster. Stuttgart: KlettCotta Verlag, 1989.)

—————. Morgue und andere Gedichte. Berlin: Verlag Alfred Richard Meyer, 1912. (Sämtliche Werke, vol. I: Gedichte 1, ed. Gerhard Schuster. Zweite Auflage. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta Verlag, 2007.) —————. Nach dem Nihilismus. Berlin: Gustav Kiepenheuer Verlag, 1932. (Sämtliche Werke, vol. III: Prosa 1 (1910—1932), ed. Gerhard Schuster. Zweite Auflage. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta Verlag, 2009.) —————. Der neue Staat und die Intellektuellen. Stuttgart: Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt, 1933. (Sämtliche Werke, vol. IV.) —————. “Nietzsche - nach fünfzig Jahren.” Broadcast on August 14, 1950, then published in Das Lot (Berlin: Karl H. Henssel Verlag), no. 4 (October 1950), pp. 7-14. (Sämtliche Werke, vol. V: Prosa 3 (1946—1950), ed. Gerhard Schuster. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta Verlag, 1991.)

MXXVII


Benson, Eugene. “Charles Baudelaire, Poet of the
 Malign.” The Atlantic Monthly:
 A Magazine of Literature, Science, Art, and Politics (Boston: Fields, Osgood, & Co.), vol. XXIII, no. CXXXVI (February 1869),
 pp. 171-77.

—————. Matière et Mémoire: Essai sur la relation du corps à l’esprit. Troisième édition. Paris: Félix Alcan, 1903. (Œuvres,
 pp. 159-379.)

Berdyaev, Nikolai Alexandrovich. Un Nouveau Moyen Âge: Réflexions sur les destinées de la Russie et de l’Europe, translated by A.-M. F. Paris: Librairie Plon, 1927.

Berio, Luciano. Remembering the Future. Delivered at Harvard University as the Charles Eliot Norton Lectures in 1993-94. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 2006.

Beregovsky, Moshe (Moisei) Iakovlevich. Old Jewish Folk Music: The Collections and Writings, ed. and translated by Mark Slobin. New edition. Syracuse: Syracuse University Press, 2000.

Berlioz, Hector. À travers chants: Études musicales, Adorations, Boutades et Critiques. Paris: Michel Lévy frères, 1862.

—————. Généalogie du jugement artistique, suivi de Considérations intempestives sur les dérives actuelles de quelques arts. Paris: Éditions Beauchesne, 2011.

—————. Les Grotesques de la musique. Paris: A. Bourdilliat
 et Cie, 1859.

Bespaloff, Rachel. De l’Iliade. Preface by Jean Wahl. New York: Brentano’s, 1943.

—————. Mémoires. Paris: Michel Lévy frères, 1870.

—————. “L’Instant et la liberté chez Montaigne.” Deucalion: Cahiers de philosophie (Neuchâtel: Éditions de la Baconnière), no. 3: Vérité et Liberté (1950),
 pp. 65-107.

Bergson, Henri. Le Rire: Essai sur la signification du comique. Deuxième édition. Paris: Félix Alcan, 1901. (Œuvres, ed. André Robinet, pp. 381-486. Paris: Presses universitaires de France, 1959.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Bernard, Michel. De la Création chorégraphique. Paris: Centre national de la danse, 2001.

—————. L’Expressivité du corps: Recherche sur les fondements de la théâtralité. Paris: Jean-Pierre Delarge, 1976.

MXXVIII


Bialik, Haim Nahman. “Revealment and Concealment in Language: Reflections on the Nature of Literature.” Written in Hebrew in 1915. Translated by Jacob Sloan. Commentary
 (New York: The American Jewish Committee), vol. 9, no. 2
 (February 1950), pp. 171-75. In Revealment and Concealment: Five Essays, pp. 11-26. Jerusalem: Ibis Editions, 2000. —————. “The Sacred and the Secular in Language.” A lecture in Hebrew, delivered before the Legion for the Protection of the Language, in Tel Aviv, 1927. Translated by Jeffrey M. Green. In Revealment and Concealment, pp. 89-94. Bieber, Margarete. The History of the Greek and Roman Theater. Second edition, revised and enlarged. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1961.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Bier, Miriam J. ‘Perhaps There Is Hope’: Reading Lamentations as a Polyphony of Pain, Penitence, and Protest. London and New York: Bloomsbury T & T Clark, 2015. Binswanger, Ludwig. Melancholie und Manie: Phänomenologische Studien. Pfullingen: Verlag Günther Neske, 1960. ————— and Aby Warburg.
 Die unendliche Heilung: Aby Warburgs Krankengeschichte, ed. Chantal Marazia and Davide Stimilli. Zürich and Berlin: Diaphanes, 2007. Bisson, Frédéric. Comment bâtir un monde: Le Gai Savoir de Gustav Mahler. Louvain-la-Neuve: Les Éditions Chromatika, 2011. Blair, Hugh. A Critical Dissertation on the Poems of Ossian, the Son of Fingal. London: T. Becket and P. A.
 De Hondt, 1763.

Blanche, Jacques-Émile.
 “James Mac Neill Whistler.” Written in March 1905. In Essais et Portraits, pp. 79-114. Paris: Dorbon-Ainé, 1912. —————. Mes Modèles: Souvenirs littéraires. Paris: Librairie Stock, 1928. Blanqui, Auguste. L’Éternité par les astres: Hypothèse astronomique. Paris: Librairie Germer Baillière, 1872. Block, Haskell M. Mallarmé and the Symbolist Drama. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1963. Blood, Benjamin Paul. Pluriverse: An Essay in the Philosophy of Pluralism. Preface by Horace Meyer Kallen. Boston: Marshall Jones Company, 1920. Bloy, Léon. Le Désespéré. Paris: Tresse & Stock, 1887.

MXXIX


Blücher, Heinrich. “Fundamentals of a Philosophy of Art — On the Understanding of Artistic Experience.” The lecture was held early in 1951 at the New School for Social Research, New York. A transcript is available via the Blücher Archive on the Bard College website: www.bard.edu/ bluecher/lectures/phil_art/ philart.htm. Boccioni, Umberto. Scritti sull’arte. Sesto San Giovanni: Mimesis Edizioni, 2011. Bonds, Mark Evans. Absolute Music: The History of an Idea. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2014. —————. Music as Thought: Listening to the Symphony in the Age of Beethoven. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2006.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Borges, Jorge Luis. “Deutsches Requiem.” Sur (Buenos Aires),
 vol. XV, no. 136 (February 1946), pp. 7-14. In El Aleph, pp. 75-83. Buenos Aires: Editorial Losada, 1949. (Obras completas, ed. Carlos V. Frías, pp. 576-81. Decimocuarta edición.
 Buenos Aires: Emecé Editores, 1984.) Boucourechliev, André. À l’écoute. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard, 2006. —————. Debussy: La Révolution subtile. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard, 1998. —————. Le Langage musical. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard, 1993. Bourget, Paul. Essais de psychologie contemporaine. Paris: Alphonse Lemerre, 1883. (Republished in a definitive form together with its sequel (see below) in his Œuvres complètes, Critique, vol. I. Paris: E. Plon, Nourrit et Cie, 1899.)

—————. Nouveaux Essais de psychologie contemporaine. Paris: Alphonse Lemerre, 1885. Brandes, Georg Morris Cohen. “Aristokratisk Radikalisme:
 En Afhandling om Friedrich Nietzsche.” Tilskueren: Maanedsskrift for Literatur, Samfundsspørgsmaal og almenfattelige videnskabelige Skildringer (Copenhagen:
 P. G. Philipsens Forlag), vol. 6,
 no. 7 (August 1889), pp. 565-613. (Samlede Skrifter, vol. 7,
 pp. 596-664. Copenhagen: Gyldendalske Boghandels Forlag (F. Hegel & Søn), 1901.)

MXXX


Brecht, Bertolt. “An R.” Composed in March 1950, in response to a poem by Ruth Berlau, entitled “Die Kälte.” Printed in Werke: Große kommentierte Berliner und Frankfurter Ausgabe, ed. Werner Hecht, Jan Knopf, Werner Mittenzwei, and Klaus-Detlef Müller, vol. 15: Gedichte 5: Gedichte und Gedichtfragmente, 1940-1956, ed. Jan Knopf and Brigitte Bergheim, with the assistance of Annette Ahlborn, Günter Berg, and Michael Duchardt, p. 223. Berlin and Weimar: Aufbau-Verlag, and Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1993. —————. “Aus dem Lesebuch für Städtebewohner.” In Versuche 4-7, no. 6, pp. 116-22. (Versuche, vol. 2.) Berlin: Gustav Kiepenheuer Verlag, 1930. (Werke, vol. 11: Gedichte 1: Sammlungen, 1918-1938, ed. Jan Knopf and Gabriele Knopf, pp. 155-76. Berlin and Weimar: Aufbau-Verlag, and Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1988.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Bemerkungen zu »Der aufhaltsame Aufstieg des Arturo Ui«.” Written ca. 1953. First published in Stücke, vol. 9: Stücke aus dem Exil, vol. 4, pp. 369 ff. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1957. (Werke, vol. 24: Schriften 4: Texte zu Stücken, ed. Peter Kraft, with the assistance of Marianne Conrad, Sigmar Gerund, and Benno Slupianek, pp. 315-18. Berlin and Weimar: AufbauVerlag, and Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1991.) —————. Flüchtlingsgespräche. Composed between 1940 and 1942. Published posthumously in German, although previously in a French translation by Gilbert Badia and Jean Baudrillard (Paris: L’Arche, 1956). Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1961. (Werke, vol. 18: Prosa 3: Sammlungen und Dialoge, ed. Jan Knopf, with the assistance of Michael Duchardt, Ute Liebig, and Brigitte Bergheim, pp. 195-327. Berlin and Weimar: AufbauVerlag, and Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1995.)

—————. Der gute Mensch von Sezuan. The piece was first performed on February 4, 1943, in Zürich, directed by Leonard Steckel, with music by Paul Dessau. Text in Versuche 27/32, no. 27, pp. 3-106. (Versuche,
 vol. 12.) Berlin: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1953. (Werke, vol. 6: Stücke 6, ed. Klaus-Detlef Müller, pp. 175-281. Berlin and Weimar: AufbauVerlag, and Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1989.)

MXXXI


—————. Der kaukasische Kreidekreis. The second version of the play was premiered on May 4, 1948, at Carlton College (Northfield, Minnesota), in a translation by Eric Bentley, directed by Henry Goodman; the original text was published in a special issue on Brecht put out by Sinn und Form: Beiträge zur Literatur (Potsdam: Rütten
 & Loening) in 1949, pp. 52-164. Subsequently the play was revised again, the new version premiering on October 7, 1954, at the Theater am Schiffbauerdamm, with music by Paul Dessau; this revision was printed in Versuche 31, pp. 5-95. (Versuche, vol. 13.) Berlin: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1954. (Werke, vol. 8: Stücke 8, ed. Klaus-Detlef Müller, pp. 7-191. Berlin and Weimar: Aufbau-Verlag, and Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1992.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Svendborger Gedichte. London: Malik-Verlag, 1939. (Werke, vol. 12: Gedichte 2: Sammlungen, 1938-1956, ed. Jan Knopf, pp. 7-92. Berlin and Weimar: Aufbau-Verlag, and Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1988.) Breton, André. Manifeste du surréalisme. Paris: Éditions du Sagittaire, 1924. (Œuvres complètes, vol. I, ed. Marguerite Bonnet, with the assistance of Philippe Bernier, Étienne-Alain Hubert, and José Pierre. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1988.) Brochard, Victor. Études de philosophie ancienne et de philosophie moderne, ed. Victor Delbos. Paris: Librairie Félix Alcan, 1912.

Brontë, Charlotte (“Currer Bell”). Villette. Three volumes. London: Smith, Elder & Co., 1853. Brown, Charles Brockden. Wieland; or The Transformation: An American Tale. New York: Hocquet Caritat, 1798. (Three Gothic Novels, ed. Sydney Krause, pp. 1-227. New York: The Library of America, 1998.) Brunetière, Ferdinand. “Charles Baudelaire.” Revue des Deux Mondes (Paris), vol. LXXXI, no. 3 (June 1, 1887), pp. 695-706.

—————. Les Sceptiques grecs. Paris: Imprimerie nationale, 1887.

Buch, Esteban. “«Les Allemands et les Boches»: La Musique allemande à Paris pendant la Première Guerre mondiale.”
 Le Mouvement social (Ivry-surSeine: Éditions de l’Atelier),
 no. 208 (July-September 2004), pp. 45-69.

Brohm, Jean-Marie. La Tyrannie sportive: Théorie critique d’un opium du peuple. Paris: Éditions Beauchesne, 2006.

—————. Le Cas Schönberg: Naissance de l’avant-garde musicale. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 2006.

MXXXII


—————. Histoire d’un secret:
 À propos de la Suite lyrique d’Alban Berg. Arles: Actes Sud, 1994. —————. La Neuvième de Beethoven: Une Histoire politique. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1999. Budde, Karl. “Ein althebräisches Klagelied.” Zeitschrift für die alttestamentliche Wissenschaft (Gießen: J. Ricker’sche Buchhandlung), vol. III (1883),
 pp. 299-306. —————. “Das hebräische Klagelied.” Zeitschrift für die alttestamentliche Wissenschaft, vol. II (1882), pp. 1-52.

—————. “Die Klagelieder.” Published in his joint guidebook with Alfred Bertholet and Gerrit Wildeboer, Die fünf Megillot, pp. 70-108. Freiburg im Breisgau, Leipzig, and Tübingen: Verlag von J. C. B. Mohr (Paul Siebeck), 1898. (Kurzer Hand-Commentar zum Alten Testament, sect. XVII.) —————. “Noch etwas vom Volksliede des alten Israel.” Preussische Jahrbücher (Berlin: Verlag von Hermann Walther), vol. LXXXII,
 no. 3 (December 1895), pp. 491-500.

—————. “Die hebräische Leichenklage.” Zeitschrift des deutschen Pälestina-Vereins (Leipzig: K. Bædeker), vol. VI (1883), pp. 180-94.

—————. “Das nomadische Ideal im Alten Testament.” Preussische Jahrbücher, vol. LXXXV, no. 1
 (July 1896), pp. 57-79.

—————. “Zum hebräischen Klagelied.” Zeitschrift für die alttestamentliche Wissenschaft, vol. XI (1891), pp. 234-47, and
 vol. XII (1892), pp. 31-37, 261-75.

—————. “Das Volkslied Israels im Munde der Propheten.” Preussische Jahrbücher, vol. LXXIII, no. 3 (September 1893),
 pp. 460-83.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Burckhardt, Jacob. Griechische Kulturgeschichte, ed. Jacob Oeri. Four volumes. Fünfte Auflage. Berlin and Stuttgart: Verlag von
 W. Spemann, 1898-1902. (Werke: Kritische Gesamtausgabe,
 vols. 19-22, ed. Leonhard Burckhardt, Fritz Graf. Barbara von Reibnitz, Alfred Schmid, and Jürgen von Ungern-Sternberg. Basel: Schwabe Verlag; and Munich: Verlag C. H. Beck, 2002-12.) Burgess, Anthony (John Anthony Burgess Wilson). A Clockwork Orange, ed. Andrew Biswell.
 New York: W. W. Norton
 & Company, 2012. —————. This Man & Music.
 New York: McGraw-Hill, 1983.

MXXXIII


Burton, Robert (“Democritus Junior”). The Anatomy of Melancholy: What it is, With all the kinds, causes, symptomes, prognostickes, & severall cures
 of it. Fifth edition, corrected and augmented. Oxford: Henry Cripps, 1638. (The Anatomy of Melancholy, vols. I-III: Text, ed. Thomas C. Faulkner, Nicholas K. Kiessling, and Rhonda L. Blair. Preface by John B. Bamborough. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1989-94.) Busoni, Ferrucio. Von der Einheit der Musik, von Dritteltönen und junger Klassizität, von Bühnen und Bauten und anschliessenden Bezirken: Verstreute Aufzeichnungen. Berlin:
 Max Hesses Verlag, 1922. —————. Entwurf einer neuen Ästhetik der Tonkunst. Zweite, erweiterte Ausgabe. Leipzig:
 Insel-Verlag, 1916. Reprinted with Arnold Schönberg’s handwritten notes, ed. H. H. Stuckenschmidt. Frankfurt am Main: Insel Verlag, 1974.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Caillois, Roger. L’Homme et
 le Sacré. Édition augmentée. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1988. —————. Les Jeux et les Hommes:
 Le Masque et le Vertige. Édition revue et augmentée. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1992. —————. Le Mythe et l’Homme. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1938. —————. Œuvres, ed. Dominique Rabourdin. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 2008. Campioni, Giuliano, Paolo D’Iorio, Maria Christina Fornari, Francesco Fronterotta, and Andrea Orsucci, with the assistance of Renate Müller-Buck (eds.). Nietzsches persönliche Bibliothek. Berlin and New York: Walter de Gruyter, 2003. (Supplementa Nietzscheana, vol. 6.)

Camus, Albert. Le Mythe de Sisyphe. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1942. (Œuvres complètes, vol. I, ed. Jacqueline Lévi-Valensi, with the assistance of André Abbou, Zedjiga Abdelkrim, Marie-Louise Audin, Raymond Gay-Crosier, Samantha Novello, Pierre-Louis Rey, Philippe Vanney, David H. Walker, and Maurice Weyembergh, pp. 217-315. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 2006.) Canetti, Elias. Die Fackel im Ohr: Lebensgeschichte, 1921-1931. Munich: Carl Hanser Verlag, 1980. (Gesammelte Werke, vol. 8. Munich: Carl Hanser Verlag, 1993.) —————. Das Gewissen der Worte. Munich: Carl Hanser Verlag, 1983. (Gesammelte Werke, vol. 5. Munich: Carl Hanser Verlag, 1995.) —————. Masse und Macht. Hamburg: Claassen Verlag, 1960. (Gesammelte Werke, vol. 3. Munich: Carl Hanser Verlag, 1994.)

MXXXIV


Caraccioli, Louis-Antoine. Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères, ou l’Europe françoise. Turin and Paris: chez la Veuve Duchesne, 1776. —————. Paris, métropole de l’univers. Paris: chez Le Normant, An X - 1802. Carpentier, Alejo. La música en Cuba. Mexico City: Fondo de Cultura Económica, 1946. (Obras completas, vol. 12. Mexico City: Siglo XXI Editores, 1987.) —————. Obras completas,
 vols. 10-12: Ese músico que llevo dentro. Mexico City: Siglo XXI Editores, 1987.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Los orígenes de la música y la música primitiva.” Unpublished typescript, probably ca. 1943, in the Colección Carpentier, Biblioteca Nacional José Martí, Havana. Included and translated in an appendix in Katia Chornik’s doctoral thesis (Milton Keynes: The Open University, 2010),
 “The Role of Music in Selected Novels and Associated Writings of Alejo Carpentier: Primeval Expression, Structural Analogies and Performance,” pp. 122-36.

Carrà, Carlo. “La Pittura dei suoni, rumori e odori.” Dated August 11, 1913. In Filippo Marinetti, et al., I Manifesti del futurismo, pp. 152-57. Florence: Edizioni di “Lacerba„, 1914. Cavicchi, Daniel. Listening and Longing: Music Lovers in the Age of Barnum. Middletown: Wesleyan University Press, 2011. Céline, Louis-Ferdinand. Ballets sans musique, sans personne, sans rien. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1959.

—————. Los pasos perdidos.
 Mexico City: Edición
 y Distribución Ibero Americana de Publicaciones, 1953. (Obras completas, vol. 2. Mexico City: Siglo XXI Editores, 1983.)

Chabanon, Michel Paul Guy de. Observations sur la musique, et principalement sur la métaphysique de l’art. Paris: chez Pissot, 1779.

—————. Varèse vivant. Deuxième édition. Paris: Le Nouveau Commerce, 1991. A supplement to no. 45/46 of the eponymous review (Spring-Summer 1980).

—————. De la Musique considérée en elle-même et dans ses rapports avec la parole, les langues, la poésie, et le théâtre. Paris: chez Pissot, 1785.

MXXXV


Chagall, Marc. Ma Vie, translated from the Russian by Bella Chagall. Preface by André Salmon. Paris: Librairie Stock, 1931. Chambers, Edmund Kerchever. The Elizabethan Stage. Four volumes. Oxford: at the Clarendon Press, 1923. Chamfort (Sébastien-Roch Nicolas). Œuvres, ed. Pierre-Louis Ginguené, vol. IV: Produits de la civilisation perfectionnée, pt. I: Maximes et Pensées, pp. 5-210. Paris: chez Le Directeur de l’Imprimerie des Sciences et Arts, L’an 3 (1795). (Œuvres complètes, ed. Lionel Dax, vol. II. Paris: Éditions du Sandre, 2009.) Charles, Daniel. Musiques nomades, ed. Christian Hauer. Paris: Éditions Kimé, 1998. —————. Le Temps de la voix. Paris: Jean-Pierre Delarge, 1978.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Chasles, Philarète. “De la Guerre sociale dans ses rapports avec la philosophie panthéiste et le mouvement révolutionnaire de l’Europe.” Revue des Deux Mondes (Paris), new series,
 vol. XXIII, no. 3 (August 1, 1848), pp. 348-66. Chávez, Carlos. Hacia una nueva música: Ensayo sobre música y electricidad. An anthology of articles which was published originally in English translation by Herbert Weinstock (New York:
 W. W. Norton & Company, 1937). Mexico City: El Colegio Nacional, 1992. —————. Musical Thought. Delivered at Harvard University as the Charles Eliot Norton Lectures in 1958-59. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1961. Chazal, Malcolm de. L’Âme de la musique. Port-Louis, Mauritius:
 The Mauritius Printing Company, 1950.

—————. Pensées. Seven volumes, the last under the title Pensées et Sens Plastique. Port-Louis:
 The General Printing & Stationery Company, 1940-45. (Pensées, suivi de Pensées et Sens Plastique, ed. Éric Meunié. Paris: Éditions Exils, 1999.) —————. Sens Magique. Port-Louis: Imprimerie Al-Madinah, and Tananarive, Madagascar: Société Lilloise d’Imprimerie, 1957. (Édition complète des œuvres, ed. Jean-Paul Curnier and Éric Meunié, vol. XIV. Paris: Éditions Léo Scheer, 2004.) —————. Sens-Plastique, vol. II.
 Port-Louis: The General Printing & Stationery Company, 1947. Subsequently issued under the title Sens-Plastique. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1948. —————. La Vie filtrée. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1949. Chekhov, Anton Pavlovich.
 The Story of a Nobody, translated by Hugh Aplin. London: Hesperus Press, 2002.

MXXXVI


Chestov, Léon (Lev Isaakovich Shestov, Yehuda Leyb Schwarzmann). Athènes et Jérusalem: Un Essai de philosophie religieuse, translated under the author’s supervision by Boris de Schloezer. Paris: Librairie Philosophique J. Vrin, 1938. Chladni, Ernst Florens Friedrich. Die Akustik. Leipzig: bey Breitkopf und Härtel, 1802. —————. Entdeckungen über die Theorie des Klanges. Leipzig: bey Weidmanns Erben und Reich, 1787. —————. Neue Beyträge zur Akustik. Leipzig: bey Breitkopf und Härtel, 1817. Claudel, Paul. L’Œil écoute. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1946. (Œuvres complètes, vol. XVII. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1960.) Clausewitz, Carl von. Vom Kriege, ed. Marie von Clausewitz. Three volumes. Berlin: Ferdinand Dümmler, 1832-34.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Clément, Murielle Lucie. Baudelaire et la musique. Tunis: Éditions Sahar, 2005. Cocteau, Jean. Écrits sur la musique, ed. David Gullentops and Malou Haine. Paris: Librairie Philosophique J. Vrin, 2016. —————. Les Enfants terribles.
 (Pour mon plaisir, II.) Paris: Éditions Bernard Grasset, 1929. (Œuvres complètes, vol. I. Geneva: Éditions Marguerat, 1946.) —————. Essai de critique indirecte: Le Mystère laïc - Des Beaux Arts considérés comme un assassinat. (Pour mon plaisir, IX.) Paris: Éditions Bernard Grasset, 1932. (Œuvres complètes, vol. X. Geneva: Éditions Marguerat, 1950.) ————— (published anonymously).
 Le Livre blanc. Paris: Maurice Sachs and Jacques Bonjean, 1928. —————. La Machine infernale. (Pour mon plaisir, II.) Paris: Éditions Bernard Grasset, 1934. (Œuvres complètes, vol. V. Geneva: Éditions Marguerat, 1948.)

—————. La Voix humaine: Pièce en un acte. Paris: Librairie Stock, 1930. (Œuvres complètes, vol. VII. Geneva: Éditions Marguerat, 1948.) Cœuroy, André (Jean Belime). Appels d’Orphée: Nouvelles Études de musique et de littérature comparées. Septième édition. Paris: Éditions de la Nouvelle Revue Critique, 1929. —————. Musique et Littérature: Études de musique et de littérature comparées. Preface
 by Maurice Barrès. Paris: Bloud
 & Gay, 1923. —————. Panorama de la musique contemporaine. Nouvelle édition revue et augmentée. Paris: Éditions Kra, 1930. —————. Wagner et l’esprit romantique. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1965. ————— and Geneviève Clarence.
 Le Phonographe. Quatrième édition. Paris: Éditions Kra, 1929.

MXXXVII


————— and André Schaeffner.
 Le Jazz. Paris: Éditions Claude Aveline, 1926. (La Musique moderne, vol. II.) Cohen, Hermann. Ästhetik des reinen Gefühls. (System der Philosophie, pt. 3.) Two volumes. Berlin: Bruno Cassirer, 1912. (Werke, ed. Helmut Holzhey, vols. 8 and 9. Dritte Auflage. Hildesheim, Zürich, New York: Georg Olms Verlag, 2005.) —————. Die dramatische Idee in Mozarts Operntexten. Berlin: Bruno Cassirer, 1916. (Werke, ed. Helmut Holzhey, Julius H. Schoeps, and Christoph Schulte, vol. 17: Kleinere Schriften VI, 1916-1918, ed. Hartwig Wiedebach. Hildesheim, Zürich, New York: Georg Olms Verlag, 2002.) Cohen-Levinas, Danielle. L’Opéra et son double. Paris: Librairie Philosophique J. Vrin, 2013.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. La Voix au-delà du chant: Une Fenêtre aux ombres. Nouvelle édition recomposée et augmentée. Paris: Librairie Philosophique
 J. Vrin, 2006. Cohn, Norman. The Pursuit of the Millennium: Revolutionary Millenarians and Mystical Anarchists of the Middle Ages. Revised and expanded edition. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Colette (Sidonie-Gabrielle Colette). Le Pur et l’Impur. First published in a different version under the title Ces Plaisirs... by
 J. Ferenczi et fils in 1932. Paris: Aux Armes de France, 1941. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Maurice Goudeket, vol. IX. Paris:
 Le Fleuron and Éditions Flammarion, 1949.)

Congreve, William. “A Discourse on the Pindarique Ode.” Included as the prelude to A Pindarique Ode Humbly Offer’d to the Queen, on the Victorious Progress of Her Majesty’s Arms, under the Conduct of the Duke of Marlborough, n.p. London: Jacob Tonson, 1706. (The Works, vol. 3: Containing Poems upon Several Occasions, pp. 1073-82. London: John Tonson, 1710.) (The Works, ed. Donald Francis McKenzie,
 vol. II, pp. 413-18, 674-77, 823-24. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2011.) Conrad, Joseph (Józef Teodor Konrad Korzeniowski). Nostromo: A Tale of the Seaboard. First published in T. P.’s Weekly (London: Walbrook & Company), from vol. III, no. 64 (January 29, 1904) to vol. IV, no. 100
 (October 7, 1904). London: Harper & Brothers, 1904.

MXXXVIII


Constant (Constant-Rebecque), Benjamin de. De l’Esprit de conquête et de l’usurpation, dans leurs rapports avec la civilisation européenne. Troisième édition, revue et augmentée. Paris: chez
 Le Normant, chez Gabriel-Henri Nicolle, 1814. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Paul Delbouille, with the assistance of Léonard Burnand, Jean-Daniel Candaux, Cecil
 P. Courtney, Lucien Jaume, Kurt Kloocke, Giovanni Paoletti, François Rosset, Paul Rowe, and Markus Winkler, série I: Œuvres, vol. VIII, ed. Kurt Kloocke and Béatrice Fink, with the assistance of André Cabanis, Moritz Geisel, Alain Laquièze, and Jean-Marie Roulin. Berlin and New York:
 De Gruyter Mouton, 2005.) Copland, Aaron. On Music. Garden City: Doubleday & Company, 1960.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Music and Imagination. Delivered at Harvard University as the Charles Eliot Norton Lectures in 1951-52. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1952. Cowell, Henry. Essential Cowell: Selected Writings on Music, ed. Dick Higgins. Kingston, New York: McPherson & Company, 2002. —————. “The Music of Edgar Varèse.” Modern Music (New York: League of Composers), vol. 7, no. 2 (January-February 1928),
 pp. 9-19. —————. New Musical Resources. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1930. Craig, Edward Gordon. On the Art of the Theatre. London: William Heinemann, 1911. ————— (“Allen Carric”). “Mallarmé and the New Drama.” The Mask:
 A Quarterly Journal of the Art of the Theatre (Florence: Arena Goldoni), vol. 2, no. 10-12
 (April 1910), pp. 172-73.

Crane, Stephen. War Is Kind.
 New York: Frederick A. Stokes, 1899. (The Works, ed. Fredson Bowers, vol. 10: Poems and Literary Remains. Charlottesville: The University of Virginia Press, 1975.) Crombie, Alistair Cameron. Science, Optics and Music in Medieval and Early Modern Thought. London and Ronceverte: The Hambledon Press, 1990. Cummings, E. E. (Edward Estlin). “Anyone lived in a pretty how town.” First published without a title as the first of five poems in Poetry: A Magazine of Verse (Chicago), vol. LVI, no. V
 (August 1940), pp. 233-34. Included as no. 29 in 50 Poems. New York: Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1940. (Complete Poems, 1904-1962, ed. George James Firmage. Preface by Stephen Dunn. Revised, corrected, and expanded edition. New York:
 W. W. Norton & Company, 2016.)

MXXXIX


Cypess, Rebecca. Curious and Modern Inventions: Instrumental Music as Discovery in Galileo’s Italy. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 2016.

Dalberg, Johann Friedrich Hugo von. Blicke eines Tonkünstlers in die Musik der Geister. Mannheim: in der neuen Hof- und akademischen Buchhandlung, 1787.

Da Ponte, Lorenzo (Emanuele Conegliano). Memorie. Seconda edizione corretta. Three volumes. New York: Pubblicate dall’ Autore, 1829-30.

—————. Untersuchungen über den Ursprung der Harmonie und ihre allmählige Ausbildung. Erfurt:
 im Verlag bey Beyer und Maring, 1800.

Dahlhaus, Carl. Gesammelte Schriften, ed. Hermann Danuser, with the assistance of
 Hans-Joachim Hinrichsen and Tobias Plebuch, vol. 1: Allgemeine Theorie der Musik I, vol. 4:
 19. Jahrhundert I, and vol. 8:
 20. Jahrhundert. Laaber:
 Laaber-Verlag, 2000, 2002, and 2005, respectively.

Daniélou, Alain. La Civilisation des différences. Paris and Pondicherry: Éditions Kailash, 2003.

Dahm, Annkatrin. Der Topos der Juden: Studien zur Geschichte des Antisemitismus im deutschsprachigen Musikschrifttum. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 2007.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. La Musique de l’Inde du Nord. Nouvelle édition. Saint Clément de rivière: Éditions Fata Morgana, 1995. —————. La Musique du Laos et du Cambodge. Pondicherry: Institut Français d’Indologie, 1957. —————. Origines et pouvoirs de la musique. Paris and Pondicherry: Éditions Kailash, 2004.

—————. Les Quatre Sens de la vie, et la structure de l’Inde traditionnelle. Nouvelle édition. Monaco: Éditions du Rocher, 2000. —————. Sémantique musicale: Essai de psycho-physiologie auditive. Preface by Fritz Winckel, introduction by Françoise Escal. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Éditions Hermann, 1993. —————. Shiva et Dionysos:
 La Religion de la nature et de l’Eros, de la préhistoire à l’avenir. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard, 1979. —————. Traité de musicologie comparée. Paris: Éditions Hermann, 1959. (This work was revised from his Introduction to the Study of Musical Scales (London: The India Society, 1943).) ————— with Jacques Brunet. La Musique et sa communication:
 La Situation de la musique et des musiciens dans les pays d’Orient. Florence: Leo S. Olschki, 1971.

MXL


Daniélou, Jean Guenolé Louis Marie. Bible et Liturgie:
 La Théologie biblique des Sacrements et des fêtes d’après les Pères de l’Église. Deuxième édition revue. Paris: Éditions du Cerf, 1958. —————. Essai sur le mystère de l’histoire. Paris: Éditions du Seuil, 1953. —————. Origène. Paris: La Table ronde, 1948. —————. Philon d’Alexandrie. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard, 1958. —————. La Résurrection. Paris: Éditions du Seuil, 1969. —————. Sacramentum futuri: Études sur les origines de la typologie biblique. Paris: Éditions Beauchesne, 1950.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Darwin, Charles. The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals, ed. Francis Darwin. Second edition. London: John Murray, 1890. (The Works, ed. Paul Howard Barrett and Richard Broke Freeman, vol. 23. Second edition. London: Routledge, 2016.) De Quincey, Thomas. “On Murder Considered as One of the Fine Arts.” Blackwood’s Edinburgh Magazine (Edinburgh: William Blackwell), vol. XXI, no. CXXII (February 1827), pp. 199-213. In Selections Grave and Gay, from Writings Published and Unpublished, vol. IV: Miscellanies, pp. 1-42. Edinburgh: James Hogg, and London: R. Groombridge & Sons, 1854. (The Works, ed. Grevel Lindop, Part I, vol. 6: Articles from the Edinburgh Evening Post, Blackwood’s Magazine, and the Edinburgh Literary Gazette, 1826-29, ed. David Groves and Grevel Lindop, pp. 111-33. London: Pickering & Chatto, 2000.)

—————. “Postscript.” The last of his three texts on murder as a fine art. In Selections Grave and Gay, vol. IV, pp. 60-111. (The Works, Part III, vol. 20: Prefaces &c. to the Collected Editions, Published Addenda, Marginalia, Manuscript Addenda, Undatable Manuscripts, ed. Frederick Burwick, David Groves, Grevel Lindop, Robert Morrison, Julian North, Daniel Sanjiv Roberts, Laura Roman, and Barry Symonds. London: Pickering & Chatto, 2003.) —————. “Second Paper on Murder Considered as One of the Fine Arts.” Blackwood’s Edinburgh Magazine, vol. XLVI, no. CCLXXXIX (November 1839), pp. 661-68. In Selections Grave and Gay, vol. IV, pp. 43-59. (The Works, Part II,
 vol. 11: Articles from Tait’s Magazine and Blackwood’s Magazine, 1838-41, ed. Julian North, pp. 397-408. London: Pickering & Chatto, 2002.) Debord, Guy. La Société du spectacle. Troisième édition. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1992.

MXLI


Debussy, Claude. Correspondance (1872-1918), ed. Denis Herlin and François Lesure, with the assistance of Georges Liébert. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 2005. —————. Monsieur Croche et autres écrits, ed. François Lesure. Nouvelle édition revue et augmentée. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1987. Deleuze, Gilles, and Félix Guattari. Qu’est-ce que la philosophie ? Paris: Les Éditions de Minuit, 1991. Delille, Edward. “Baudelaire:
 The Man.” The Fortnightly Review (London: Chapman and Hall), new series, vol. XLIX,
 no. CCXCIV (June 1, 1891),
 pp. 977-84. In Some French Writers, pp. 42-58. London: Chapman and Hall, 1893. —————. “The Poet Verlaine.”
 The Fortnightly Review, new series, vol. XLIX, no. CCXCI
 (March 1, 1891), pp. 394-405. In Some French Writers, pp. 131-55.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Deren, Maya (Eleanora Derenkowskaia). Essential Deren: Collected Writings on Film. Kingston, New York: McPherson
 & Company, 2005. Descartes, René. Les Passions de l’âme. Paris: chez Henry Le Gras, 1649. (Œuvres, ed. Charles Adam and Paul Tannery, vol. XI, revised by Joseph Beaude, pp. 327-488. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Librairie Philosophique J. Vrin and the Centre national de la recherche scientifique, 1996.) Desclos, Marie-Laurence (ed.).
 Le Rire des Grecs: Anthropologie du rire en Grèce ancienne. Grenoble: Éditions Jérôme Millon, 2000. Desjardins, Paul. “Charles Baudelaire.” Revue bleue: Revue politique et littéraire (Paris: Bureau des Revues), third series, vol. XIV, no. 1 (July 2, 1887), pp. 16-24. Desprez, Louis. L’Évolution naturaliste. Paris: Tresse, 1884.

—————. Pour la liberté d’écrire. Brussels: Henry Kistemaeckers, 1885. Dessau, Paul. Notizen zu Noten, ed. Fritz Hennenberg. Leipzig: Reclam Verlag, 1974. Dessauer, Friedrich. Philosophie der Technik: Das Problem der Realisierung. Dritte Auflage. Bonn: Verlag von Friedrich Cohen, 1933. Diaghilev, Sergei (Serge) Pavlovich. L’Art, la Musique et la Danse: Lettres, Écrits, Entretiens, ed. Jean-Michel Nectoux, Vladimir Alexeïvitch Samkov, and Ilia Samoïlovitch Zilberstein, translated by Françoise Burgun and Marina Cheptitski. Paris: Centre national de la danse, Institut national d’histoire de l’art, and Librairie Philosophique
 J. Vrin, 2013.

MXLII


Diderot, Denis. Œuvres complètes, ed. Herbert Dieckmann, Jacques Proust, and Jean Varloot, vol. XIX: Musique, ed. Pierre Citron and Jean Mayer. Paris: Éditions Hermann, 1983. —————. Paradoxe sur le comédien. Composed ca. 1773, published posthumously. Paris: A. Sautelet
 et Cie, 1830. (Œuvres complètes, vol. XX: Critique III, ed. Jane Marsh Dieckmann, Georges Dulac, Jean Varloot, et al. Paris: Éditions Hermann, 1995.) Dinesen, Isak (Karen Blixen). Seven Gothic Tales. New York: Harrison Smith and Robert Haas, 1934. Disraeli, Benjamin. Contarini Fleming: A Psychological
 Auto-Biography. Four volumes. London: John Murray, 1832.
 (The Bradenham Edition of the Novels and Tales, ed. Philip Guedalla, vol. 4. London: Peter Davies, 1926.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Dos Passos, John. Manhattan Transfer. New York and London: Harper & Brothers, 1925. (Novels, 1920—1925, ed. Townsend Ludington. New York: The Library of America, 2003.) Dostoevsky, Fyodor Mikhailovich. Demons, translated by Richard Pevear and Larissa Volokhonsky. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1994. Dozeman, Thomas B. God at War: Power in the Exodus Tradition. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1996. Dragonetti, Roger. «La Musique et les Lettres»: Etudes de littérature médiévale. Geneva: Librairie Droz, 1986. —————. La Technique poétique des trouvères dans la chanson courtoise: Contribution à l’étude de la rhétorique médiévale. Bruges: De Tempel, 1960.

Dreyfus, Robert. “Frédéric Nietzsche et Peter Gast.”
 Le Banquet (Paris: Librairie Rouquette), vol. 1, no. 6 (November 1892), pp. 161-67. —————. “La Philosophie du marteau.” Le Banquet, vol. 1,
 no. 3 (May 1892), pp. 65-74. —————. Souvenirs sur Marcel Proust: Avec des lettres inédites de Marcel Proust. Paris: Bernard Grasset, 1926. Du Bellay, Joachim. La Deffence, et Illustration de la Langue Francoyse. Paris: Arnoul l’Angelier, 1549. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Olivier Millet, vol. I, ed. Francis Goyet and Olivier Millet. Paris: Honoré Champion, 2003.) Du Camp, Maxime. “Les Chants modernes.” Revue de Paris (Paris), vol. XXIV, no. 2 (February 1, 1855), pp. 321-47. Reprinted as the preface to his eponymous book, pp. 1-39. Paris: Michel Lévy frères, 1855.

MXLIII


Duchamp, Marcel. Duchamp du signe, suivi de Notes, ed. Michel Sanouillet and Paul Matisse. Paris: Éditions Flammarion, 2008. Dujardin, Édouard. Les Hantises. Paris: Léon Vanier, 1886. —————. Les Lauriers sont coupés. First serialized in the Revue indépendante (Paris), vol. III, no. 7 (May 1887), pp. 289-494; no. 8 (June 1887), pp. 472-494; vol. IV, no. 9 (July 1887), pp. 122-37; and no. 10 (August 1887), pp. 221-44. Issued as a book by the periodical the next year.

—————. “Le Mouvement symboliste et la musique.” Mercure de France (Paris: Société du Mercure de France), vol. LXXII, no. 257 (March 1, 1908), pp. 5-24. —————. Les Premiers Poètes du vers libre. Paris: Mercure de France, 1922. —————. “Richard Wagner et la poésie française contemporaine.” La Revue de Genève (Geneva:
 H. Stapelmohr, and Paris:
 G. Fischbacher). vol. I, no. II
 (July 25, 1886), pp. 252-66.

—————. Mallarmé, par un des siens. Paris: Albert Messein, 1936.

—————. La Source du fleuve chrétien: Histoire critique du judaïsme ancien et du christianisme primitif. Paris: Société du Mercure de France, 1906.

—————. Le Monologue intérieur: Son apparition, ses origines, sa place dans l’œuvre de James Joyce et dans le roman contemporain. Paris: Albert Messein, 1931.

—————. De Stéphane Mallarmé au prophète Ezéchiel, et essai d’une théorie du réalisme symbolique, suivi d’un poème à la mémoire de Joseph Halévy. Paris: Mercure de France, 1919.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “La Vivante Continuité du symbolisme.” Mercure de France, vol. CLXXIII, no. 625 (July 1, 1924), pp. 55-73. Dunham, Katherine. “The Dances of Haiti.” Acta anthropológica (Mexico City: Escuela Nacional de Antropología e Historia), vol. 2,
 no. 4 (November 1947), pp. 5-58. —————. Island Possessed. Garden City: Doubleday & Company, 1969. Duvignaud, Jean. L’Acteur: Esquisse d'une sociologie du comédien. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1965. —————. Sociologie du théâtre: Essai sur les ombres collectives. Paris: Presses universitaires de France, 1965. Dvorák, Antonín Leopold. Letters and Reminiscences, ed. Otakar Šourek, translated by Roberta Finlayson Samsour. Prague: Artia, 1954.

MXLIV


Dyke, Daniel. The Mystery of Selfe-Deceiving: Or, a Discourse and discovery of the Deceitfulnesse of Mans Heart, ed. Jeremiah Dyke. Augmented and enlarged edition. London: William Stansby, 1633. Ehrenburg, Ilya Grigoryevich.
 The Life of the Automobile, translated from the Russian by Joachim Neugroschel. First published in 1929 in Berlin by Petropolis. London: Serpent’s Tail, 1999. Einstein, Alfred. Essays on Music. Preface by Paul Henry Lang.
 New York: W. W. Norton & Company, 1956. —————. Grösse in der Musik. Zürich: Pan-Verlag, 1951.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. The Italian Madrigal, translated by Alexander H. Krappe, Roger H. Sessions, and Oliver Strunk. Three volumes. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1949. (The unpublished German manuscript is in the care of the Princeton University Library, Department of Rare Books and Special Collections.)

—————. Selected Works, vol. 2: Towards a Theory of Montage, ed. Richard Taylor, translated by Michael Glenny. The text was unfinished at the time of Eisenstein’s death. London: British Film Institute, 1991.

—————. Mozart: Sein Charakter, sein Werk. Zürich: Pan-Verlag, 1953.

Eisermann, Gottfried. Rolle und Maske. Tübingen: J. C. B. Mohr (Paul Siebeck), 1991.

—————. Music in the Romantic Era: A History of Musical Thought in the 19th Century. New York:
 W. W. Norton & Company, 1947.

Eisler, Hanns. Gesamtausgabe, ed. the Internationale Hanns Eisler Gesellschaft, Serie IX: Schriften, vol. 1, pt. 1: Gesammelte Schriften, 1921—1935, ed. Tobias Faßhauer and Günter Mayer. Wiesbaden: Breitkopf & Härtel, 2007.

Eisenstein, Sergei Mikhailovich. “The Incarnation of Myth.” Written in 1940. In Selected Works, vol. 3: Writings, 1934-1947, ed. Richard Taylor, translated by William Powell,
 pp. 142-69. London: British Film Institute, 1994.

Eliot, George (Mary Anne Evans). Daniel Deronda. Four volumes. Edinburgh and London: William Blackwood and Sons, 1876.

MXLV


Eliot, Thomas Stearns. “Little Gidding.” First published in the New English Weekly & The New Age: A Review of Public Affairs, Literature and the Arts (London), vol. XXI, no. 26 (October 15, 1942), pp. 213 ff. Issued as a pamphlet that year by Faber & Faber in London, then included in Four Quartets, pp. 49-59. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1943. (The Poems, ed. Christopher Ricks and Jim McCue, vol. I: Collected and Uncollected Poems, pp. 201-09. London: Faber & Faber, 2015.) —————. “The Music of Poetry.
 The third W. P. Ker Memorial Lecture at the University of Glasgow. Glasgow: Jackson, Son
 & Company, 1942. (On Poetry and Poets, pp. 26-38. London: Faber
 & Faber, 1957.) —————. The Varieties of Metaphysical Poetry, ed. Ronald Schuchard. The Clark Lectures at Trinity College, Cambridge, 1926, and the Turnbull Lectures in 1933 at The Johns Hopkins University. London: Faber & Faber, 1993.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Ellenberger, Henri Frédéric.
 The Discovery of the Unconscious: The History and Evolution of Dynamic Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, 1970. Ellis, Robert. The Games People Play: Theology, Religion, and Sport. Eugene: Wipf & Stock, 2014. Else, Gerald Frank. Aristotle’s Poetics: The Argument. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1957. —————. The Madness of Antigone. Heidelberg: Carl Winter Universitätsverlag, 1976. (Abhandlungen der Heidelberger Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische Klasse (1976), no. 1.) —————. The Origin and Early Form of Greek Tragedy. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1965.

—————. The Structure and Date of Book 10 of Plato’s Republic. Heidelberg: Carl Winter Universitätsverlag, 1972. (Abhandlungen der Heidelberger Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische Klasse (1972), no. 3.) Emery, Eric. Temps et Musique. Lausanne: L’Age d’Homme, 1998. Emmanuel, Maurice. La Danse grecque antique d’après les monuments figurés. Paris: Librairie Hachette et Cie, 1896. —————. Histoire de la langue musicale. Two volumes. Paris: Librairie Renouard, H. Laurens, 1911. Ériau, J.-B. Pourquoi les Pères de l’Église ont condamné le théâtre de leur temps. Paris: Édouard Champion, and Angers:
 J. Siraudeau, 1914. Farber, Manny. On Film:
 The Complete Film Writings, ed. Robert Polito. New York:
 The Library of America, 2016.

MXLVI


Farmer, Henry George. Handel’s Kettledrums and Other Papers on Military Music. Second edition. London: Hinrichsen Edition, 1960. —————. Historical Facts for the Arabian Musical Influence. London: William Reeves, 1930. —————. A History of Arabian Music to the XIIIth Century. London: Luzac & Company, 1929. —————. Military Music. London: Max Parrish & Co., 1950. —————. The Rise & Development of Military Music. London: William Reeves, 1912. —————. Sa‘adyah Gaon on the Influence of Music. London: Arthur Probsthain, 1943.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Feldman, Louis Harry. “Philo’s Views on Music.” Journal of Jewish Music and Liturgy
 (New York: The Cantorial Council of America, et al.), vol. IX (1986-87), pp. 36-54. Collected in Studies in Hellenistic Judaism, pp. 504-28. Leiden, New York, Cologne: E. J. Brill, 1996. Feldman, Morton. Give My Regards to Eighth Street: Collected Writings, ed. B. H. Friedman. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Exact Change, 2000. Feldman, Walter Zev. Klezmer: Music, History, & Memory. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2016. Fénéon, Félix. Œuvres plus que complètes, ed. Joan U. Halperin. Two volumes. Geneva: Librairie Droz, 1970.

Fenollosa, Ernest Francisco.
 “The Chinese Written Character as a Medium for Poetry,” ed. Ezra Pound. The Little Review:
 A Magazine of the Arts Making
 No Compromise with the Public Taste (New York: Margaret
 C. Anderson), vol. VI, no. 5 (September 1919), pp. 62-64;
 no. 6 (October 1919), pp. 57-64; no. 7 (November 1919), pp. 55-60; and no. 8 (December 1919),
 pp. 68-72. Fischer-Dieskau, Dietrich. Wagner und Nietzsche: Der Mystagoge und sein Abtrünniger. Stuttgart: Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt, 1974. Fitzgerald, Francis Scott. All the Sad Young Men. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1926. (The texts have been restored in the Cambridge Edition, ed. James L. W. West III. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006.)

MXLVII


—————. The Beautiful and Damned. A version of the novel was serialized in the Metropolitan Magazine during 1921. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1922. (Restored text in the Cambridge Edition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2008.)

—————. Tender Is the Night:
 A Romance. Serialized first in Scribner’s Magazine: A Magazine of Human Interest, Modern Fiction, and Impartial Interpretation (New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons), vol. XCV, no. 1 (January 1934), pp. 1-8, 60-80;
 no. 2 (February 1934), pp. 88-95, 139-60; no. 3 (March 1934),
 pp. 168-74, 207-29; and no. 4 (April 1934), pp. 252-58, 292-310. Issued as a book that same year. (Restored text in the Cambridge Edition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2012.) Fleischman, Théo. Napoléon et la musique. Brussels: Brepols, 1965.

—————. The Crack-Up, ed. Edmund Wilson. New York: New Directions, 1945.

Focillon, Henri. Vie des formes. Paris: Librairie Ernest Leroux, 1934.

—————. Taps at Reveille. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1935. (Restored texts in the Cambridge Edition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2014.)

Forster, Edward Morgan. Howards End. London: Edward Arnold, 1910. (Abinger Edition, ed. Oliver Stallybrass, vol. 4. Two parts. London: Edward Arnold, 1973.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Forth, Christopher E. “Nietzsche, Decadence, and Regeneration in France, 1891-95.” Journal of the History of Ideas (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press), vol. 54, no. 1 (January 1993),
 pp. 97-117. —————. Zarathustra in Paris:
 The Nietzsche Vogue in France, 1891—1918. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press, 2001. Fraenger, Wilhelm. Hieronymus Bosch. Zehnte Auflage. Dresden and Basel: Verlag der Kunst, 1994. Fraser, Russell A. The War Against Poetry. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1970. Friedell (Friedmann), Egon. Kulturgeschichte der Neuzeit. Three volumes. Munich: C. H. Beck Verlag, 1927—31. Fussell, Paul. The Great War and Modern Memory. New edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2013.

MXLVIII


Fustel de Coulanges, Numa Denis. La Cité antique: Étude sur le culte, le droit, les institutions de la Grèce et de Rome. Dixième édition. Paris: Librairie Hachette et Cie, 1883. Gaffiot, Jeanne-Marie. Netchaïeff. Lausanne: L’Age d’Homme, 1989. Gallo, Rubén. Proust’s Latin Americans. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press, 2014. Gambetta, Diego. Codes of the Underworld: How Criminals Communicate. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2011. Gamboni, Dario. The Destruction of Art: Iconoclasm and Vandalism since the French Revolution. London: Reaktion Books, 1997. —————. La Géographie artistique. Disentis: Éditions Desertina, 1987.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Un Iconoclasme moderne: Théorie et pratiques contemporaines du vandalisme artistique. Zürich: Institut suisse pour l’Étude de l’Art, and Lausanne: Éditions d’En-bas, 1983. —————. Paul Gauguin: The Mysterious Centre of Thought. London: Reaktion Books, 2015. —————. Portrait of the Artist as a Landscape: An Inquiry Into
 Self-Reflexion. His inaugural lecture, December 14, 2002. Amsterdam: Vossiuspers (University of Amsterdam Press), 2002. —————. Potential Images: Ambiguity and Indeterminacy in Modern Art. London: Reaktion Books, 2001. Gardiner, Edward Norman. Athletics of the Ancient World. Revised edition. Oxford: at the Clarendon Press, 1967.

Garton, Charles. Personal Aspects of the Roman Theatre. Toronto: Hakkert, 1972. Gautier, Théophile. “Charles Baudelaire.” The preface to his edition of the poet’s Œuvres complètes, vol. I: Les Fleurs du mal, pp. 1-75. Édition définitive. Paris: Michel Lévy frères, 1868. George, Stefan. Der Stern des Bundes. Berlin: Georg Bondi, 1914. (Sämtliche Werke, vol. 8, ed. Ute Oelmann. Zweite Auflage. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta Verlag, 2011.) Georgiades, Thrasybulos Georgos. Musik und Rhythmus bei den Griechen: Zum Ursprung der abendländischen Musik. Reinbek bei Hamburg: Rowohlt Verlag, 1958. —————. Musik und Sprache:
 Das Werden der abendländischen Musik dargestellt an der Vertonung der Messe. Berlin, Göttingen, Heidelberg:
 Springer-Verlag, 1954.

MXLIX


—————. Nennen und Erklingen:
 Die Zeit als Logos, ed. Irmgard Bengen. Preface by Hans-Georg Gadamer. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1985.

Gide, André. Les Caves du Vatican. Serialized in nos. 61-64 of the Nouvelle Revue Française (Paris: Éditions de la Nouvelle Revue Française) from January through April 1914, and published subsequently in two volumes. (Œuvres lyriques et dramatiques, vol. I: Romans et Récits, ed. Pierre Masson, with the assistance of Jean Claude, Alain Goulet, David
 H. Walker, and Jean-Michel Wittmann. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 2009.)

Gevaert, François Auguste. Histoire et théorie de la musique de l’Antiquité. Two volumes. Ghent: Typographie C. AnnootBraeckman, 1875-81.

Giedion, Sigfried. Bauen in Frankreich, Bauen in Eisen, Bauen in Eisenbeton. Leipzig and Berlin: Klinkhardt & Biermann Verlag, 1928.

Ghil (Guilbert), René. Traité du verbe, avec Avant-dire de Stéphane Mallarmé. Paris: Giraud, 1886. (Traité du verbe: États successifs (1885-1886-
 1887-1888-1891-1904) avec Introduction, ed. Tiziana Goruppi. Paris: A. G. Nizet, 1978.)

—————. Befreites Wohnen. Zürich and Leipzig: Orell Füssli Verlag, 1929.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Mechanization Takes Command: A Contribution to Anonymous History. New York: Oxford University Press, 1948.

—————. Space, Time and Architecture: The Growth of a New Tradition. First delivered at Harvard University as the Charles Eliot Norton Lectures in 1938-39. Fifth revised and enlarged edition. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 2009. Gilson, Étienne. L’École des muses. Paris: Librairie Philosophique J. Vrin, 1951. —————. Introduction aux arts du beau. Paris: Librairie Philosophique J. Vrin, 1963. —————. Matières et Formes: Poétiques particulières des arts majeurs. Paris: Librairie Philosophique J. Vrin, 1964. —————. La Société de masse et sa culture. Paris: Librairie Philosophique J. Vrin, 1967. Girard, René. La Conversion de l’art. Paris: Carnets Nord, 2008. —————. Mensonge romantique et Vérité romanesque. Paris: Éditions Bernard Grasset, 1977.

ML


—————. Le Sacrifice. Paris: Éditions de la Bibliothèque nationale de France, 2004.

—————. “L’Histoire mouvementée de la musique et du cinéma.” Études, vol. 389, no. 6 (December 1998), pp. 665-75.

—————. A Theatre of Envy: William Shakespeare. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1991.

—————. “La Musique et le Rêve.” Études, vol. 398, no. 3
 (March 2003), pp. 375-81.

—————. La Violence et le Sacré. Paris: Éditions Bernard Grasset, 1972.

—————. “Parsifal de Wagner:
 Un Opéra «théologique».” Études, vol. 387, no. 3 (September 1997), pp. 243-51.

————— with Guy Lefort and
 J. M. Oughourlian. Des Choses cachées depuis la fondation du monde. Paris: Éditions Bernard Grasset, 1978. Giuliani, Élizabeth. “Autoportraits de compositeurs.” Études: Revue de culture contemporaine (Paris: Société d’Edition de Revues),
 vol. 401, no. 6 (December 2004), pp. 657-66. —————. “Descartes et la musique.” Études, vol. 386, no. 4
 (April 1997), pp. 527-36.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Jean-Jacques Rousseau, musicien et mélomane”. Études, vol. 416, no. 6 (June 2012),
 pp. 793-801. Gleizes, Albert Léon. Du Cubisme et des moyens de le comprendre. Paris: Éditions «La Cible», 1920. —————. “L’Epopée: De la Forme immobile à la forme mobile.”
 Le Rouge et le Noir (Paris: Éditions “Le Rouge et le Noir”), vol. 3, cahier spécial des arts, pt. I (June-July 1929), pp. 57—90.

—————. Puissances du cubisme. Chambéry: Éditions Présence, 1969. —————. Tradition et Cubisme,
 vers une conscience plastique: Articles et Conférences,
 1912—1924. Paris: Éditions
 «La Cible» and Jacques Povolozky et Cie, 1927. —————. Vers une conscience plastique: La Forme et l’Histoire. Paris: Jacques Povolozky, 1932. ————— and Jean Metzinger.
 Du “Cubisme”. Paris: Eugène Figuière et Cie, 1912. Gobineau, Joseph Arthur de.
 Les Religions et les philosophies dans l’Asie centrale. Deuxième édition. Paris: Librairie académique Didier et Cie, 1866. (Œuvres, vol. II, ed. Jean Gaulmier, with the assistance of Pierre Lesétieux and Vincent Monteil. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1983.)

MLI


Godwin, William. An Enquiry Concerning Political Justice, and Its Influence on General Virtue and Happiness. Two volumes. London: G. G. and J. Robinson, 1793. Gogol, Nikolai Vasilievich. Dead Souls, translated by Richard Pevear and Larissa Volokhonsky. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, Everyman’s Library, 1996. Golden, Mark. Sport in the Ancient World from A to Z. London and New York: Routledge, 2004. Goldman, David Paul. “How Time’s Arrow and the Phrygian Half-Step Make Jewish Music Holy.” Tablet Magazine (New York: Nextbook), the Internet edition (September 29, 2014): www.tabletmag.com/ jewish-arts-and-culture/music/ 184773/jewish-music-holy. ————— (“Spengler”). It’s Not the End of the World, It’s Just the End of You: The Great Extinction of the Nations. New York: RVP Publishers, 2011.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Muted.” Tablet Magazine (August 17, 2011): www.tabletmag. com/jewish-arts-and-culture/ music/75247/muted.

Gombrich, Ernst Hans. Aby Warburg: An Intellectual Biography, with a Memoir on the History of the Library by F. Saxl. Second edition. Oxford: Phaidon, 1986.

—————. “Nicholas of Cusa’s Contribution to Music Theory.” Rivista internazionale di musica sacra (Lucca: Libreria musicale italiana), vol. 10, no. 3-4
 (July-December 1989), pp. 308-38.

—————. The Preference for the Primitive: Episodes in the History of Western Taste and Art. London: Phaidon Press, 2002.

—————. “Sacred Music, Sacred Time.” First Things (New York: The Institute on Religion and Public Life), no. 197 (November 2009), pp. 31-36. —————. “Timeless.” Tablet Magazine (February 6, 2012): www.tabletmag.com/jewish-artsand-culture/music/89989/ timeless. —————. “Why We Can’t Hear Wagner’s Music.” First Things,
 no. 208 (December 2010).

Goodis, David. Street of No Return. New York: Fawcett Publications, 1954. (Five Noir Novels of the 1940s & 50s, ed. Robert Polito. New York:
 The Library of America, 2012.) Gottwald, Norman Karol. Studies in the Book of Lamentations. London: SCM Press, 1954. Gracián y Morales, Baltasar.
 El Héroe. Madrid: Diego Díaz, 1639. (Obras completas, ed. Emilio Blanco, vol. II. Madrid: Biblioteca Castro - Turner, 1993.)

MLII


Granet, Marcel. Fêtes et chansons anciennes de la Chine. Deuxième édition. Paris: Librairie Ernest Leroux, 1929. —————. La Pensée chinoise. Paris: La Renaissance du Livre, 1934. Green, Graham. May We Borrow Your Husband? And Other Comedies of the Sexual Life. London, Sydney, and Toronto:
 The Bodley Head, 1967. Gris, Juan. “Des Possibilités de la peinture.” A lecture delivered at the Sorbonne on May 15, 1924, then published in Madox Ford’s Transatlantic Review (London: Gerald Duckworth and Company, and New York: Thomas Seltzer), vol. 1, no. 6 (June 1924),
 pp 482—88, and vol. 2, no. 1
 (July 1924), pp 75—79. Guicharrousse, Hubert.
 Les Musiques de Luther. Geneva: Labor et Fides, 1995.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Gumplowicz, Philippe. “Musicographes réactionnaires des années 1930.” Le Mouvement social (Ivry-sur-Seine: Éditions de l’Atelier), no. 208 (July-September 2004), pp. 91-124. —————. Les Résonances de l’ombre: Musique et identités: De Wagner au jazz. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard, 2012. Guyaux, André (ed.). Baudelaire: Un Demi-siècle de lecture des Fleurs du mal (1855-1905). Paris: Presses de l’Université ParisSorbonne, 2007. Häfner, Ralph. Götter im
 Exil: Frühneuzeitliches Dichtungsverständnis im Spannungsfeld christlicher Apologetik und philologischer Kritik (ca. 1590—1736). Tübingen: Max Niemeyer Verlag, 2003. —————. Die Weisheit des Silen: Heinrich Heine und die Kritik des Lebens. Berlin and New York: Walter de Gruyter, 2006.

Hagel, Stefan. Ancient Greek Music: A New Technical History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2010. Halévy, Daniel. Charles Péguy et les Cahiers de la quinzaine. Paris: Payot et Cie, 1918. —————. Essai sur l’accélération de l’histoire. Paris: Les Iles d’Or, Éditions Self, 1948. —————. La Vie de Frédéric Nietzsche. Paris: Calmann-Lévy, 1909. ————— and Fernand Gregh. “Frédéric Nietzsche.” Le Banquet (Paris: Librairie Rouquette), vol. 1, no. 2 (April 1892), pp. 33-35. Halévy, Élie. La Formation du radicalisme philosophique. Three volumes. Paris: Félix Alcan, 1901-04.

MLIII


Hamann, Johann Georg. “Metakritik über den Purismum der Vernunft.” Sent in a letter of September 15, 1784 to Herder, and published subsequently by Friedrich Theodor Rink in Mancherley zur Geschichte der metacritischen Invasion: Nebst einem Fragment einer ältern Metacritik von Johann George Hamann, genannt der Magus in Norden, und einigen Aufsätzen, die Kantische Philosophie betreffend, pp. 120-34. Königsberg: Friedrich Nicolovius, 1800. (Sämtliche Werke, ed. Josef Nadler, vol. III: Schriften über Sprache, Mysterien, Vernunft, 1772-1788, pp. 281-89. Vienna: Thomas-Morus-Presse im
 Herder-Verlag, 1951.) Harshav, Benjamin. Marc Chagall and His Times: A Documentary Narrative, with translations by him and Barbara Harshav. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2003.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Marc Chagall on Art and Culture, with translations by him and Barbara Harshav. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2003. Harvey, Lincoln. A Brief Theology of Sport. London: SCM Press, 2014. Hašek, Jaroslav. The Good Soldier Švejk and His Fortunes in the World War, translated by Cecil Parrott. The novel was first published by Adolf Synek in several volumes between 1921 and 1923 in Prague. London: Penguin Books, 2000. Havelock, Eric Alfred. Preface to Plato. Cambridge, Massachusetts: The Belknap Press, 1963.

Hazlitt, William. “The Letter-Bell.” The Monthly Magazine of Politics, Literature, and the Belles Lettres (London: Whittaker, Treacher, and Company), new series, vol. XI, no. 63 (March 1831), pp. 280-83. In Sketches and Essays, ed. William Hazlitt, Jr.,
 pp. 301-09. London: John Templeman, 1839. (The Complete Works, ed. Percival Presland Howe, vol. XVII. London: J. M. Dent & Sons, 1933.) —————. “On Living to one’s-self.” In Table-Talk; or, Original Essays, pp. 209-34. London: John Warren, 1821. (The Complete Works,
 vol. VIII, pp. 90-100. London: J. M. Dent & Sons, 1931.)

MLIV


—————. “On Londoners and Country People.” (“Table Talk,” no. VII.) The New Monthly Magazine and Literary Journal (London:
 Henry Colburn), vol. VIII (1823), pp. 171-79. In The Plain Speaker: Opinions on Men, Books, and Things, vol. I, pp. 153-79.
 London: Henry Colburn, 1826. (The Complete Works, vol. XII,
 pp. 66-77. London: J. M. Dent
 & Sons, 1931.) —————. “On Poetry in General.”
 The first in his lecture series. In Lectures on the English Poets: Delivered at the Surrey Institution, pp. 1-38. London: Taylor and Hessey, 1818.
 (The Complete Works, vol. V,
 pp. 1-18. London: J. M. Dent
 & Sons, 1930.) —————. “On a Sun-dial.” The New Monthly Magazine and Literary Journal, vol. XX, pt. II (1827),
 pp. 352-58. In Sketches and Essays, pp. 67-82. (The Complete Works, vol. XVII.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Hazlitt, William Carew (ed.).
 The English Drama and Stage Under the Tudor and Stuart Princes, 1543-1664: Illustrated by a Series of Documents, Treatises and Poems. London: Roxburghe Library, 1869. Hearn, Lafcadio. American Writings, ed. Christopher Benfey. New York: The Library of America, 2009. —————. Lectures on Shakespeare, ed. Iwao Inagaki. Tokyo:
 The Hokuseido Press, 1928. Hebbel, Christian Friedrich.
 “Das Komma im Frack.” Stimmen der Zeit: Monatsschrift für Politik und Literatur (Gotha), vol. 1,
 no. 1 (October 1858), pp. 8-10. (Werke, ed. Gerhard Fricke, Werner Keller, and Karl Pörnbacher, vol. 3, pp. 684-87. Munich: Carl Hanser Verlag, 1965.) —————. “Moderne Lyrik.” Illustrirte Zeitung (Leipzig), vol. XXI, no. 544 (December 3, 1853), pp. 355-56. (Werke, vol. 3, pp. 677-80.)

Hebreo, Leone (Judah Leon Abravanel). Dialogi d’amore. Composed although perhaps not completed as envisioned probably shortly after 1500. Rome: Antonio Blado d’Assola, 1535. (Diálogos de amor, vol 1: Texto italiano, Notas e Documentos, ed. Giacinto Manuppella. Lisbon: Instituto Nacional de Investigação Cientifica, 1983.) Heidegger, Martin. “Nietzsches Wort »Gott ist tot«.” In Holzwege, pp. 195-247. Frankfurt am Main: Vittorio Klostermann, 1950. (Gesamtausgabe, Erste Abteilung: Veröffentlichte Schriften, 1910-1976, vol. 5, ed.
 Friedrich-Wilhelm von Herrmann, pp. 209-67. Zweite Auflage. Frankfurt am Main: Vittorio Klostermann, 2003.) —————. Der Satz vom Grund. Pfullingen: Verlag Günther Neske, 1957. (Gesamtausgabe, vol. 10, ed. Petra Jaeger. Frankfurt am Main: Vittorio Klostermann, 1997.)

MLV


—————. Sein und Zeit. Siebzehnte Auflage. Tübingen: Max Niemeyer Verlag, 1993. —————. Was heisst Denken? Tübingen: Max Niemeyer Verlag, 1954. (Gesamtausgabe, vol. 8, ed. Paola-Ludovika Coriando. Frankfurt am Main: Vittorio Klostermann, 2002.) —————. “Die Zeit des Weltbildes.”
 In Holzwege, pp. 69-104. (Gesamtausgabe, vol. 5,
 pp. 75-113.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Heine, Heinrich. “Über die französische Bühne: Vertraute Briefe an August Lewald.” First published in the Allgemeine Theater-Revue (Stuttgart and Tübingen: Verlag der J. G. Cotta’schen Buchhandlung), vol. 3 (1837), pp. 155-248. Included subsequently in Der Salon, vol. 4, pp. 151-342. Hamburg: Hoffmann und Campe, 1840. (Sämtliche Werke: Düsseldorfer Ausgabe, ed. Manfred Windfuhr, vol. 12, ed. Jean-René Derré and Christiane Giesen, pt. 1, pp. 227-90. Hamburg: Hoffmann und Campe, 1984.) —————. “Ich hab’ im Traum’ geweinet.” No. LVI in the “Lyrisches Intermezzo,” first published in his Tragödien, nebst einem lyrischen Intermezzo,
 p. 116. Berlin: bei Ferdinand Dümmler, 1823. Included subsequently in the Buch der Lieder, p. 159. Hamburg: bei Hoffmann und Campe, 1827. (Sämtliche Werke, vol. 1, ed. Pierre Grappin, p. 188. Hamburg: Hoffmann und Campe, 1975.)

—————. Shakespeares Mädchen und Frauen: Mit Erläuterungen. Paris: H. Delloye-Brockhaus und Avenarius, and Leipzig: Brockhaus und Avenarius, 1839. (Sämtliche Werke, vol. 10, ed. Jan-Christoph Hauschild, pp. 7-191. Hamburg: Hoffmann und Campe, 1993.) Heinzen, Karl. Mord und Freiheit. New York: Selbstverlag des Verfassers, 1853. Hemsi, Alberto. La Musique de la Torah: La Première Expression musicale d’Israël, un des plus anciens dialectes de l’âme humaine. Deuxième édition. Alexandria: Édition orientale de musique, 1929. —————. La Musique orientale en Égypte: Études et Polémiques. Alexandria: Édition orientale de musique, 1930. Henry, Michel. L’Essence de la manifestation. Quatrième édition. Paris: Presses universitaires de France, 2011.

MLVI


—————. Phénoménologie de la vie. Five volumes. Paris: Presses universitaires de France, 2003-15. —————. Voir l’invisible: Sur Kandinsky. Troisième édition. Paris: Presses universitaires de France, 2014. Henze, Hans Werner. Musik und Politik: Schriften und Gespräche, 1955-1984, ed. Jens Brockmeier. Erweiterte Neuausgabe. Munich: Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag, 1984. Herder, Johann Gottfried (von). Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache, welche den von der Königl. Academie der Wissenschaften für das Jahr 1770 gesetzten Preis erhalten hat. Berlin: bey Christian Friedrich Voß, 1772. (Sämmtliche Werke, ed. Bernard Suphan, vol. 5,
 pp. 1-154. Berlin: Weidmannsche Buchhandlung, 1891.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Von Aehnlichkeit der mittlern englischen und deutschen Dichtkunst, nebst Verschiednem, das daraus folget.” Deutsches Museum (Leipzig: in der Weygandschen Buchhandlung), vol. 2, no. 11 (November 1777),
 pp. 421-35. (Sämmtliche Werke, vol. 9, pp. 522-35. Berlin: Weidmannsche Buchhandlung, 1893.) —————. Auch eine Philosophie der Geschichte zur Bildung der Menschheit: Beytrag zu vielen Beyträgen des Jahrhunderts. Riga: bei Johann Friedrich Hartknoch, 1774. (Sämmtliche Werke, vol. 5, pp. 475-594.) —————. Briefe zur Beförderung der Humanität. Ten volumes. Riga: Johann Friedrich Hartknoch, 1793-97. (Sämmtliche Werke,
 vol. 17, and vol. 18, pp. 1-356. Berlin: Weidmannsche Buchhandlung, 1881-83.)

—————. Vom Geist der Ebräischen Poesie: Eine Anleitung für die Liebhaber derselben, und der ältesten Geschichte des menschlichen Geistes. Two volumes. Dessau: Buchhandlung der Gelehrten, 1782-83. (Sämmtliche Werke, vol. 11,
 pp. 214-475, and vol. 12,
 pp. 1-350. Berlin: Weidmannsche Buchhandlung, 1879-80.) —————. Ursachen des gesunknen Geschmacks bei den verschiednen Völkern, da er geblühet: Eine Abhandlung, welche den von der Königl. Academie der Wissenschaften für das Jahr 1773 gesetzten Preis erhalten hat. Berlin: bei Christian Friedrich Voß, 1775. (Sämmtliche Werke, vol. 5, pp. 595-655.)

MLVII


Herzen, Alexander Ivanovich. Dilettantism in Science. These four essays were first published in Russian in the Saint Petersburg periodical Otechestvennye Zapiski during 1843. Translated by L. Navrozov in Selected Philosophical Works, pp. 15-96. Moscow: Foreign Languages Publishing House, 1956. —————. Letters from France and Italy, 1847-1851, translated from the second edition (London: Trübner & Company, 1858) by Judith E. Zimmerman. Pittsburgh and London: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1995. —————. Letters on the Study of Nature. Comprising eight essays first published in Otechestvennye Zapiski during 1845 and 1846. In Selected Philosophical Works, pp. 97-305. Heskes, Irene. Passport to Jewish Music: Its History, Traditions, and Culture. Westport and London: Greenwood Press, 1994.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Hessel, Franz. Spazieren in Berlin. Leipzig and Vienna: Verlag Dr. Hans Epstein, 1929. (Sämtliche Werke, ed. Hartmut Vollmer and Bernd Witte, vol. 3: Städte und Porträts, ed. Bernhard Echte,
 pp. 7-192. Zweite aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage. Hamburg: Igel Verlag, 2013.) Heywood, Thomas. An Apology for Actors. London: Nicholas Okes, 1612. Hindemith, Paul. A Composer’s World: Horizons and Limitations. Delivered at Harvard University as the Charles Eliot Norton Lectures in 1949-50. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1952. Hirschfeld, Magnus (“Theodor Ramien”). Sappho und Sokrates: oder, Wie erklärt sich die Liebe der Männer und Frauen zu Personen des eigenen Geschlechts? Leipzig: Verlag von Max Spohr, 1896.

Hofmannsthal, Hugo von.
 “Ein Brief.” Der Tag (Berlin),
 no. 489 (October 18, 1902), and no. 491 (October 19, 1902). His Lord Chandos letter. (Sämtliche Werke: Kritische Ausgabe, ed. Anne Bohnenkamp, Rudolf Hirsch, Mathias Mayer, Christoph Perels, Edward Reichel, and Heinz Rölleke, vol. XXXI: Erfundene Gespräche und Briefe, ed. Ellen Ritter. Frankfurt am Main:
 S. Fischer Verlag, 1992.) ————— (“Loris”). “Maurice Barrès.” Moderne Rundschau: Halbmonatsschrift (Vienna: Verlag von Leopold Weiss), vol. IV, no. 1 (October 1, 1891), pp. 15-18. Collected posthumously in Loris: Die Prosa des jungen Hugo
 von Hofmannsthal, pp. 50-59. Berlin: S. Fischer Verlag, 1930. (Sämtliche Werke, vol. XXXII: Reden und Aufsätze 1, pp. 34-40, 389-408, ed. Hans-Georg Dewitz. Frankfurt am Main: S. Fischer Verlag, 2015.)

MLVIII


————— (“Loris”). “Zur Physiologie der modernen Liebe.”
 Die Moderne: Halbmonatsschrift für Kunst, Literatur, Wissenschaft und soziales Leben (Berlin: Verlag Ringer & Sohn), vol. I, no. 2/3 (February 8, 1891). In Loris, pp. 61-67. (Sämtliche Werke, vol. XXXII, pp. 7-11, 295-309, ed. Hans-Georg Dewitz.) ————— (“Loris”). “Das Tagebuch eines Willenskranken.” Moderne Rundschau, vol. III, no. 5/6
 (June 15, 1891), pp. 203-08. In Loris, pp. 36-49. (Sämtliche Werke, vol. XXXII, pp. 18-27, 339-67, ed. Hans-Georg Dewitz.) Hollinrake, Roger. Nietzsche, Wagner and the Philosophy of Pessimism. London: George Allen & Unwin, 1982. Honemeyer, Karl. “Luthers Musikanschauung: Studien zur Fragen ihrer geschichtlichen Grundlagen.” Doctoral dissertation. Münster: Westfälische Wilhelms-Universität Münster, 1941.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Houssaye, Arsène. Voyage à ma fenêtre. Paris: Victor Lecou, 1850. Howe, Irving. World of Our Fathers: The Journey of the East European Jews to America and the Life They Found and Made. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1976. Hubert, Henri. Étude sommaire de la représentation du temps dans la religion et la magie. Paris: Imprimerie Nationale, 1905. Huizinga, Johan. Homo ludens: Proeve eener bepaling van het spel-element der cultuur. Haarlem: H. D. Tjeenk Willink & Zoon, 1938. (Verzamelde werken, ed. Leendert Brummel, Willem Rudolf Juynboll, and Theodor Jakob Gottlieb Locher, vol. V: Cultuurgeschiedenis III,
 pp. 26-246. Haarlem: H. D. Tjeenk Willink & Zoon, 1950.)

—————. “Klank die wegsterft.”
 De Gids (Amsterdam:
 P. N. van Kampen & Zoon), vol. 92, pt. I (January 1928), pp. 117-23. (Verzamelde werken, vol. II: Nederland, pp. 588-93. Haarlem: H. D. Tjeenk Willink & Zoon, 1948.) Huelsenbeck, Richard (Carl Wilhelm Richard Hülsenbeck, Charles R. Hulbeck). Dada siegt: Eine Bilanz des Dadaismus. Berlin: Der Malik-Verlag, 1920. —————. Dada-Logik, 1913-1972, ed. Herbert Kapfer. Munich: Belleville Verlag Michael Farin, 2012. —————. Deutschland muss untergehen! Erinnerungen eines alten dadaistischen Revolutionärs. Berlin: Der MalikVerlag, 1920. —————. En avant Dada: Eine Geschichte des Dadaismus. Hannover, Leipzig, Vienna, Zürich: Paul Steegemann Verlag, 1920.

MLIX


Hulle, Dirk van, and Mark Nixon. Samuel Beckett’s Library. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2013. Humboldt, Wilhelm von. “Über die Aufgabe des Geschichtschreibers.” A lecture delivered on April 12, 1821 before the Akademie der Wissenschaften in Berlin. Abhandlungen der historischphilologischen Klasse der Königlich-Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften aus den Jahren 1820-1821, pp. 305-22. Berlin: Georg Reimer, 1822. (Gesammelte Schriften, Erste Abteilung: Werke, vol. IV: Werke IV, 1820-1822, ed. Albert Leitzmann, pp. 35-49. Berlin: B. Behr’s Verlag, 1905.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Ueber die Bedingungen, unter denen Wissenschaft und Kunst in einem Volke gedeihen: mit besondrer Rücksicht auf Deutschland und die gegenwärtige Zeit.” Undated manuscript, probably composed in Vienna, August or September 1814. Gesammelte Schriften, Erste Abteilung, vol. III: Werke III, 1796-1799, ed. Albert Leitzmann, pp. 342-49. Berlin: B. Behr’s Verlag, 1904. —————. “Ueber die Buchstabenschrift und ihren Zusammenhang mit dem Sprachbau.” Delivered on May 20, 1824 as a lecture before the Akademie der Wissenschaften in Berlin. Abhandlungen der historisch-philologischen Klasse der königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin aus dem Jahre 1824, pp. 161-88. Berlin: Ferdinand Dümmler, 1826. (Gesammelte Schriften, Erste Abteilung, vol. V: Werke V, 1823-1826, ed. Albert Leitzmann, pp. 107-33. Berlin: B. Behr’s Verlag, 1906.)

—————. “Über den Geist der Menschheit.” Undated manuscript, composed most likely in Paris, December 26, 1797. Gesammelte Schriften, Erste Abteilung, vol. II: Werke II, 1796-1799, ed. Albert Leitzmann, pp. 324-34. Berlin:
 B. Behr’s Verlag, 1904. —————. “Über geistliche Musik.”
 An expert opinion, dated May 14, 1809. (Gesammelte Schriften, Zweite Abteilung: Politische Denkschriften, vol. X: Politische Denkschriften I, 1802-1810, ed. Bruno Gebhardt, pp. 73-77. Berlin: B. Behr’s Verlag, 1903.) —————. “Ueber den Geschlechtsunterschied und dessen Einfluß auf die organische Natur.” Die Horen:
 Eine Monatsschrift (Tübingen: in der J. G. Cotta’schen Buchhandlung), vol. 1, pt. 2 (1795), pp. 99-132. (Gesammelte Schriften, Erste Abteilung, vol. I: Werke I, 1785-1795, ed. Albert Leitzmann, pp. 311-34. Berlin:
 B. Behr’s Verlag, 1903.)

MLX


—————. Ideen zu einem Versuch, die Gränzen der Wirksamkeit des Staats zu bestimmen, ed. Eduard Cauer. Composed ca. 1792. Breslau: Verlag von Eduard Trewendt, 1851. (Gesammelte Schriften, Werke I, pp. 97-254.) —————. “Ueber die männliche und weibliche Form.” Die Horen,
 vol. 1, pt. 3 (1795), pp. 80-103, and pt. 4 (1795), pp. 14-40. (Gesammelte Schriften, Werke I, pp. 335-69.) —————. “Ueber den Nationalcharakter der Sprachen.” Manuscript of an unfinished treatise, probably composed in 1822. Zeitschrift für Völkerpsychologie und Sprachwissenschaft (Berlin: Ferdinand Dümmlers Verlagsbuchhandlung), vol. 13,
 no. 3 (1882), pp. 211-32. (Gesammelte Schriften, Werke IV, pp. 420-35.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Ueber die Verwandtschaft der Ortsadverbien mit dem Pronomen in einigen Sprachen.” This lecture was delivered on December 17, 1829 before the Akademie der Wissenschaften in Berlin. (Gesammelte Schriften, Erste Abteilung, vol. VI: Werke VI, 1827-1835, pt. I, ed. Albert Leitzmann, pp. 304-30. Berlin:
 B. Behr’s Verlag, 1907.) —————. “Über den Zusammenhang der Schrift mit der Sprache.” A portion of the text was delivered in a lecture before the Akademie der Wissenschaften in Berlin, March 1824. Appended to the second volume of Über die
 Kawi-Sprache auf der Insel Java, nebst einer Einleitung über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluss auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts, ed. Johann Carl Eduard Buschmann, pp. 1-77. Berlin: Ferdinand Dümmler, 1838. (Gesammelte Schriften, Werke V, pp. 31-106.)

Humbrecht, Thierry-Dominique. Théologie négative et noms divins chez Saint Thomas d’Aquin. Paris: Librairie Philosophique J. Vrin, 2005. —————. Trinité et création au prisme de la voie négative chez Saint Thomas d’Aquin. Paris: Parole et Silence, 2011. Huron, David. Sweet Anticipation: Music and the Psychology of Expectation. Cambridge, Massachusetts: The MIT Press, 2006. Hurston, Zora Neale. Folklore, Memoirs, & Other Writings, ed. Cheryl A. Wall. New York:
 The Library of America, 1995.

MLXI


Husserl, Edmund.
 Zur Phänomenologie des inneren Zeitbewußtseins, ed. Martin Heidegger. Published initially in the Jahrbuch für Philosophie und phänomenologische Forschung (Halle an der Saale: Max Niemeyer Verlag), vol. IX (1928),
 pp. 367-498. (Husserliana: Gesammelte Werke, ed. Herman Leo van Breda, et al., vol. X, ed. Rudolf Boehm. Zweite verbesserte Auflage. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff, 1969.)

Huxley, Thomas Henry. “Administrative Nihilism.”
 The Fortnightly Review (London: Chapman and Hall), new series, vol. X, no. LIX (November 1, 1871), pp. 525-43. In Method and Results: Essays, pp. 251-89. (Collected Essays, vol. I.) London: Macmillan and Co., 1893. Huysmans, Joris-Karl. À Rebours. Paris: Georges Charpentier et Cie, 1884. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Charles Grolleau, vol. VI. Paris: Georges Crès et Cie, 1929.) —————. L’Arte moderne. Paris: Georges Charpentier, 1883. (Œuvres complètes, vol. VII. Paris: Georges Crès et Cie, 1929.)

Hutter, Horst. Politics as Friendship: The Origins of Classical Notions of Politics in the Theory and Practice of Friendship. Waterloo, Ontario: Wilfrid Laurier University Press, 1978.

Iglesias, Sara. Musicologie et Occupation: Science, musique et politique dans la France des «années noires». Paris: Éditions de la Maison des sciences de l’homme, 2015.

Huxley, Aldous. Brave New World. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, Everyman’s Library, 2013.

Isherwood, Christopher. Prater Violet. New York: Random House, 1945.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Jakobson, Roman Osipovich.
 My Futurist Years, ed. Bengt Jangfeldt and Stephen Rudy, translated by the latter. New York: Marsilio Publishers, 1997. —————. Six leçons sur le son et le sens. A lecture course held at the École libre des hautes études, in New York, in 1942. Preface by Claude Lévi-Strauss. Paris: Les Éditions de Minuit, 1976. James, Clive. Cultural Amnesia: Necessary Memories from History and the Arts. New York and London: W. W. Norton & Company, 2007. James, Henry. The Ambassadors. Serialized in vols. CLXXVI-CLXXVII
 of the North American Review (New York: The North American Review Publishing Company) during 1903, and published that year with some changes by Methuen & Company in London. (Novels, 1903-1911, ed. Ross Posnock. New York: The Library of America, 2011.)

MLXII


—————. “Charles Baudelaire.”
 The Nation: A Weekly Journal Devoted to Politics, Literature, Science, and Art (New York: E. L. Godkin & Co.). vol. XXII, no. 565 (April 27, 1876), pp. 279-81. In French Poets and Novelists,
 pp. 72-83. London: Macmillan and Co., 1878. (Literary Criticism: French Writers, Other European Writers, Prefaces to the New York Edition, ed. Leon Edel and Mark Wilson, pp. 152-58. New York:
 The Library of America, 1984.) Jankélévitch, Vladimir. L’Aventure, l’Ennui, le Sérieux. Paris: Éditions Aubier-Montaigne, 1963. —————. L’Irréversible et la Nostalgie. Paris: Éditions Flammarion, 1974. —————. Le Mal. Grenoble: Benjamin Arthaud, 1947. —————. Du Mensonge. Paris: Éditions Confluences, 1942. —————. La Mort. Paris: Éditions Flammarion, 1966.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. De la Musique au silence. Three volumes. Paris: Éditions Plon, 1974-79. —————. La Musique et l’Ineffable. Paris: Éditions Armand Colin, 1961. —————. Le Paradoxe de la morale. Paris: Éditions du Seuil, 1981. —————. Le Pardon. Paris: Éditions Aubier-Montaigne, 1967. —————. Le Pur et l’Impur. Paris: Éditions Flammarion, 1960. —————. La Vie et la mort dans la musique de Debussy. Neuchâtel: Éditions de la Baconnière, 1968. Jaspers, Karl. Die geistige Situation der Zeit. Fünfte Auflage. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter & Co., 1932. —————. Der philosophische Glaube angesichts der Offenbarung. Dritte Auflage. Munich and Zürich: R. Piper & Co. Verlag, 1984.

—————. Strindberg und van Gogh: Versuch einer pathographischen Analyse unter vergleichender Heranziehung von Swedenborg und Hölderlin. Zweite ergänzte Auflage. Berlin: Verlag von Julius Springer, 1926. —————. Von der Wahrheit. (Philosophische Logik, vol. 1.) Dritte Auflage. Munich and Zürich: R. Piper & Co. Verlag, 1983. Jean Paul (Jean Paul Richter). Levana: oder Erziehungslehre. Braunschweig: bei Friedrich Vieweg, 1807. (Sämtliche Werke: Historisch-kritische Ausgabe, Erste Abteilung: Zu Lebzeiten des Dichters erschienene Werke, ed. Eduard Berend, vol. 12. Weimar: Verlag Hermann Böhlaus Nachfolger, 1937.)

MLXIII


—————. Vorschule der Aesthetik: nebst einigen Vorlesungen in Leipzig über die Parteien der Zeit. Two volumes. Zweite, verbesserte und vermehrte Auflage. Stuttgart and Tübingen: in der J. G. Cotta’schen Buchhandlung, 1813. (Sämtliche Werke: Historisch-kritische Ausgabe, Erste Abteilung, vol. 11. Weimar: Verlag Hermann Böhlaus Nachfolger, 1935.) Jeserich, Philipp. Musica naturalis: Tradition und Kontinuität spekulativmetaphysischer Musiktheorie in der Poetik des französischen Spätmittelalters. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag, 2008. Johnson, James H. Listening in Paris: A Cultural History. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1995. —————. Venice Incognito: Masks in the Serene Republic. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 2011.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Jonas, Hans. Augustin und das paulinische Freiheitsproblem: Eine philosophische Studie zum pelagianischen Streit. Zweite neubearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Preface by James M. Robinson. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1965. (Kritische Gesamtausgabe, ed. Dietrich Böhler, Michael Bongardt, Holger Burckhart, and Walther Christoph Zimmerli, III. Abteilung: Metaphysische, religions- und kulturphilosphische Schriften, vol. III, pt. 1: Metaphysische und religionsphilosophische Studien, ed. Michael Bongardt, Udo Lenzig, and Wolfgang Erich Müller,
 pp. 57-174. Freiburg im Breisgau: Rombach Verlag, 2014.)

—————. Gnosis und spätantiker Geist. Two volumes. The vierte Auflage and the zweite Auflage,
 ed. Kurt Rudolph, respectively. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1988 and 1993, respectively. (Kritische Gesamtausgabe, IV. Abteilung: Religionsphilosophische Hauptwerke, vol. IV, pts. 1 and 2, ed. Rainer Kampling and Elad Lapidot. Freiburg im Breisgau: Rombach Verlag, 2017-.) Jones, John. On Aristotle and Greek Tragedy. London: Chatto
 & Windus, 1962. Jouanna, Danielle. Rire avec les Anciens: L’Humour des Grecs et des Romains. Paris: Les Belles Lettres, 2016. (Signets Belles Lettres, no. 26.) Joubert, Laurent. Traité du ris, Contenant son essance, ses causes, et mervelheus essais, curieusemant recerchés, raisonnés & observés. Paris: chez Nicolas Chesneau, 1579.

MLXIV


Jünger, Ernst. Der Arbeiter: Herrschaft und Gestalt. Hamburg: Hanseatische Verlagsanstalt, 1932. (Sämtliche Werke, Zweite Abteilung: Essays, vol. 8,
 pp. 9-317. Zweite Auflage. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta Verlag, 2000.) Joubert, Muriel, and Denis
 Le Touzé (eds.). Le Rire en musique. Lyon: Presses Universitaires de Lyon, 2017. (Mélotonia, no. 2.) ——————————. Le Souffle en musique. Lyon: Presses Universitaires de Lyon, 2015. (Mélotonia, no. 1.) Jullian, Philippe (Philippe Simounet). Les Collectionneurs. Paris: Éditions Flammarion, 1966. —————. Dictionnaire du snobisme. Paris: Éditions Plon, 1958. —————. Esthètes et Magiciens:
 L’Art fin de siècle. Paris: Librairie académique Perrin, 1969. —————. Robert de Montesquiou:
 Un Prince 1900. Paris: Librairie académique Perrin, 1965.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Der Kampf als inneres Erlebnis. Berlin: E. S. Mittler
 & Sohn, 1922. (Sämtliche Werke, Zweite Abteilung, vol. 7: Betrachtungen zur Zeit,
 pp. 9-103. Zweite Auflage. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta Verlag, 2002.) —————. “Lob der Vokale:
 Dem Genius der Sprache.” In Blätter und Steine, pp. 47-85. Hamburg: Hanseatische Verlagsanstalt, 1934. (Sämtliche Werke, Zweite Abteilung, vol. 12: Fassungen I, pp. 11-46. Zweite Auflage. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta Verlag, 2004.) —————. “Über den Schmerz.” In Blätter und Steine, pp. 154-213. (Sämtliche Werke, vol. 7,
 pp. 143-91.)

—————. Sprache und Körperbau: Ein Versuch. Zürich: Die Arche, 1947. (Sämtliche Werke, vol. 12, pp. 47-99.) Kael, Pauline. “Jules and Jim.” Partisan Review (New York:
 The American Committee for Cultural Freedom), vol. 29, no. 4 (Fall 1962), pp. 573-77. In I Lost It at the Movies, pp. 216-22. Boston and Toronto: Little, Brown and Company, 1965. —————. “West Side Story.” In I Lost It at the Movies, pp. 141-48. —————. “Zeitgeist and Poltergeist: Or, Are Movies Going to Pieces? Reflections from the Side of the Pool at the Beverly Hills Hotel.” First published in part in the Atlantic Monthly (Boston: Atlantic Monthly Company), vol. 214, no. 6 (December 1964), pp. 61-66. In
 I Lost It at the Movies, pp. 3-27.

MLXV


Kafka, Franz. “Josefine,
 die Sängerin oder Das Volk der Mäuse.” Published under a shortened title in the literary supplement to the Prager Presse, vol. 4, no. 110 (morning edition, April 20, 1924), pp. IV-VII. In
 Ein Hungerkünstler: Vier Geschichten, pp. 52-86. Berlin: Verlag Die Schmiede, 1924. (Kritische Ausgabe, ed. Gerhard Kurz, Gerhard Neumann, Malcolm Pasley, and Jost Schillemeit, Drucke zu Lebzeiten, pt. I, ed. Wolf Kittler, Hans-Gerd Koch, and Gerhard Neumann, pp. 350-77. Frankfurt am Main: S. Fischer Verlag, 1994.) Kahn, Gustave. L’Esthétique de
 la rue. Paris: BibliothèqueCharpentier, 1901. —————. Symbolistes et décadents. Paris: Librairie Léon Vanier, 1902. Kallen, Horace Meyer. The Book of Job as a Greek Tragedy: With an Introductory Essay on the Original Form and Philosophic Meaning of Job. New York: Moffat, Yard and Company, 1918.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Liberty, Laughter, and Tears: Reflections on the Relations of Comedy and Tragedy to Human Freedom. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press, 1968. —————. Utopians at Bay. New York: Theodor Herzl Foundation, 1958. Kandinsky, Vassily Vassilyevich. Punkt und Linie zu Fläche: Beitrag zur Analyse der malerischen Elemente. Zweite Auflage. Munich: Verlag Albert Langen, 1928. (Bauhausbücher, no. 9.) Kant, Immanuel. “Über ein vermeintliches Recht aus Menschenliebe zu lügen.” Berlinische Blätter (Berlin: bei Carl August Nicolai, Sohn), no. 10 (September 6, 1797), pp. 301-14. (Gesammelte Schriften, Erste Abteilung: Werke, vol. VIII: Abhandlungen nach 1781,
 pp. 425-30. Berlin and Leipzig: Walter de Gruyter & Co., 1923.)

Karlauf, Thomas. Stefan George: Die Entdeckung des Charisma. Munich: Karl Blessing Verlag, 2007. Kater, Michael Hans. Composers of the Nazi Era: Eight Portraits. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000. —————. Different Drummers: Jazz in the Culture of Nazi Germany. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992. —————. The Twisted Muse: Musicians and Their Music in the Third Reich. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997. Kaufmann, Walter. The Ragas of North India. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1968. Keats, John. Letter to Richard Woodhouse, October 27, 1818. Published in The Letters of John Keats, 1814-1821, ed. Hyder Edward Rollins, vol. I, pp. 386-87. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1958.

MLXVI


Kenny, Colum. The Power of Silence: Silent Communication in Daily Life. London: Karnac Books, 2011. Kerman, Joseph. Concerto Conversations. Delivered at Harvard University as the Charles Eliot Norton Lectures in 1997-98. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1999. —————. Contemplating Music: Challenges to Musicology. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1985. Kierkegaard, Søren (“Johannes Climacus”). Philosophiske Smuler, eller En Smule Philosophi. Copenhagen: C. A. Reitzel, 1844. (Skrifter, ed. Niels Jørgen Cappelørn, Joakim Garff, Johnny Kondrup, Tonny Aagaard Olesen, and Steen Tullberg, vol. 4. Copenhagen: Gads Forlag, 1998.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Kim, Hyun-Ah. Humanism and the Reform of Sacred Music in Early Modern England: John Merbecke the Orator and The Booke of Common Praier Noted (1550). London and New York: Routledge, 2008. —————. The Renaissance Ethics of Music: Singing, Contemplation and Musica Humana. London: Pickering & Chatto, 2015. Kirstein, Lincoln. Ballet: Bias & Belief: Three Pamphlets Collected and Other Dance Writings.
 New York: Dance Horizons, 1983. —————. Movement and Metaphor: Four Centuries of Ballet.
 New York: Praeger Publishers, 1970. —————. Rhymes and More Rhymes of a PFC. New York: New Directions, 1966. —————. Tchelitchev. Santa Fe: Twelvetrees Press, 1994.

Klages, Ludwig. Der Geist als Widersacher der Seele. Three volumes. Leipzig: Verlag von Johann Ambrosius Barth, 1929-32. (Sämtliche Werke, ed. Ernst Frauchiger, Gerhard Funke, Karl
 J. Groffmann, Robert Heiss, and Hans Eggert Schröder, vols. 1 and 2. Zweite Auflage. Bonn: Bouvier Verlag, 1981.) —————. Sämtliche Werke, vol. 6: Frühe Abhandlungen zur Ausdruckswissenschaft. Bonn: Bouvier Verlag, 1964. —————. “Vom Wesen des Rhythmus.” In Franz Hilker and Ludwig Pallat (eds.), Künstlerische Körperschulung, pp. 94-137. Breslau: Ferdinand Hirt, 1923. (Sämtliche Werke, vol. 3: Philosophische Schriften,
 pp. 504-51. Bonn: Bouvier Verlag, 1974.) Klatzkin, Jakob.
 Der Erkenntnistrieb als Lebensund Todesprinzip. Zürich: Rascher & Cie, 1935.

MLXVII


—————. Krisis und Entscheidung
 im Judentum. Berlin: Jüdischer Verlag, 1921. (A revised edition of his Probleme des modernen Judentums (Berlin: Jüdischer Verlag, 1918).) —————. In Praise of Wisdom, translated from the Hebrew by Abraham Regelson. New York:
 L. B. Fischer Publishing Corporation, 1943. Klee, Paul. Form- und Gestaltungslehre, vol. 1:
 Das bildnerische Denken, ed. Jürg Spiller. Sechste Auflage. Basel: Schwabe Verlag, 2013. —————. Form- und Gestaltungslehre, vol. 2: Unendliche Naturgeschichte, ed. Jürg Spiller. Zweite Auflage. Basel: Schwabe Verlag, 2007.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Klein, Yves. “Le Vrai devient réalité.” Zero (Düsseldorf), vol. 3 (July 1961). (Le Dépassement de la problématique de l’art et autres écrits, ed. Marie-Anne Sichère and Didier Semin,
 pp. 280-90. Paris: Beaux-arts de Paris, 2011.) Kleist, Heinrich von. “Die heilige Cäcilie oder die Gewalt der Musik: Eine Legende.” Berliner Abendblätter, no. 40
 (November 15, 1810), pp. 153-57; no. 41 (November 16, 1810),
 p. 159; and no. 42 (November 17, 1810), pp. 163-64. (Sämtliche Werke und Briefe, ed. Helmut Sembdner, vol. II, pp. 216-28. Neunte vermehrte und revidierte Auflage. Munich: Carl Hanser Verlag, 1993.)

—————. “Über das Marionettentheater.” Berliner Abendblätter, no. 63
 (December 12, 1810), pp. 247-49; no. 64 (December 13, 1810),
 pp. 251-53; no. 65 (December 14, 1810), pp. 255-57; and no. 66 (December 15, 1810), pp. 259-61. (Sämtliche Werke und Briefe,
 vol. II, pp. 338-42.) Klibansky, Raymond, Erwin Panofsky, and Fritz Saxl. Saturn and Melancholy: Studies in the History of Natural Philosophy, Religion and Art. London: Thomas Nelson & Sons, 1964. Klossowski, Pierre. Nietzsche et le cercle vicieux. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969. —————. Origines cultuelles et mythiques d’un certain comportement des dames romaines. Nouvelle édition.
 Saint Clément de rivière: Éditions Fata Morgana, 2010. —————. La Ressemblance. Marseille: Éditions Ryôan-ji, 1984.

MLXVIII


Koechlin, Charles. Écrits, ed. Michel Duchesneau. Two volumes. Brussels: Éditions Mardaga, 2006-09. Koegel, John. Music in German Immigrant Theater: New York City, 1840-1940. Rochester: University of Rochester Press, 2009. Kojève (Kozevnikov), Alexandre. Introduction à la lecture de Hegel, ed. Raymond Queneau. Based upon lectures held from 1933 to 1939 at the École des hautes études. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1971. —————. La Notion de l’autorité, ed. François Terré. Written in 1942. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 2004. —————. “Les Peintures concrètes de Kandinsky.” Essayed in July 1936. Revue de métaphysique et de morale (Paris: Éditions Armand Colin), vol. 90, no 2 (April-June 1985), pp. 149-71.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Lessing und Aristoteles: Untersuchung über die Theorie der Tragödie. Fünfte Auflage. Frankfurt am Main: Vittorio Klostermann, 1984. Kolisch, Rudolf. Tempo und Charakter in Beethovens Musik, ed. Regina Busch and David Satz. Munich: Edition Text + Kritik, 1992. Kolyada, Yelena. A Compendium of Musical Instruments and Instrumental Terminology in the Bible, translated from the Russian by the author with the assistance of David J. Clark. London and
 New York: Routledge, 2014. Kommerell, Max. Der Dichter als Führer in der deutschen Klassik. Dritte Auflage. Frankfurt am Main: Vittorio Klostermann, 1982. —————. Gedanken über Gedichte. Vierte Auflage. Frankfurt am Main: Vittorio Klostermann, 1985. —————. Geist und Buchstabe der Dichtung. Sechste Auflage. Frankfurt am Main: Vittorio Klostermann, 1991.

Koyré, Alexandre. From the Closed World to the Infinite Universe. Based upon the Hideyo Noguchi Lectures delivered in December 1953 at the Institute of the History of Medicine at Johns Hopkins University. Baltimore:
 The Johns Hopkins Press, 1957. —————. “Hegel à Iéna.” Revue philosophique de la France et de l’étranger (Paris: Librairie Félix Alcan), vol. CXVIII, nos. 7-8
 (July-August 1934), pp. 274-83. —————. “Hegel à Iéna.” Revue d’histoire et de philosophie religieuses (Paris: Presses universitaires de France), vol. XV, no. 5 (1935), pp. 420-58. —————. Metaphysics and Measurement: Essays in Scientific Revolution, translated in part by R. E. W. Maddison. London: Chapman & Hall, 1968.

MLXIX


Kracauer, Siegfried. Jacques Offenbach und das Paris seiner Zeit. Amsterdam: Allert de Lange, 1937. (Werke, vol. 8, ed. Ingrid Belke with Mirjam Wenzel. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 2005.) Kraus, Karl. Ausgewählte Schriften, vol. I: Sittlichkeit und Kriminalität. Vienna and Leipzig: Verlag der Buchhandlung
 L. Rosner, 1908. (Schriften, ed. Christian Wagenknecht, Erste Abteilung, vol. 1. Frankfurt
 am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1987.) —————. Literatur und Lüge. Vienna and Leipzig: Verlag »Die Fackel«, 1929. (Schriften, Erste Abteilung,
 vol. 3. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1987.) —————. Die Sprache, ed. Philipp Berger. Vienna and Leipzig: Verlag »Die Fackel«, 1937. (Schriften, Erste Abteilung, vol. 7. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1987.) —————. Schriften, Erste Abteilung, vol. 8: Aphorismen. Frankfurt
 am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1986.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Schriften, Zweite Abteilung, vol. 5: Die Stunde des Gerichts: Aufsätze, 1925-1928. Frankfurt
 am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1992. —————. Schriften, Zweite Abteilung, vol. 6: Hüben und Drüben: Aufsätze, 1929-1936. Frankfurt
 am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1993. Krenek, Ernst. Zur Sprache gebracht: Essays über Musik, ed. Friedrich Saathen. Munich: Albert Langen — Georg Müller Verlag, 1958. Kristeller, Paul Oskar. “Music and Learning in the Early Italian Renaissance.” Journal of Renaissance and Baroque Music (Cambridge, Massachusetts: Institute of Renaissance and Baroque Music), vol. I, no. 4
 (June 1947), pp. 255-74. In Renaissance Thought and the Arts: Collected Essays,
 pp. 142-62. Expanded edition. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1990.

Krummacher, Christoph. Musik als praxis pietatis: Zum Selbstverständnis evangelischer Kirchenmusik. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1994. Krutch, Joseph Wood. Comedy and Conscience After the Restoration. Second edition.
 New York: Columbia University Press, 1949. Kulke, Eduard. Richard Wagner und Friedrich Nietzsche. Leipzig: Verlag von Carl Reissner, 1890. Kurfees, Marshall Clement. Instrumental Music in the Worship: Or the Greek Verb Psallo Philologically and Historically Examined, Together with a Full Discussion of Kindred Matters Relating to Music in Christian Worship. Nashville: McQuiddy Printing Company, 1911. Kurkdjian, Gérard. Le Grand Livre des musiques sacrées du monde. Paris: Éditions Albin Michel, 2016.

MLXX


Kyle, Donald G. Spectacles of Death in Ancient Rome. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. —————. Sport and Spectacle in the Ancient World. Second edition. Chichester: Wiley-Blackwell, 2015. La Bruyère, Jean de.
 Les Caractères de Théophraste traduits du grec, avec Les Caractères ou les moeurs de ce siècle. Huitième édition, revue, corrigée & augmentée. Paris: chez Estienne Michallet, 1694. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Julien Benda. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1935.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

La Rochefoucauld, François de. Réflexions diverses. Published posthumously: one set under the title “Réflexions nouvelles” in François Granet (ed.), Recueil de pièces d’histoire et de littérature, vol. I, pp. 32-64. Paris: chez Chaubert, 1731. And another in Oeuvres inédites, ed. Édouard de Barthélemy, pp. 253-92. Paris: Librairie de L. Hachette et Cie, 1863. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Louis Martin-Chauffier and Jean Marchand. Nouvelle édition, revue et augmentée. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 2010.) —————. Réflexions, ou Sentences et Maximes morales. Cinquième édition. Paris: chez Claude Barbin, 1678. (Œuvres complètes.) Labat, Élisabeth-Paule. Essai sur le mystère de la musique. Paris: Éditions Fleurus, 1963.

Laclos, Pierre-Antoine-François Choderlos de. Les Liaisons dangereuses, ou Lettres recueillies dans une Société, & publiées pour l’instruction de quelques autres. Four parts in two volumes. Amsterdam and Paris: chez Durand neveu, 1782. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Laurent Versini. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1979.) Laforgue, Jules. Berlin: La Cour et la Ville. Preface by G. Jean-Aubry. This memoir was published posthumously. Paris: Éditions de la Sirène, 1922. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Pierre-Olivier Walzer, vol. III, pp. 559-819. Lausanne: L’Age d’Homme, 2000.) —————. Notes inédites sur Baudelaire. Entretiens politiques & littéraires (Paris), vol. II, no. 13 (April 1891), pp. 97-120. (Œuvres complètes, vol. III, pp. 159-81.)

MLXXI


Lamartine, Alphonse de.
 Des Destinées de la poésie. Paris: Librairie de Charles Gosselin and Librairie de Furne, 1834. (Œuvres complètes, vol. I, pp. 3-75. Édition nouvelle. Paris: Librairie de Charles Gosselin and Librairie de Furne, 1834.) Lambert, Bernard. “Les Grandes Théories: Nietzsche et le théâtre.” Littérature (Paris: Éditions Larousse), no. 9 (February 1973), pp. 3-30. Lang, Fritz (Friedrich Christian Anton Lang). Interviews, ed. Barry Keith Grant. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 2003. Lasker-Schüler, Else. Mein blaues Klavier: Neue Gedichte. Jerusalem: The Jerusalem Press, 1943. (Werke und Briefe: Kritische Ausgabe, ed. Norbert Oellers, Heinz Rölleke, and Itta Shedletzky, vol. 1: Gedichte, ed. Karl Jürgen Skrodzki with Norbert Oellers. Frankfurt am Main: Jüdischer Verlag, 1996.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Lasserre, Pierre. Les Idées de Nietzsche sur la musique. Paris: Société du Mercure de France, 1905. Lauko, Desider (Dezider).
 Die jüdische Musik: Sch’ire Israel, translated from the Slovak by Gisella Arányi. A lecture held at the Israelitische Gemeinde in Bratislava in 1926. Bratislava: Buchdruckerei Moritz Kalisch Nové Zámky, 1926. Lawrence, Vera Brodsky. Music
 for Patriots, Politicians, and Presidents: Harmonies and Discords of the First Hundred Years. New York: Macmillan, 1975. —————. Strong on Music:
 The New York Music Scene in the Days of George Templeton Strong. Three volumes. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1988-99. Lazare, Bernard (Lazare
 Marcus Manassé Bernard). L’Antisémitisme: Son histoire et ses causes. Paris: Léon Chailley, 1894.

—————. Figures contemporaines: Ceux d’aujourd’hui, ceux de demain. Paris: Librairie académique Didier - Perrin et Cie, 1895. Leaver, Robin Alan. Luther’s Liturgical Music: Principles and Implications. Grand Rapids: William B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 2007. Lee, Vernon (Violet Paget). “Against Talking.” In Hortus Vitae: Essays on the Gardening of Life, pp. 117-26. London and
 New York: John Lane, The Bodley Head, 1904. —————. “Chapelmaster Kreisler:
 A Study of Musical Romanticists.” In Belcaro: Being Essays on Sundry Æsthetical Questions,
 pp. 106-28. New edition. London: Thomas Fisher Unwin, 1887. —————. “Hearing Music.” In Hortus Vitae, pp. 45-54.

MLXXII


—————. Laurus Nobilis: Chapters on Art and Life. London: John Lane, The Bodley Head, and
 New York: John Lane Company, 1909. —————. Music and its Lovers:
 An Empirical Study of Emotional and Imaginative Responses to Music. London: George Allen
 & Unwin, 1932. —————. “Orpheus and Eurydice:
 The Lesson of a Bas-Relief.” In Belcaro, pp. 49-69. —————. “In Praise of Silence.” In Hortus Vitae, pp. 127-36. —————. “The Sacrifice.” In Euphorion: Being Studies of the Antique and the Mediæval in the Renaissance, pp. 25-54. Second and revised edition. London: Thomas Fisher Unwin, 1885. —————. Studies of the Eighteenth Century in Italy. New edition. London: Thomas Fisher Unwin, 1887.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm (von). “Discours de métaphysique.” The manuscript text, which dates most likely from early 1686, has been published in the edition issued by the Berlin-Brandenburgische Akademie der Wissenschaften and the Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen: Sämtliche Schriften und Briefe, Sechste Reihe: Philosophische Schriften, vol. 4: 1677-Juni 1690, pt. B1, ed. Heinrich Schepers, Martin Schneider, Gerhard Biller, Ursula Franke, and Herma Kliege-Biller, pp. 1529-88. Berlin: Akademie Verlag, 1999.

—————. “Ermahnung an die Teutsche, ihren verstand und Sprache beßer zu üben, samt beygefügten vorschlag einer Teutsch-gesinten gesellschafft.” Composed ca. 1679, but published only in the nineteenth century from the manuscripts in the Königliche Bibliothek in Hannover by Carl Ludwig Grotefend, in an eponymous volume (Hannover: Schrift und Druck von Friedrich Culemann, 1846). (Sämtliche Schriften und Briefe, Vierte Reihe: Politische Schriften, vol. 3: 1677-1689, ed. Lotte Knabe, with the assistance of Margot Faak,
 pp. 795-820. Berlin: Akademie Verlag, 1986.)

MLXXIII


—————. “Unvorgreiffliche Gedancken, betreffend die Ausübung und Verbesserung der Teutschen Sprache.” Composed in 1697 or afterwards, and published posthumously in his Collectanea etymologica, illustrationi linguarum, veteris celticæ, germanicæ, gallicæ, aliarumque inservientia, pt. I, pp. 253-314. Preface by Johann Georg von Eckhart. Hannover: Nikolaus Förster, 1717. (Sämtliche Schriften und Briefe, Politische Schriften, vol. 6: 1695—1697, ed. Friedrich Beiderbeck, Rosemarie Caspar, Sven Erdner, Albert Krayer, Wenchao Li, Stefan Luckscheiter, Hartmut Rudolph, Sabine Sellschopp, and Stephan Waldhoff, pp. 528-65. Berlin: Akademie Verlag, 2008.) Leibowitz, René. Le Compositeur et son double: Essais sur l’interprétation musicale. Édition augmentée. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1986. —————. Les Fantômes de l’opéra: Essais sur le théâtre lyrique. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1973.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Leiris, Michel. L’Âge d’homme, précédé de L’Afrique fantôme,
 ed. Denis Hollier with Francis Marmande and Catherine Maubon. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 2014.

—————. Summa Technologiae, translated by Joanna Zylinska. First published in 1964. Minneapolis and London: University of Minnesota Press, 2013.

—————. Miroir de l’Afrique, ed. Jean Jamin with Jacques Mercier. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1996.

Lemaire, Frans C. Le Destin juif et la musique: Trois mille ans d’histoire. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard, 2001.

—————. Operratiques, ed. Jean Jamin, Paris: P.O.L, 1992. Lem, Stanisław. Microworlds: Writings on Science Fiction and Fantasy, ed. Franz Rottensteiner. San Diego, New York, London: Harcourt Brace & Company, 1984. —————. Philosophie des Zufalls:
 Zu einer empirischen Theorie der Literatur, translated by Friedrich Griese. First published in 1968. Two volumes. Frankfurt am Main: Insel Verlag, 1983-85.

—————. Le Destin russe et la musique: Un Siècle d’histoire de la Révolution à nos jours. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard, 2005. —————. La Musique du XXe siècle en Russie et dans les anciennes Républiques soviétiques. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard, 1994. —————. La Passion dans l’histoire et la musique: Du Drame chrétien au drame juif. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard, 2011.

MLXXIV


Lemaitre, Jules. “La Jeunesse sous le Second Empire et sous la Troisième République.” Revue politique et littéraire (Revue bleue) (Paris: Bureau des Revues), third series, vol. IX, no. 24
 (June 13, 1885), pp. 738-44. Leopardi, Giacomo. “Detti memorabili di Filippo Ottonieri.” In Operette morali, pp. 173-206. Milan: Presso Antonio Fortunato Stella e Figli, 1827. (Tutte
 le opere, ed. Walter Binni with Enrico Ghidetti, vol. I. Sesta edizione. Florence: G. C. Sansoni Editore, 1989.) —————. “Il Parini, ovvero della gloria.” In Operette morali,
 pp. 117-61. (Tutte le opere, vol. I.) Leskov, Nikolai Semenovich. The Enchanted Wanderer and Other Stories, translated by Richard Pevear and Larissa Volokhonsky. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2013.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim.
 Die Erziehung des Menschengeschlechts. Berlin: bey Christian Friedrich Voß und Sohn, 1780. (Werke und Briefe, vol. 10: Werke, 1778-1781, ed. Arno Schilson and Axel Schmitt. Frankfurt am Main: Deutscher Klassiker Verlag, 2001.) —————. Hamburgische Dramaturgie. Two volumes. Hamburg and Bremen: bey J. H. Cramer, 1769. (Werke und Briefe, vol. 6: Werke, 1767-1769, ed. Klaus Bohnen. Frankfurt am Main: Deutscher Klassiker Verlag, 1985.) —————. Werke und Briefe, vol. 5: Werke, 1760-1766, pt. 1, ed. Wilfried Barner. Frankfurt
 am Main: Deutscher Klassiker Verlag, 1990. Lessing, Theodor. Ausgewählte Schriften, vol. 2: Wir machen nicht mit! Schriften gegen den Nationalismus und zur Judenfrage, ed. Jörg Wollenberg, with the assistance of Helmut Donat. Bremen: Donat Verlag, 1997.

—————. Europa und Asien (Untergang der Erde am Geist). Fünfte, völlig neu gearbeitete Auflage. Leipzig: Felix Meiner Verlag, 1930. —————. Geschichte als Sinngebung des Sinnlosen: oder, Die Geburt der Geschichte aus dem Mythos. Vierte, völlig umgearbeitete Auflage. Leipzig: Verlag von Emmanuel Reinicke, 1927. —————. Der jüdischer Selbsthaß. Berlin: Jüdischer Verlag, 1930. —————. Der Lärm: Eine Kampfschrift gegen die Geräusche unseres Lebens. Wiesbaden: Verlag von J. F. Bergmann, 1908. —————. Meine Tiere. Berlin: Oesterheld & Co., 1926. —————. Philosophie als Tat. Göttingen: Otto Hapke Verlag, 1914.

MLXXV


—————. Theater-Seele: Studie
 über Bühnenästhetik und Schauspielkunst. Berlin: Verlag von Priber & Lammers, 1907. (Nachtkritiken: Kleine Schriften, 1906-1907, ed. Rainer Marwedel, pp. 276-402. Göttingen: Wallstein Verlag, 2006.) —————. Die verfluchte Kultur: Gedanken über den Gegensatz von Leben und Geist.
 Munich: C. H. Beck’sche Verlagsbuchhandlung
 Oskar Beck, 1921. Lévi-Strauss, Claude. Regarder écouter lire. Paris: Éditions Plon, 1993. (Œuvres, ed. Vincent Debaene, Frédéric Keck, Marie Mauzé, and Martin Rueff,
 pp. 1493-1613, 1669-72. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 2008.) —————. Tristes Tropiques. Paris: Éditions Plon, 1993. (Œuvres,
 pp. 1-445, 1617-52.) Lévinas, Emmanuel. À l’heure des nations. Paris: Les Éditions de Minuit, 1988.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. L’Au-delà du verset: Lectures et discours talmudiques. Paris: Les Éditions de Minuit, 1982. Lichtenberg, Georg Christoph. “Gnädigstes Sendschreiben der Erde an den Mond.” Göttingisches Magazin der Wissenschaften und Literatur (Göttingen: bei Johann Christian Dieterich), vol. 1, pt. 6 (1780), pp. 331-46. First collected in Lichtenberg’s Vermischte Schriften, nach dessen Tode aus den hinterlassenen Papieren gesammelt, ed. Ludwig Christian Lichtenberg and Friedrich Kries, vol. 4, pp. 189-213. Göttingen: bey Johann Christian Dieterich, 1802. (Schriften und Briefe, ed. Wolfgang Promies, vol. III: Aufsätze gelehrten und gemeinnützigen Inhalts,
 pp. 406-13. Munich: Carl Hanser Verlag, 1972.)

—————. Vermischte Schriften,
 vols. 1 and 2. Göttingen: bey Johann Christian Dieterich, 1800 and 1801, respectively. (Schriften und Briefe, vol. I: Sudelbücher I, and vol. II: Sudelbücher II. Munich: Carl Hanser Verlag, 1968 and 1971, respectively.) —————. “Verschiedene Arten von Gemütsfarben.” A fragment composed in 1796, though its attribution to Lichtenberg has been disputed. First published as an appendix in Paul Requadt, Lichtenberg: Zum Problem der deutschen Aphoristik (Hameln: Verlag der Bücherstube Fritz Seifert, 1948), pp. 144-47. (Schriften und Briefe, vol. III,
 pp. 577-82.) Liébert, Georges. Ni empereur ni roi, chef d’orchestre. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 2000. —————. Nietzsche et la musique. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Presses universitaires de France, 2012.

MLXXVI


Loos, Adolf. “Die kranken ohren Beethovens.” Published in the Festschrift der Abiturienten der 7. A-Klasse der Schottenfelder Realschule, p. 31. Vienna and Leipzig: Kamönenverlag, 1914. Collected in Die Schriften von Adolf Loos in zwei Bänden, vol. 2: Trotzdem, 1900-1930, p. 118. Zweite vermehrte Auflage. Innsbruck: Brenner-Verlag, 1931. (Sämtliche Schriften, ed. Franz Glück, vol. 1, pp. 326-27. Vienna and Munich: Verlag Herold, 1962.)

Lobanova, Marina. Musical Style and Genre: History and Modernity, translated from the Russian by Kate Cook. Amsterdam: Harwood Academic, 2000. Locke, John. Some Thoughts Concerning Education. London: Awnsham and John Churchill, 1693. (The Clarendon Edition, ed. Jean S. and John W. Yolton. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989.) Lockspeiser, Edward. Debussy:
 His Life and Mind. Two volumes. Third edition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1978. ————— (ed.). Debussy et Edgar Poe: Manuscrits et documents inédits. Preface by André Schaeffner. Monaco: Éditions du Rocher, 1962. —————. Music and Painting:
 A Study in Comparative Ideas from Turner to Schoenberg. London: Cassell & Company, 1973.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Loiperdinger, Martin. Rituale
 der Mobilmachung: Der Parteitagsfilm „Triumph des Willens“ von Leni Riefenstahl. Opladen: Leske + Budrich, 1987. Lomax, Alan. The Land Where the Blues Began. Second edition.
 New York: The New Press, 2002. —————. Selected Writings, 1934-1997, ed. Ronald Cohen. London and New York: Routledge, 2005. Loncke, Joycelynne. Baudelaire et la musique. Paris: Éditions A.-G. Nizet, 1975.

—————. Ins Leere gesprochen. Paris and Zürich: Les Éditions Georges Crès et Cie, 1921. (Sämtliche Schriften, vol. 1, pp. 8-209.) —————. “Ornament und Verbrechen.” Composed in 1908, held as a lecture before the Akademischer Verband für Literatur und Musik in Vienna on January 21, 1910. Published in French translation in 1913 and 1920, then by several newspapers in the original German, in 1929. Included in Trotzdem, 1900-1930, pp. 78-88. (Sämtliche Schriften, vol. 1, pp. 276-88.)

MLXXVII


Lord, Albert Bates. The Singer of Tales, ed. Stephen Mitchell and Gregory Nagy. Second edition. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 2000. Lorenz, Martin. Musik und Nihilismus: Zur Relation von Kunst und Erkennen in der Philosophie Nietzsches. Würzburg: Verlag Königshausen
 & Neumann, 2008. Lourié, Arthur-Vincent (Naum Izrailevich Luria). Profanation et sanctification du temps: Journal musical, 1910—1960. Paris: Desclée De Brouwer, 1966. Lubac, Henri Marie Joseph Sonier de. Le Drame de l’humanisme athée. Septième édition revue et augmentée. Paris: Éditions du Cerf, 1983. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Georges Chantraine and Michel Sales, première section: L’Homme devant dieu, vol. II. Preface by Xavier Tilliette. Paris: Éditions du Cerf, 2007.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Exégèse médiévale: Les Quatre Sens de l’Écriture. Four volumes. Paris: Aubier, 1959-64. —————. La Postérité spirituelle de Joachim de Flore. Two volumes. Paris: Éditions Lethielleux, and Namur: Culture et Vérité, 1979-81. (Œuvres complètes, huitième section: Monographies, vols. XXVIIXXVIII, ed. Michel Sutton. Paris: Éditions du Cerf, 2014.) Luening, Otto. The Odyssey of an American Composer. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1980.

Lukács, Georg (György) (von). “Legalität und Illegalität.” Kommunismus: Zeitschrift der Kommunistischen Internationale (Vienna: Verlag des Kommunistischen Partei Deutschösterreichs), vol. 1, no. 35 (September 9, 1920), pp. 1259-64, and nos. 36-37 (September 18), pp. 1324-33. In Geschichte und Klassenbewusstsein: Studien über marxistische Dialektik,
 pp. 261-75. Berlin: Der MalikVerlag, 1923. (Kleine Revolutionäre Bibliothek, vol. 9.) (Werke, vol. 2: Frühschriften II, pp. 432-47. Neuwied am Rhein: Hermann Luchterhand Verlag, 1968.)

MLXXVIII


—————. “Die neue Einsamkeit und ihre Lyrik: Stefan George.” Published earlier in Hungarian in Nyugat (Budapest), vol. I, no. 19 (October 1, 1908), pp. 202-11; and in A lélek és a formák: Kísérletek, pp. 151-68. Budapest: FranklinTársulat, 1910. Its first German publication was in Die Seele und die Formen: Essays, pp. 171-94. Berlin: Egon Fleischel & Co., 1911. (Werke, vol. 1: Frühschriften I, pp. 272-83. Neuwied am Rhein: Hermann Luchterhand Verlag, 1968.) Luther, Martin. “Bedencken D.M.L. warumb Einsamkeit zu fliehen, Anno 34.” The manuscript (98 v-99 v) is in the Rörer collection at the Thüringer Universitäts- und Landesbibliothek Jena. Published in Colloquia, Oder, Christliche, nützliche Tischreden, ed. Johann Aurifaber, revised by Andreas Stangwald, ch. XIX, pp. 233 r-v. Jena: Tobias Steinman, 1591.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

MacCulloch, Diarmaid. Silence:
 A Christian History. Based upon his Gifford Lectures at the University of Edinburgh in 2006. London: Allen Lane, 2013. Maimon, Salomon. “Ueber die Aesthetik.” In Streifereien im Gebiete der Philosophie,
 pp. 59-176. Berlin: Wilhelm Vieweg, 1793. (Gesammelte Werke, ed. Valerio Verra, vol. 4. Hildesheim: Georg Olms Verlagsbuchhandlung, 2000.) Maistre, Joseph de. Les Soirées
 de Saint Pétersbourg, ou Entretiens sur le gouvernement temporel de la Providence: suivis d’un Traité sur les sacrifices,
 ed. Jacques-Maximilien Benjamin Bins de Saint-Victor. Two volumes. Paris: Librairie Grecque, Latine et Française, 1821. (Œuvres complètes, vols. IV and v. Nouvelle édition. Lyon: Vitte et Perrussel, 1884.) (Œuvres, ed. Jean-Louis Darcel, vol. III. Geneva: Éditions Slatkine, 1993.)

Malevich, Kazimir Severinovich. Écrits, ed. and translated by Valentine and Jean-Claude Marcadé, and Sylviane Siger. Four volumes. Lausanne: L’Age d’Homme, 1974-93. —————. Essays on Art, ed. Troels Andersen, translated by Xenia Glowacki-Prus (Hoffmann), Edmund T. Little, and Arnold McMillin. Four volumes. Copenhagen: Borgens Forlag, 1968-78. —————. Die gegenstandslose Welt, translated by A. von Riesen. Written in 1923. Munich: Verlag Albert Langen, 1927. (Bauhausbücher, no. 11.) —————. The White Rectangle: Writings on Film, ed. and translated by Oksana Bulgakowa. Bilingual edition. Berlin and San Francisco: Potemkin Press, 2002.

MLXXIX


Mallarmé, Stéphane. Divagations, Paris: Eugène Fasquelle, 1897. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Bertrand Marchal, vol. II. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 2003.) —————. Épouser la notion, ed.
 Jean-Pierre Richard. A facsimile of the manuscript. Fontfroide: Éditions Fata Morgana, 1992. (Œuvres complètes, vol. I,
 pp. 627-31. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1998.) —————. Les Mots anglais: Petite philologie à l’usage des classes et du monde. Paris: Leroy frères, 1877. (Œuvres complètes, vol. II, pp. 937-1100.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. La Musique et les Lettres. The eponymous text had been given as a lecture in 1894, and was published in La Revue blanche (Paris: Georges Charpentier et Eugène Fasquelle), vol. VI, no. 30 (April 1894), pp. 297-309. Paris: Librairie académique Didier Perrin et Cie, 1895. (Œuvres complètes, vol. II, pp. 63-74, 1602-10.) —————. “Le Mystère, dans les lettres.” (“Variations sur un sujet,” XI.) La Revue blanche,
 vol. XI, no. 78 (September 1, 1896), pp. 214-28. In Divagations,
 pp. 283-91. (Œuvres complètes, vol. II, pp. 229-34, 1648-51.) —————. “Notes sur le langage.” Composed ca. 1870. First published in Œuvres complètes, vol. I, pp. 503-12. —————. “Richard Wagner: Rêverie d’un poète français.” La Revue wagnérienne (Paris), vol. I, no. VII (August 8, 1885), pp. 195-200. In Divagations, pp. 141-50. (Œuvres complètes, vol. II, pp. 153-59.)

—————. “Symphonie littéraire: Théophile Gautier. — Charles Baudelaire. — Théodore de Banville.” L’Artiste: Beaux-Arts et Belles-Lettres (Paris), vol. I, no. 3 (February 1, 1865), pp. 57-58. (Œuvres complètes, vol. II,
 pp. 281-84.) Malraux, André. Les Voix du silence. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1951. (Œuvres complètes, vol. IV: Écrits sur l’art, vol. I, ed.
 Jean-Yves Tadié, with the assistance of Adrien Goetz, Christiane Moatti, and François
 de Saint-Cheron. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 2004.) Mandelstam, Nadezhda. Mozart and Salieri: An Essay on Osip Mandelstam and the Poetic Process, translated by Robert A. McLean. Ann Arbor: Ardis, 1973. Maniates, Maria Rika. Mannerism in Italian Music and Culture, 1530-1630. Chapel Hill:
 The University of North Carolina Press, 1979.

MLXXX


Marc, Franz. Briefe, Aufzeichnungen und Aphorismen. Two volumes. Berlin: Paul Cassirer, 1920. Marcel, Gabriel. “Bergsonisme et musique.” La Revue musicale (Paris: Éditions Richard-Masse), vol. 6, no. 5 (March 1, 1925),
 pp. 219-29. Margulis, Elizabeth Hellmuth.
 On Repeat: How Music Plays the Mind. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2014. Marinetti, Filippo Tommaso Emilio. Democrazia futurista: Dinamismo politico. Milan: Facchi, 1919. —————. Destruction: Poèmes lyriques. Paris: Librairie Léon Vanier, 1904.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Le Futurisme.” Le Figaro (Paris), third series, vol. 55, no. 51 (February 20, 1909), p. 1. In Poupées électriques, pp. 7-22; and in Italian under the title “Fondazione e Manifesto del futurismo,” in Marinetti, et al.,
 I Manifesti del futurismo,
 pp. 3-10. Florence: Edizioni di “Lacerba„, 1914. —————. Guerra: Sola igiene del mondo. Milan: Edizioni futuriste di “Poesia„, 1915. —————. Poupées électriques: Drame en trois actes, avec une préface sur le futurisme. Paris: E. Sansot et Cie, 1909. Maritain, Jacques. Art et Scolastique. Nouvelle édition revue et augmentée. Paris: Louis Rouart et fils, 1927. (In his and Raïssa Maritain’s Œuvres complètes, ed. Jean-Marie Allion, Maurice Hany, Dominique Mougel, René Mougel, Michel Nurdin, and Heinz R. Schmitz, vol. I,
 pp. 614-788. Fribourg: Éditions universitaires, and Paris: Éditions Saint-Paul, 1986.)

—————. Creative Intuition in Art and Poetry. Delivered in 1952 as the A. W. Mellon Lectures in the Fine Arts at Princeton University. New York: Pantheon Books, 1953. (Bollingen Series, vol. XXV, 1.) —————. “Le Crépuscule de la civilisation.” A lecture delivered at the Théâtre Marigny in Paris on February 8, 1939. Les Nouvelles Lettres (Paris), vol. I, no. 5 (February-March 1939),
 pp. 465-95. (Œuvres complètes, vol. VII, pp. 9-49. Fribourg: Éditions universitaires, and Paris: Éditions Saint-Paul, 1988.) —————. Frontières de la poésie et autres essais. Paris: Louis Rouart et fils, 1935. (Œuvres complètes, vol. V, pp. 685-817. Fribourg: Éditions universitaires, and Paris: Éditions Saint-Paul, 1982.) —————. “Sur la Musique d’Arthur Lourié.” In Œuvres complètes,
 vol. VI, pp. 1060-66. Fribourg: Éditions universitaires, and Paris: Éditions Saint-Paul, 1984.

MLXXXI


—————. Quatre essais sur l’esprit dans sa condition charnelle. Paris: Desclée De Brouwer et Cie, 1939. (Œuvres complètes, vol. VII, pp. 51-280.) —————. “De Quelques Musiciens.”
 In Œuvres complètes, vol. XIV,
 pp. 1117-26. Fribourg: Éditions universitaires, and Paris: Éditions Saint-Paul, 1994. —————. Réflexions sur l’intelligence et sur sa vie propre. Paris: Nouvelle Librairie Nationale, 1924. (Œuvres complètes, vol. III, pp. 9-426. Fribourg: Éditions universitaires, and Paris: Éditions Saint-Paul, 1982.) —————. The Responsibility of the Artist. Based on six lectures delivered in 1951 at Princeton University. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1960. ————— and Raïssa Maritain. Liturgie et contemplation. (Œuvres complètes, vol. XIV, pp. 83-154.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

——————————. Situation de la poésie. Paris: Desclée De Brouwer et Cie, 1938. (Œuvres complètes, vol. VI, pp. 835-91.) Maritain, Raïssa. Chagall, ou L’Orage enchanté. Geneva and Paris: Éditions des Trois Collines, 1948. (Œuvres complètes, vol. XV, pp. 11-44. Fribourg: Éditions universitaires, and Paris: Éditions Saint-Paul, 1995.) —————. Histoire d’Abraham, ou
 Les Premiers Âges de la conscience morale. Paris: Desclée De Brouwer et Cie, 1947. (Œuvres complètes, vol. XIV, pp. 567-617.) Marix-Spire, Thérèse.
 Les Romantiques et la musique: Le Cas George Sand, 1804-1838. Paris: Nouvelles Éditions Latines, 1954. Marrou, Henri-Irénée. Histoire de l’éducation dans l’Antiquité. Two volumes. Paris: Éditions du Seuil, 1981.

————— (“Henri Davenson”). Traité de la musique selon l’esprit de Saint Augustin. Neuchâtel: Éditions de la Baconnière, 1942. —————. Les Troubadours. Deuxième édition. Paris: Éditions du Seuil, 1971. Martens, Frederick Herman.
 Leo Ornstein: The Man — His Ideas — His Work. New York: Breitkopf & Härtel, 1918. Martineau, Emmanuel. Malévitch et la philosophie: La Question de la peinture abstraite. Lausanne: L’Age d’Homme, 1977. Masaryk, Tomáš Garrigue.
 Der Selbstmord als sociale Massenerscheinung der modernen Civilisation. Vienna: Verlag von Carl Konegen, 1881. Maspero, Henri. “La Langue chinoise.” Conférences de l’Institut de Linguistique de l’Université de Paris, vol. 1 (1933), pp. 33-70. Paris: Boivin
 et Cie, 1934.

MLXXXII


Mauclair, Camille. L’Art en silence. Paris: Librairie Paul Ollendorff, 1901. —————. L’Art indépendant français sous la Troisième République: Peinture, Lettres, Musique. Paris: La Renaissance du Livre, 1919. —————. Charles Baudelaire: Sa Vie - Son Art - Sa Légende. Paris: Maison du Livre, 1917. —————. “L’Esthétique de Stéphane Mallarmé.” La Grande Revue (Paris), vol. 7, no. 1 (November 1, 1898), pp. 187-218. In L’Art en silence, pp. 72-116. —————. Les Héros de l’orchestre. Paris: Librairie Fischbacher, 1917. —————. Histoire de la musique européenne, 1850-1914:
 Les Hommes - Les Idées
 - Les Œuvres. Paris: Librairie Fischbacher, 1914. —————. L’Impressionnisme:
 Son Histoire, son esthétique, ses maîtres. Paris: Librairie de l’art ancien et moderne, 1904.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Mallarmé chez lui. Paris: Éditions Bernard Grasset, 1935. —————. La Religion de la musique. Édition définitive. Paris: Librairie Fischbacher, 1938. —————. Servitude et grandeur littéraires. Paris: Librairie Ollendorff, 1922. Maugras, Gaston. Les Comédiens hors la loi. Deuxième édition. Paris: Calmann Lévy, 1887. Maupassant, Guy de. “L’Inventeur du mot «nihilisme».” Le Gaulois (Paris), second series, vol. 12,
 no. 435 (November 21, 1880), p. 1. Collected in Chroniques, Études, Correspondance, ed. René Dumesnil, pp. 35-39. Paris: Librairie Gründ, 1938. Mauss, Marcel. Œuvres, ed. Victor Karady, vol. II: Représentations collectives et diversité des civilisations. Paris: Les Éditions de Minuit, 1968.

—————. La Prière. Paris: Félix Alcan, 1909. This is the first part of his doctoral thesis, which has been published in its entirety under the title “La Prière et les rites oraux” in Œuvres, vol. I:
 Les Fonctions sociales du sacré, pp. 357-600. Mayer, Johannes Leopold. Wozu Musik? Gedanken und Erwägungen über Notwendigkeit und Brauchbarkeit. Vienna: Edition Konturen, 2014. McKee, Sally. The Exile’s Song: Edmond Dédé and the Unfinished Revolutions of the Atlantic World. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2017. Mencken, Henry Louis. On Music: A Selection, ed. Louis Cheslock. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1961.

MLXXXIII


Mendelssohn, Moses. Briefe über die Empfindungen. First published anonymously by his friend Lessing in 1755. Emended text in Philosophische Schriften, pt. I, pp. 1-180. Berlin: Christian Friedrich Voß, 1761. (Gesammelte Schriften: Jubiläumsausgabe, ed. Alexander Altmann, Michael Brocke, Eva J. Engel, and Daniel Krochmalnik, vol. 1: Schriften zur Philosophie und Ästhetik I, ed. Fritz Bamberger, pp. 41-123. Stuttgart-Bad Cannstatt: Frommann-Holzboog, 1971.) —————. Review, R. Lowth, De sacra poesi Hebræorum. Bibliothek der schönen Wissenschaften und der freyen Künste (Leipzig: Johann Gottfried Dyck), vol. 1 (1757),
 nos. 1 and 2, pp. 122-55, 269-97. (Gesammelte Schriften, vol. 4: Rezensionsartikel in Bibliothek der schönen Wissenschaften und der freyen Künste (1756—1759), ed. Eva J. Engel, pp. 20-62. Stuttgart-Bad Cannstatt: Frommann-Holzboog, 1977.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Rhapsodie, oder Zusätze zu den Briefen über die Empfindungen.” Philosophische Schriften, pt. II, pp. 1-66. (Gesammelte Schriften, Schriften zur Philosophie und Ästhetik I, pp. 381-452.) Mendès, Catulle. La Légende du Parnasse contemporain. Brussels: Auguste Brancart, 1884. Menuhin, Yehudi. Unfinished Journey: Twenty Years Later. Revised edition. New York: Fromm International, 1977. Meredith, George. “On the Idea of Comedy and of the Uses of the Comic Spirit.” New Quarterly Magazine (London: Ward, Lock, and Tyler), vol. VIII (April 1877), pp. 1-40. A lecture delivered at the London Institution on February 1, 1877. (The Works,
 vol. XXIII: Miscellaneous Prose,
 pp. 3-55. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1910.)

Mérimée, Prosper. Lettres à une inconnue, précédées d’une étude sur Mérimée par H. Taine. Two volumes. Paris: Michel Lévy frères, 1874. Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. L’Œil et l’Esprit. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1964. —————. La Phénoménologie de la perception. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1945. —————. Le Visible et l’Invisible, suivi de Notes de travail, ed. Claude Lefort. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1964. Mersenne, Marin. Harmonie universelle. Two volumes. Paris: chez Sebastien Cramoisy, 1636; and Paris: Pierre Ballard, 1637, respectively. Messiaen, Olivier. Technique de mon langage musical. Two volumes. Paris: Alphonse Leduc, 1944.

MLXXXIV


—————. Traité de rythme, de couleur, et d’ornithologie (1949-92). Seven volumes in eight. Paris: Alphonse Leduc, 1994-2002. Meyer-Baer, Kathi. Bedeutung
 und Wesen der Musik: Der Bedeutungswandel der Musik. Zweite Auflage. Baden-Baden: Verlag Valentin Koerner, 1975. —————. “Music in Dante’s Divina Commedia.” In Jan LaRue (ed.), Aspects of Medieval and Renaissance Music: A Birthday Offering to Gustave Reese,
 pp. 614-27. New York: W. W. Norton & Company, 1966. —————. Music of the Spheres and the Dance of Death: Studies in Musical Iconology. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1970. —————. “Nicholas of Cusa on the Meaning of Music.” Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism
 (New York: The American Society for Aesthetics), vol. V, no. 4
 (June 1947), pp. 301-08.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Psychologic and Ontologic Ideas in Augustine’s De musica.” Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism, vol. XI, no. 3
 (March 1953), pp. 224-30. Meyerhold, Vsevolod Emilevich. On Theatre, ed. and translated by Edward Braun. Revised edition. London: Methuen Drama, 1998. Michaud, Philippe-Alain.
 Aby Warburg et l’image en mouvement. Preface by Georges Didi-Huberman. Troisième édition. Paris: Éditions Macula, 2012. Michelet, Jules. “Avenir! Avenir!” Text drawn from the entry in Michelet’s journal of April 4, 1839, as published by Daniel Halévy in his biography. Europe (Paris:
 Les Éditions Rieder), vol. 19,
 no. 73 (January 15, 1929), pp. 6-9.

Mikhaël, Éphraïm
 (Georges Éphraïm Michel).
 “Les Décadents.” La Jeune France (Paris), vol. VIII, no. 10 (October 1885), pp. 141-49. (Œuvres complètes: Aux origines du symbolisme, ed. Denise
 R. Galperin and Monique Jutrin,
 vol. 1. Lausanne: L’Age d’Homme, 1995.) Milhaud, Darius. Notes sans musique. Paris: René Julliard, 1949. Miller, Stephen G. Ancient Greek Athletics. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2004. —————. Arete: Greek Sports from Ancient Sources. Third edition. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 2012. Milochevitch, Nicolas (Nikola Miloševic). Dostoïevski penseur, translated from the Serbian by Laurence Koltirine and Zorica Hadji-Vidoïkovitch. Lausanne: L’Age d’Homme, 1988.

MLXXXV


—————. Nietzsche et Strindberg: Psychologie de la connaissance, translated from Serbian by Zorica Hadji-Vidoïkovitch, with the assistance of Svetlana Nikchitch. Lausanne: L’Age d’Homme, 1997. Miłosz, Czesław. The Captive Mind, translated by Jane Zielonko. Published initially in 1953 by the Instytut Literacki, Paris. New York: Vintage International, 1990. Minor, Ryan. Choral Fantasies: Music, Festivity, and Nationhood in Nineteenth-Century Germany. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2012. Mirbeau, Octave. Gens de théâtre. Paris: Ernest Flammarion, 1924. Mithen, Steven. The Singing Neanderthals: The Origins of Music, Language, Mind, and Body. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 2007.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Mörike, Eduard. Mozart auf der Reise nach Prag. Serialized in the Morgenblatt für gebildete Leser (Stuttgart and Munich: Verlag der J. G. Cotta’scher Buchhandlung), vol. 49, no. 30 (July 22, 1855),
 pp. 697-703; no. 31 (July 29, 1855), pp. 721-27; no. 32
 (August 5, 1855), pp. 745-51;
 and no. 33 (August 12, 1855),
 pp. 769-77. Stuttgart and Augsburg: J. G. Cotta’scher
 Verlag, 1856. Moholy-Nagy, László. Malerei Fotografie Film. Zweite veränderte Auflage. Munich: Verlag Albert Langen, 1927. (Bauhausbücher, no. 8.) —————. “Neue Gestaltung in der Musik: Möglichkeiten des Grammophons.” Der Sturm: Monatsschrift für Kultur und die Künste (Berlin: Verlag Der Sturm), vol. 14, no. 7 (July 1923), pp. 102, 104, 106.

Mondriaan, Piet. “De ‘bruiteurs futuristes italiens’ en ‘het’ nieuwe in de muziek.” De Stijl: Maandblad voor nieuwe kunst, wetenschap en kultuur (Leiden), vol. 4, no. 8 (August 1921),
 pp. 114-18, and no. 9
 (September 1921), pp. 130-36. —————. “De Jazz en de
 Neo-Plastiek.” i10 (Amsterdam), vol. I, no. 12 (December 1927),
 pp. 421-27. —————. “Het Neo-Plasticisme
 (de Nieuwe Beelding) en zijn (hare) realiseering in de muziek: Aanvulling tot het artikel
 ‘De “bruiteurs futuristes italiens” en “het” nieuwe in de muziek’.”
 De Stijl, vol. 5, no. 1
 (January 1922), pp. 1-7, and no. 2 (February 1922), pp. 17-21. Monga, Célestin. Anthropologie
 de la colère: Société civile et démocratie en Afrique noire. Paris: Éditions L’Harmattan, 1995.

MLXXXVI


—————. Nihilisme et Négritude:
 Les Arts de vivre en Afrique. Paris: Presses universitaires de France, 2009. Monod, Gabriel. “À travers l’Allemagne: Vingt ans après.” Cosmopolis: Revue internationale (Paris: Armand Colin et Cie),
 vol. IV, no. 11 (November 1896), pp. 459-76. This essay appears considerably revised and under a different title in Portraits et Souvenirs, pp. 309-44 (see below). —————. “Contemporary Life and Thought in France.”
 The Contemporary Review (London: Isbister and Company), vol. XLVIII (December 1885),
 pp. 887-901. —————. “Souvenirs d’Allemagne.” Three essays in Portraits et Souvenirs, pp. 267-360. Paris: Calmann Lévy, 1897.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Montesquieu (Charles-Louis
 de Secondat). Les Lettres persanes. Amsterdam: Jacques Desbordes, 1721. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Pierre Rétat and Catherine Volpilhac-Auger, vol. I: Lettres persanes, Introductions générales de l’édition, ed. Cecil
 P. Courtney, Pauline Kra, Edgar Mass, Didier Masseau, Philip Stewart, and Catherine
 Volpilhac-Auger. Oxford: Voltaire Foundation, 2004.) Montesquiou, Robert de. “Griffonnages en différents sens.” In Diptyque de Flandre, triptyque de France, pp. 281-90. Paris: Éditions Edward Sansot, 1921. —————. Les Pas effacés: Mémoires. Three volumes. Paris: Émile-Paul frères, 1923. —————. “Le Mobilier libre.” In Roseaux pensants, pp. 155-66. Paris: Eugène Fasquelle, 1897. —————. “La Porte ouverte au jardin fermé du roi.” In Diptyque de Flandre, triptyque de France,
 pp. 216-79.

—————. “Du Snobisme:
 De Quelques-unes d’entre ses causes, avec certains de ses effets.” In Assemblée de notables,
 pp. 179-93. Paris: Félix Juven, 1908. —————. “Table d’harmonie.” In Roseaux pensants, pp. 249-80. Montinari, Mazzino. “Aufgaben der Nietzsche-Forschung heute: Nietzsches Auseinandersetzung mit der französischen Literatur des 19. Jahrhunderts.” In Sigrid Bauschinger, Susan L. Cocalis, and Sara Lennox (eds.), Nietzsche heute: Die Rezeption seines Werkes nach 1968, pp. 137-48. Bern and Stuttgart: Francke Verlag, 1988. —————. “Nietzsche e la décadence.” In D’Annunzio e la cultura germanica, pp. 117-27. Pescara: Centro Nazionale di Studi Dannunziani, 1985. (Atti del VI Convegno internazionale di studi dannunziani (1984).)

MLXXXVII


—————. “Nietzsche in Cosmopolis.” In Jan Aler and Jattie Enklaar (eds.), Zur Wende des Jahrhunderts: Nietzsche, Bertram, Frommel, Hofmannsthal, Borchardt,
 pp. 3-15. Amsterdam: Rodopi, 1987. Moore, George. Confessions d’un jeune anglais. Paris: Albert Savine, 1889. —————. “Two Unknown Poets.” In Impressions and Opinions,
 pp. 111-21. London: David Nutt, 1891. Moore, Michael S. What Is This Babbler Trying to Say? Essays on Biblical Interpretation. Eugene: Pickwick Publication, 2016. Moréas, Jean. “Un Manifeste littéraire: Le Symbolisme.”
 Le Figaro (Paris), the Sunday literary supplement, no. 38 (September 18, 1886), pp. 150-51. In Les Premières Armes du symbolisme, pp. 31-39 (see the following entry).

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Les Premières Armes du symbolisme. Paris: Léon Vanier, 1889.

Mowinckel, Sigmund Olaf Plytt. Psalmenstudien. Six volumes. Kristiania: Jacob Dybwad, 1921-24.

Moriarty, Michael. Disguised Vices: Theories of Virtue in Early Modern French Thought. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2011.

Müller, Adam Heinrich. Zwölf Reden über die Beredsamkeit und deren Verfall in Deutschland: Gehalten zu Wien im Frühlinge 1812. Leipzig: Georg Joachim Göschen, 1816.

Morice, Charles. La Littérature de tout à l’heure. Paris: Librairie académique Didier - Perrin et Cie, 1889.

Müller, Hermann. Les Origines de la Compagnie de Jésus: Ignace et Lainez. Paris: Librairie Fischbacher, 1898.

—————. Pourquoi et comment visiter les musées. Paris: Librairie Armand Colin, 1921.

Mumford, Lewis. Technics and Civilization. Second edition. New York: Harcourt Brace & Company, 1963.

Morley, Iain. The Prehistory of Music: Human Evolution, Archaeology, & the Origins of Musicality. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2013.

Muratoff, Paul (Pavel Pavlovich). Les Icônes russes. Paris: Jacques Schiffrin, Éditions de la Pléiade, 1927.

Moser, Ruth. L’Impressionnisme français: Peinture, Littérature, Musique. Geneva: Librairie Droz, 1952.

—————. La Peinture byzantine, translated by Jean Chuzeville. Deuxième édition. Paris: A. Weber, 1935.

MLXXXVIII


—————. La Sculpture gothique. Paris: Librairie Floury, 1931. Nägeli, Hans Georg. Vorlesungen über Musik: Mit Berücksichtigung der Dilettanten. Stuttgart and Tübingen: in der J. G. Cotta’schen Buchhandlung, 1826. Nattiez, Jean-Jacques. Proust musicien. Deuxième édition. Paris: Éditions Christian Bourgois, 1999. —————. Wagner antisémite. Paris: Éditions Christian Bourgois, 2015. Nechayev, Sergey Gennadiyevich. “Catechism of a Revolutionist.” Written in 1869 and published in a government newspaper two years later during the trial of his associates. Translated by Max Nomad in his Apostles of Revolution, pp. 230-35. Revised edition. New York: Collier Books, 1961.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Nelson, Amy. Music for the Revolution: Musicians and Power in Early Soviet Russia. University Park: The Pennsylvania State University Press, 2004. Nerval, Gérard de (Gérard Labrunie). La Bohême galante. Paris: Michel Lévy frères, 1855. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Jean Guillaume and Claude Pichois, with the assistance of Christine Bomboir, Jacques Bony, Michel Brix, Jean Céard, Pierre Enckell, Antonia Fonyi, Lieven d’Hulst,
 Max Milner, Vincenette Pichois, Jean-Luc Steinmetz, and Jean Ziegler, vol. III. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1993.) —————. Notes d’un amateur de musique. Preface by André Cœuroy. Paris: Les Cahiers de Paris, 1926.

—————. Poésies allemandes: Klopstock, Goethe, Schiller, Burger. Selections translated and with an introduction by Nerval. Paris: Bureau de la Bibliothèque choisie, 1830. (Œuvres complètes, vol. I, pp. 263-77, 1568-85. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1989.) —————. “Les Poésies de Henri Heine.” Revue des Deux Mondes (Paris), new series, vol. XXIII, no. 2 (July 15, 1848), pp. 224-43, and no. 6 (September 15, 1848), pp. 914-30. (Œuvres complètes, vol. I.) Nettl, Bruno. Folk Music in the United States: An Introduction, ed. Helen Myers. Third edition. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1976. —————. Heartland Excursions: Ethnomusicological Reflections on Schools of Music. Urbana and Chicago: University of Illinois Press, 1995. —————. Music in Primitive Culture. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1956.

MLXXXIX


—————. “Judaism and Music.” In Dagobert D. Runes (ed.), Hebrew Impact on Western Civilization, pp. 363-404. New York: Philosophical Library, 1951.

—————. Nettl’s Elephant: On the History of Ethnomusicology. Urbana, Springfield, and Chicago: University of Illinois Press, 2010. Nettl, Paul. Alte jüdische Spielleute und Musiker. Text of a lecture held in Prague, June 1923. Prague: Verlag Dr. Josef Flesch, 1923. —————. “Angelo Soliman - Friend of Mozart.” Phylon: Review of Race & Culture (Atlanta: The Atlanta University), vol. VII. no. 1
 (First Quarter, 1946), pp. 41-46. —————. Beethoven und seine Zeit. Frankfurt am Main: S. Fischer Verlag, 1958.

—————. The Book of Musical Documents, translated in part by Frida Best. Preface by Carleton Sprague Smith. New York: Philosophical Library, 1948. —————. Casanova und seine Zeit: Kultur- und Musikgeschichte des 18. Jahrhunderts. Esslingen: Bechtle Verlag, 1949. —————. Forgotten Musicians.
 New York: Philosophical Library, 1951. —————. Georg Friedrich Händel. Berlin: Merseburger Verlag, 1958.

—————. Luther and Music, translated from the manuscript by Frida Best and Ralph Wood. Philadelphia: Muhlenberg Press, 1948. —————. Mozart und der Tanz:
 Zur Geschichte des Balletts und Gesellschaftstanzes. Zürich and Stuttgart: Werner Classen Verlag, 1960. —————. Musik und Freimaurerei: Mozart und die königliche Kunst. Esslingen: Bechtle Verlag, 1956.

—————. Beiträge zur böhmischen und mährischen Musikgeschichte. Brno: Verlag Rudolf M. Rohrer, 1927.

—————. Goethe und Mozart: Eine Betrachtung. Esslingen: Bechtle Verlag, 1949.

—————. Musik und Tanz bei Casanova. Prague: Gesellschaft Deutscher Bücherfreunde in Böhmen, 1924.

—————. “Birth of the Waltz.” Dance Index (New York: Dance Index Ballet Caravan Incorporated),
 vol. 5, no. 9 (September 1946),
 pp. 208-27.

—————. “Jewish Connections of Some Classical Composers.”
 Music & Letters (Oxford: Oxford University Press), vol. 45, no. 4 (October 1964), pp. 337-44.

—————. National Anthems, translated from the manuscript by Alexander Gode. Second enlarged edition. New York: Frederick Ungar, 1967.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

MXC


—————. Der Prager Kaufruf. Prague: Gesellschaft Deutscher Bücherfreunde in Böhmen, 1930. —————. Tanz und Tanzmusik: Tausend Jahre beschwingter Kunst. Freiburg im Breisgau, Basel, and Vienna: Verlag Herder, 1962. —————. Vom Ursprung der Musik. Prague: Deutscher Verein zur Verbreitung gemeinnütziger Kenntnisse, 1918. —————. W. A. Mozart als Freimaurer und Mensch. Hamburg: Akazien-Verlag, 1956. Newby, Zahra. Athletics in the Ancient World. London: Bristol Classical Press, 2006. —————. Greek Athletics in the Roman World: Victory and Virtue. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2005.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Niceforo, Alfredo. Le Génie de l’argot: Essai sur les langages spéciaux, les argots et les parlers magiques. Deuxième édition. Paris: Mercure de France, 1912. Nietzsche, Friedrich Wilhelm. Ecce homo: Wie man wird — was man ist, ed. Raoul Richter. Leipzig: Insel-Verlag, 1908. (Werke: Kritische Gesamtausgabe, ed. Giorgio Colli and Mazzino Montinari, Sechste Abteilung,
 vol. 3, pp. 253-372. Berlin and New York: Walter de Gruyter
 & Co., 1969.) —————. Der Fall Wagner:
 Ein Musikantenproblem. Zweite Auflage. Leipzig: Verlag von C. G. Naumann, 1889. (Werke, Sechste Abteilung, vol. 3, pp. 1-48.) —————. Zur Genealogie der Moral: Eine Streitschrift. Leipzig: Verlag von C. G. Naumann, 1887. (Werke, Sechste Abteilung, vol. 2,
 pp. 259-430. Berlin and New York: Walter de Gruyter & Co., 1968.)

—————. Götzen-Dämmerung: oder wie man mit dem Hammer philosophirt. Leipzig: Verlag von C. G. Naumann, 1889. (Werke, Sechste Abteilung, vol. 3,
 pp. 49-154.) —————. Jenseits von Gut und Böse: Vorspiel einer Philosophie der Zukunft. Leipzig: Verlag von C. G. Naumann, 1886. (Werke, Sechste Abteilung, vol. 2, pp. 1-255.) —————. Unzeitgemässe Betrachtungen, pt. 2: Vom Nutzen und Nachtheil der Historie für das Leben. Leipzig: Verlag von
 E. W. Fritzsch, 1874. (Werke, Sechste Abteilung, vol. 1,
 pp. 239-330. Berlin and New York: Walter de Gruyter & Co., 1972.)

MXCI


—————. “Ueber die Zukunft unserer Bildungs-Anstalten.” A series of five lectures (a sixth one was not held), delivered in Basel from January 16 to March 23, 1872. They were first published by Nietzsche’s sister in installments in the Magazin für Litteratur (Berlin: Union Deutsche VerlagsGesellschaft): vol. 62, no. 52 (December 30, 1893), pp. 825-29; vol. 63, no. 1 (January 6, 1894), cols. 1-11; no. 2 (January 13), cols. 47-50; no. 3 (January 20), cols. 65-70; no. 4 (January 27), cols. 97-103; no. 5 (February 3), cols. 129-34; no. 6 (February 10), cols. 161-66; no. 9 (March 3), cols. 268-75; no. 13 (March 31), cols. 399-403; no. 14 (April 7), cols. 432-36; no. 15 (April 14), cols. 452-55; and no. 19 (May 12, 1894), cols. 582-89. (Werke, Dritte Abteilung, vol. 2: Nachgelassene Schriften, 1870-1873,
 pp. 133-248. Berlin and New York: Walter de Gruyter & Co., 1973.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Noël, Jean-Sébastien. “Le silence s’essouffle”: Mort, deuil et mémoire chez les compositeurs ashkénazes: Europe centrale et orientale — Etats-Unis (1880-1980). Nancy: Presses universitaires de Nancy - Éditions universitaires de Lorraine, 2016. Nordau, Max. Die conventionellen Lügen der Kulturmenschheit. Leipzig: Verlag von B. Elischer, 1883. —————. Entartung. Two volumes. Berlin: Verlag Carl Duncker, 1892-93. —————. Paradoxe. Leipzig: Verlag von B. Elischer, 1885. Norton, Robert Edward. Secret Germany: Stefan George and His Circle. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 2002. Olagnier, Paul. L’Infamie légale du comédien: Rome - L’Eglise. Paris: Librairie Armand Magnier, 1899.

Opitz, Martin. Buch von der Deutschen Poeterey: In welchem alle ihre eigenschafft und zuegehör gründtlich erzehlet, und mit exempeln außgeführet wird. Breslau: in Verlegung David Müllers Buchhändlers, 1624. (Gesammelte Werke: Kritische Ausgabe, ed. George SchulzBehrend, vol. II: Die Werke von 1621 bis 1626, pt. 1, pp. 331-414. Stuttgart: Anton Hiersemann, 1978.) Orenstein, Gloria Feman.
 The Theater of the Marvelous: Surrealism and the Contemporary Stage. Preface by Anna Balakian. New York:
 New York University Press, 1975. Orledge, Robert. Debussy and the Theatre. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1982. —————. Satie Remembered. London: Faber & Faber, 1995. —————. Satie the Composer. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990.

MXCII


—————. Mystères des chiffres. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Éditions Assouline, 2004. Osthoff, Wolfgang. Musik aus freiem Geist im zwanzigsten Jahrhundert: Texte, 1966-2006, ed. Petra Weber-Bockholdt. Tutzing: Hans Schneider Verlag, 2007. —————. “Petrarca in der Musik des Abendlandes: Eine Betrachtung zum Sprachethos der Musik.” Castrum Peregrini (Amsterdam), no. 20 (1954), pp. 5-36. —————. Stefan George und
 »Les deux musiques«: Tönende und vertonte Dichtung im Einklang und Widerstreit. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag Wiesbaden, 1989. Ouaknin, Marc-Alain. Concerto pour quatre consonnes sans voyelles: Au-delà du principe d’identité. Paris: Éditions Ballard, 1991. —————. Les Mystères de l’alphabet: L’Origine de l’écriture. Paris: Éditions Assouline, 1997.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Oud, Jacobus Johannes Pieter. Holländische Architektur. Zweite Auflage. Munich: Verlag Albert Langen, 1929. (Bauhausbücher, no. 10.) Ozick, Cynthia. “Envy; or, Yiddish in America.” Commentary
 (New York: The American Jewish Committee), vol. 48, no. 5
 (November 1969), pp. 33-53. In The Pagan Rabbi and Other Stories, pp. 39-100. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1971. Palágyi, Menyhért (Melchior). Ausgewählte Werke, vol. II: Wahrnehmungslehre. Leipzig: Verlag von Johann Ambrosius Barth, 1925. —————. Naturphilosophische Vorlesungen: Über die Grundprobleme des Bewusstseins und des Lebens. Zweite, wenig veränderte Auflage. Leipzig: Verlag von Johann Ambrosius Barth, 1924.

Palisca, Claude Victor. Baroque Music. Third edition. London: Pearson, 1991. —————. Humanism in Italian Renaissance Musical Thought. New Haven: Yale University 1985. —————. Studies in the History of Italian Music and Music Theory. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1994. Pannwitz, Rudolf. Die Freiheit
 des Menschen, bk. 1: Die Krisis der europäischen Kultur. (Werke, vol. 2.) Nuremberg: Verlag Hans Carl, 1917. —————. Die Freiheit des Menschen, bk. 3: Kosmos Atheos. (Werke,
 vol. 4.) Munich: Verlag Hans Carl, 1926. —————. Der Friede. Nuremberg: Verlag Hans Carl, 1950. —————. Logos, Eidos, Bios. Munich: Verlag Hans Carl, 1930.

MXCIII


—————. Der Nihilismus und die werdende Welt: Aufsätze und Vorträge. Nuremberg: Verlag Hans Carl, 1951. —————. Der Übergang von heute zu morgen. Stuttgart: Verlag
 W. Kohlhammer, 1958. Panofsky, Erwin. Gothic Architecture and Scholasticism. Latrobe: The Archabbey Press, 1951. Papini, Giovanni. L’Esperienza futurista. Seconda edizione. Florence: Vallecchi, 1927. Partridge, Eric. Words, Words, Words! London: Methuen & Co., 1933.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Pascal, Blaise. Les Provinciales, ou Les Lettres escrites par Louis de Montalte à un provincial de ses amis, & aux RR. PP. Jésuites, sur le sujet de la Morale, & de la Politique de ces Pères. Cologne: chez Pierre de La Vallée, 1657. (Œuvres complètes, vol. I, ed. Michel Le Guern. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1998.) Pasler, Jann. Composing the Citizen: Music as Public Utility in Third Republic France. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 2009. Pater, Walter. “The Age of Athletic Prizemen: A Chapter in Greek Art.” The Contemporary Review (London: Isbister and Company), vol. LXV (February 1894),
 pp. 242-56. In Greek Studies:
 A Series of Essays, ed. Charles
 L. Shadwell, pp. 283-315. London: Macmillan and Company, 1895. (The Works, vol. VII, pp. 269-99. London: Macmillan and Company, 1901.)

—————. “The Bacchanals of Euripides.” Macmillan’s Magazine (London: Macmillan and Co.), vol. LX, no. 355
 (May 1889), pp. 63-72. In Greek Studies, pp. 49-78. (The Works, vol. VII, pp. 53-80.) (This text represents the continuation which had been announced at the end of “A Study of Dionysus” (below).) —————. Marius the Epicurean:
 His Sensations and Ideas. Second edition. London: Macmillan and Company, 1885. (The Works,
 vols. II and III. London: Macmillan and Company, 1900.) —————. Plato and Platonism:
 A Series of Lectures. Delivered at the University of Oxford during 1891, with the independent publication of some of the lectures the next year in a number of periodicals. London: Macmillan and Company, 1893. (The Works, vol. VI. London: Macmillan and Company, 1901.)

MXCIV


Paterson, Isabel. The God of the Machine. New York: G. P. Putnam’s Sons, 1943.

Péguy, Charles. Clio: Dialogue de l’histoire et de l’âme païenne. First published after Péguy’s death in his Œuvres complètes, Œuvres posthumes, vol. VIII. Paris: Éditions de la Nouvelle Revue Française, 1917. (Œuvres en prose complètes, ed. Robert Burac,
 vol. III: Période des «Cahiers de la Quinzaine» de la onzième à la quinzième et dernière série (1909-1914), pp. 997-1214. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1992.)

Paulhan, Jean. Les Fleurs de Tarbes, ou La Terreur dans les lettres, ed. Jean-Claude Zylberstein. Nouvelle édition augmentée. First published in 1941. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1990. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Bernard Baillaud, vol. III. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 2011.)

—————. Notre jeunesse. Cahiers de la Quinzaine (Paris), eleventh series, no. 12 (July 12, 1910). (Œuvres complètes, Œuvres de prose, vol. IV, pp. 37-254. Preface by André Suarès. Paris: Éditions de la Nouvelle Revue Française, 1916.) (Œuvres en prose complètes, vol. III, pp. 5-159.)

—————. “A Study of Dionysus:
 I. The Spiritual Form of Fire and Dew.” The Fortnightly Review (London: Chapman and Hall),
 new series, vol. XX, no. CXX (December 1, 1876), pp. 752-72. In Greek Studies, pp. 1-48.
 (The Works, vol. VII, pp. 9-52.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. De la Situation faite à l’histoire et à la sociologie dans les temps modernes. Cahiers de la Quinzaine, eighth series, no. 3 (October 30, 1906). (Œuvres complètes, Œuvres de prose,
 vol. III. Preface by Jérome and Jean Tharaud. Paris: Éditions de la Nouvelle Revue Française, 1927.) (Œuvres en prose complètes,
 vol. II: Période des «Cahiers de la Quinzaine» de la septième à la dixième série (1905-1909),
 pp. 480-519. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1988.) —————. Véronique: Dialogue de l’histoire et de l’âme charnelle. First published posthumously in his Œuvres en prose (1909-1914), ed. Marcel Péguy, pp. 845-1023. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1957. (Œuvres en prose complètes,
 vol. III, pp. 594-783.) Perot, Nicolas. Discours sur la musique à l’époque de Chateaubriand. Paris: Presses universitaires de France, 2000.

MXCV


Philips, Ambrose (attrib.). Untitled text about sonnets and
 song-writing. The Guardian (London: Jacob Tonson), vol. I,
 no. 16 (March 30, 1713), n.p.
 (The Guardian, ed. John Calhoun Stephens, pp. 86-89, 620. Lexington: The University Press of Kentucky, 1982.) Picard, Max. Das Ende des Impressionismus. Zweite Auflage. Munich: Piper, 1916. ErlenbachZürich: Eugen Rentsch Verlag, 1920. —————. Das Menschengesicht. Munich: Delphin-Verlag, 1929. —————. Die Welt des Schweigens. Erlenbach-Zürich: Eugen Rentsch Verlag, 1948. Pisani, Michael V. Music for the Melodramatic Theatre in Nineteenth-Century London & New York. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press, 2014. Piscator, Erwin. Das politische Theater. Berlin: Adalbert Schultz Verlag, 1929.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Schriften, ed. Ludwig Hoffmann, vol. II: Aufsätze, Reden, Gespräche. Berlin: Henschelverlag Kunst und Gesellschaft, 1968. Poe, Edgar Allan. “A Descent Into the Maelström.” Graham’s Lady’s and Gentleman’s Magazine (Philadelphia: George R. Graham), vol. XVIII, no. 5 (May 1841),
 pp. 235-41. Collected in Tales,
 ed. Evert Augustus Duyckinck,
 pp. 83-99. New York: Wiley and Putnam, 1845. (Poetry and Tales, ed. Patrick F. Quinn, pp. 432-48. New York: The Library of America, 1984.) —————. “A Few Words on Secret Writing.” Graham’s Lady’s and Gentleman’s Magazine, vol. XIX, no. 1 (July 1841), pp. 33-38. (Essays and Reviews, ed. Gary Richard Thompson, pp. 1277-91. New York: The Library of America, 1984.)

—————. “House Furniture.” Broadway Journal (New York: John Bisco), vol. 1, no. 18
 (May 3, 1845), pp. 273-75. (Subsequently entitled
 “The Philosophy of Furniture.”) Included in The Works of the Late Edgar Allan Poe, ed. Rufus Wilmot Griswold, vol. II: Poems and Miscellanies, pp. 299-305. New York: J. S. Redfield, 1850. (Poetry and Tales, pp. 382-87.) —————. “The Imp of the Perverse.” Graham’s American Monthly Magazine of Literature and Art, vol. XXVIII, no. 1 (July 1845),
 pp. 1-3. Included in The Works of the Late Edgar Allan Poe, vol. I: Tales, pp. 353-59. New York: J. S. Redfield, 1850. (Poetry and Tales, pp. 826-32.)

MXCVI


————— . “Loss of Breath: A Tale à la Blackwood.” Southern Literary Messenger: Devoted to Every Department of Literature and the Fine Arts (Richmond: Thomas Willis White), vol. I, no. 13 (September 1835), pp. 735-40. In Tales of the Grotesque and Arabesque, vol. II, pp. 123-49. Philadelphia: Lea and Blanchard, 1840. (Poetry and Tales,
 pp. 151-63.) —————. “Maelzel’s Chess-Player.” Southern Literary Messenger,
 vol. II, no. V (April 1836),
 pp. 318-26. Included in
 The Works of the Late Edgar Allan Poe, vol. IV: Arthur Gordon Pym, &c., pp. 346-70. New York: Redfield, 1856. (Essays and Reviews, pp. 1253-76.) —————. “The Man of the Crowd.” Burton’s Gentleman’s Magazine and American Monthly Review (Philadelphia: William E. Burton), vol. VII, no. 6 (December 1840),
 pp. 267-70. Collected in Tales,
 pp. 219-28. (Poetry and Tales,
 pp. 388-96.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “The Poetic Principle: From the Unpublished Manuscript.” Sartain’s Union Magazine of Literature and Art (Philadelphia: John Sartain & Co.), vol. VII, no. 4 (October 1850), pp. 281-89. Also included in The Literati: Some Honest Opinions About Autorial Merits and Demerits, with Occasional Words of Personality, Together with Marginalia, Suggestions, and Essays, ed. Rufus Wilmot Griswold, pp. 1-20. New York: J. S. Redfield, and Boston: B. B. Mussey & Co., 1850. (Essays and Reviews, pp. 71-94.) —————. “The Power of Words.” United States Magazine, and Democratic Review (New York: Henry G. Langley), new series,
 vol. XVI, no. LXXXIV (June 1845),
 pp. 602-04. Included in The Works of the Late Edgar Allan Poe, vol. II, pp. 271-75. (Poetry and Tales, pp. 822-25.)

—————. “The Premature Burial.” The Dollar Newspaper (Philadelphia: A. H. Simmons
 & Co.), vol. II, no. 28 (July 31, 1844), p. 1. Included in The Works of the Late Edgar Allan Poe,
 vol. I, pp. 325-38. (Poetry and Tales, pp. 666-79.) —————. “The Rationale of Verse.” Southern Literary Messenger: Devoted to Every Department of Literature and the Fine Arts (Richmond: John Reuben Thompson), vol. XIV, no. 10 (October 1848), pp. 577-85, and no. 11 (November 1848), pp. 673-82. Included in The Works of the Late Edgar Allan Poe, vol. II, pp. 215-58. (Essays and Reviews, pp. 26-70.) —————. “Some Secrets of the Magazine Prison-House.” Broadway Journal (New York: John Bisco), vol. 1, no. 7
 (February 15, 1845), pp. 103-4. (Essays and Reviews,
 pp. 1036-38.)

MXCVII


Polgar, Alfred. Kleine Schriften, ed. Marcel Reich-Ranicki, with the assistance of Ulrich Weinzierl. Six volumes. Reinbek bei Hamburg: Rowohlt Verlag, 1982-86. Poliakoff, Michael B. Combat Sports in the Ancient World: Competition, Violence, and Culture. Revised edition.
 New Have: Yale University Press, 1995. Portmann, Adolf. Biologie und Geist. Zürich: Rhein-Verlag, 1956. —————. Biologische Fragmente zu einer Lehre vom Menschen. Dritte, erweiterte Auflage. Basel and Stuttgart: Schwabe Verlag, 1969.

—————. Das Tier als soziales Wesen. Zweite, neubearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Zürich: Rhein-Verlag, 1969. —————. Die Tiergestalt: Studien über die Bedeutung der tierischen Erscheinung. Zweite ergänzte Auflage. Basel: Friedrich Reinhardt Verlag, 1960. Portnoy, Julius. Music in the Life of Man. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1963. —————. The Philosopher and Music: A Historical Outline. New York: Humanities Press, 1954.

Pourtalès, Guy de. Berlioz et l’Europe romantique. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1932. —————. Louis II de Bavière, ou Hamlet-roi. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1928. —————. Nietzsche en Italie. Paris: Éditions Bernard Grasset, 1929. —————. La Vie de Chopin, ou
 Le Poète. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1927. —————. La Vie de Franz Liszt. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1925.

—————. Vom Lebendigen: Versuche zu einer Wissenschaft vom Menschen. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1973.

Potamkin, Harry Alan.
 The Compound Cinema: The Film Writings, ed. Lewis Jacobs.
 New York: Teachers College Press, 1977.

—————. Wagner: Histoire d’un artiste. Édition revue et augmentée. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1932.

—————. Manipulation des Menschen als Schicksal und Bedrohung. Zürich: Die Arche, 1969.

Potter, David. The Victor’s Crown: A History of Ancient Sport from Homer to Byzantium. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2011.

Pratella, Francesco Balilla. Evoluzione della musica dal 1910 al 1917. Two volumes. Milan: Istituto Editoriale Italiano, 1918.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

MXCVIII


—————. “Manifesto dei musicisti futuristi.” Dated January 11, 1911. In Filippo Marinetti, et al.,
 I Manifesti del futurismo,
 pp. 37-44. Florence: Edizioni di “Lacerba„, 1914. —————. “La Musica futurista: Manifesto tecnico.” Dated
 March 29, 1911. In I Manifesti del futurismo, pp. 45-51. Praz, Mario. La Carne, la morte e il diavolo nella letteratura romantica. Nona edizione. Florence: Sansoni Editore, 1992. —————. La Filosofia dell’arredamento: I Mutamenti nel gusto della decorazione interna attraverso i secoli dall’antica Roma ai nostri tempi. Milan: Longanesi, 1964. —————. Mnemosine: Parallelo tra la letteratura e le arti visive. Milan: Arnoldo Mondadori Editore, 1971. —————. Studi sul concettismo. Milan and Rome: Società Editrice “La Cultura”, 1934.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Preuß, Konrad Theodor. Glauben und Mystik im Schatten des höchsten Wesens. Six lectures delivered in Berlin during May and June, 1925. Leipzig: Verlag von
 C. L. Hirschfeld, 1926. —————. “Der Ursprung der Religion und Kunst.” Globus: Illustrierte Zeitschrift für Länder- und Völkerkunde (Braunschweig: Verlag von Friedrich Vieweg & Sohn), in installments: vol. LXXXVI, no. 20 (November 24, 1904),
 pp. 321-27; no. 22 (December 8, 1904), pp. 355-63; no. 23 (December 15, 1904), pp. 375-79; no. 24 (December 22, 1904),
 pp. 388-92; vol. LXXXVII, no. 19 (May 25, 1905), pp. 333-37; no. 20 (June 1, 1905), pp. 347-50; no. 22 (June 15, 1905), pp. 380-84; no. 23 (June 22, 1905), pp. 394-400; and no. 24 (June 29, 1905), pp. 413-19.

Proudhon, Pierre-Joseph.
 La Guerre et la Paix: Recherches sur le principe et la constitution du droit des gens. Two volumes. Troisième édition. Paris: Édouard Dentu, 1861. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Célestin Bouglé and Henri Moysset, vol. VII. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Marcel Rivière, 1927.) —————. De la Justice dans la révolution et dans l’église: Nouveaux principes de philosophie pratique adressés à son éminence Monseigneur Mathieu, cardinal-archevêque de Besançon. Three volumes. Paris: Librairie de Garnier frères, 1858. (Œuvres complètes, vols. IX-XII. Paris: Marcel Rivière, 1930-35.) —————. Les Majorats littéraires: Examen d’un projet de loi ayant pour but de créer, au profit des auteurs, inventeurs et artistes, un monopole perpétuel. Brussels: Office de publicité, 1862. (Œuvres complètes, vol. XVI, pp. 1-124. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Librairie internationale, and Brussels, Leipzig, and Livorno: A. Lacroix, Verboeckhoven et Cie, 1868.)

MXCIX


Proust, Marcel. “À propos de Baudelaire.” La Nouvelle Revue Française (Paris), new series,
 vol. XVI, no. 93 (June 1, 1921),
 pp. 641-63. (Contre Sainte-Beuve, précédé de Pastiches et mélanges, et suivi d’Essais et articles, ed. Pierre Clarac, with the assistance of Yves Sandre,
 pp. 618-39. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1971.) —————. “Contre l’obscurité.”
 La Revue blanche (Paris: Georges Charpentier et Eugène Fasquelle), vol. XI, no. 75 (July 15, 1896),
 pp. 69-72. (Contre Sainte-Beuve, pp. 390-95.) Przybyszewski, Stanislaus (Stanisław). Zur Psychologie des Individuums, vol. I: Chopin und Nietzsche. Berlin: Fontane & Co., 1892. Puchner, Martin. Stage Fright: Modernism, Anti-Theatricality, and Drama. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins Press, 2002.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Puttenham, George. The Arte of English Poesie. London: Richard Field, 1589. (The Art of English Poesy: A Critical Edition, ed. Frank Whigham and Wayne A. Rebhorn. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 2007.) Quignard, Pascal. La Leçon de musique. Paris: Hachette, 1987. Radke, Gyburg. Die Theorie
 der Zahl im Platonismus:
 Ein systematisches Lehrbuch. Tübingen: Francke Verlag, 2003. Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Génération harmonique, ou Traité de Musique théorique et pratique. Paris: chez Prault fils, 1737. —————. Observations sur notre Instinct pour la Musique, et sur son Principe: Où les moyens de reconnoître l’un par l’autre, conduisent à pouvoir se rendre raison avec certitude des différens effets de cet Art. Paris: chez Prault fils, chez Lambert, chez Duchesne, 1754.

—————. Origine des Sciences, Suivie d’une Controverse sur le même Sujet. Paris: L’Imprimerie de Sébastien Jorry, 1761. —————. Traité de l’Harmonie, Reduite à ses Principes naturels: Divisé en quatre livres. Paris: L’Imprimerie de Jean-BaptisteChristophe Ballard, 1722. Rang, Florens Christian. Deutsche Bauhütte: Ein Wort an uns Deutsche über mögliche Gerechtigkeit gegen Belgien und Frankreich und zur Philosophie der Politik. Sannerz and Leipzig: Gemeinschafts-Verlag Eberhard Arnold, 1924. —————. “Goethes ‘Selige Sehnsucht.’” Neue Deutsche Beiträge (Munich: Bremer Presse), vol. 1, no. 1 (1922), pp. 83-125. Raphaël, Gaston. Der Professor ist die deutsche Nationalkrankheit: Eine Art von Bethlemitischem Kindermord. Cahiers de la Quinzaine (Paris), ninth series, no. 8 (January 7, 1908).

MC


Rathenau, Walther.
 Von kommenden Dingen. Berlin: S. Fischer Verlag, 1917. The book was included the next year as the third volume in his Gesammelte Schriften in five volumes, by the same publisher. (Gesamtausgabe, vol. II: Hauptwerke und Gespräche, ed. Hans Dieter Hellige and Ernst Schulin, pp. 297-497. Düsseldorf: Droste Verlag, 2004.) —————. Zur Kritik der Zeit. Berlin: S. Fischer Verlag, 1912. Published subsequently as the first volume of the Gesammelte Schriften. (Gesamtausgabe, vol. II.) —————. Zur Mechanik des Geistes. Berlin: S. Fischer Verlag, 1913. Later issued again as the second volume of the Gesammelte Schriften. (Gesamtausgabe, vol. II, pp. 105-295.) —————. Die neue Gesellschaft. Berlin: S. Fischer Verlag, 1919. —————. Der neue Staat. Berlin:
 S. Fischer Verlag, 1919.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Die neue Wirtschaft. Berlin: S. Fischer Verlag, 1918. Included in the Gesammelte Schriften,
 vol. 5: Reden und Schriften aus Kriegszeit, pp. 179-261. Ratzinger, Joseph (Benedict XVI). Gesammelte Schriften, ed. Gerhard Ludwig Müller, vol. 11: Theologie der Liturgie: Die sakramentale Begründung christlicher Existenz. Zweite Auflage. Freiburg im Breisgau, Basel, and Vienna: Verlag Herder, 2008. ————— and Peter Seewald. Salz der Erde: Christentum und katholische Kirche im 21. Jahrhundert. Munich: Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt, 1996. (Gesammelte Schriften, vol. 13: Im Gespräch mit der Zeit, pt. 1. Freiburg im Breisgau, Basel, and Vienna: Verlag Herder, 2016.) Raulff, Ulrich. Kreis ohne Meister: Stefan Georges Nachleben. Munich: C. H. Beck Verlag, 2009.

Rauschning, Hermann. Masken und Metamorphosen des Nihilismus: Der Nihilismus des XX. Jahrhunderts. Frankfurt
 am Main and Vienna:
 Humboldt-Verlag, 1954. —————. Die Revolution des Nihilismus: Kulisse und Wirklichkeit im Dritten Reich. Zweite Auflage. Zürich and New York: Europa-Verlag, 1939. —————. Die Zeit des Deliriums. Zürich: Verlag Amstutz, Herdeg
 & Co., 1947. Rée, Paul. Die Entstehung des Gewissens. Berlin: Carl Duncker’s Verlag, 1885. (Gesammelte Werke, 1875-1885, ed. Hubert Treiber, pp. 212-354, 516-758. Berlin and New York: Walter de Gruyter, 2004. (Supplementa Nietzscheana, vol. 7.)) —————. Der Ursprung der moralischen Empfindungen. Chemnitz: Verlag von Ernst Schmeitzner, 1877. (Gesammelte Werke, 1875-1885, pp. 126-211, 409-516.)

MCI


Reichelberg, Ruth. L’Aventure prophétique: Jonas, menteur de Vérité. Paris: Éditions Albin Michel, 1995. —————. Don Quichotte, ou
 Le Roman d’un juif masqué: Essai. Bourg-en-Bresse: Entailles - Philippe Nadal, 1989. Rezzori, Gregor von. Memoiren eines Antisemiten. Munich: Verlag Steinhausen, 1979. (The title story had been published in English, in the author’s own translation, a decade earlier, in the New Yorker (April 26, 1969), pp. 42-47.) Riccoboni, Antoine François. L’Art du théâtre, À Madame ***. Paris: chez C. F. Simon, fils, chez Giffart, fils, 1750. Riegl, Alois. Die spätrömische Kunst-Industrie: Nach den Funden in Österreich-Ungarn, im Zusammenhange mit der Gesamtentwicklung der bildenden Künste bei den Mittelmeervölkern. Vienna:
 Verlag der kaiserlich-königlichen Hof- und Staatsdruckerei, 1901.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Riezler, Kurt. “Das Homerische Gleichnis und der Anfang der Philosophie.” Die Antike: Zeitschrift für Kunst und Kultur des klassischen Altertums (Berlin and Leipzig: Walter de Gruyter
 & Co.), vol. XII (1936), pp. 253-71. —————. Traktat vom Schönen: Zur Ontologie der Kunst. Frankfurt am Main: Vittorio Klostermann, 1935. Righter, Anne. Shakespeare and the Idea of the Play. London: Chatto & Windus, 1962. Rilke, Rainer Maria.
 “Ur-Geräusch.” Das Inselschiff: Eine Zweimonatsschrift (Leipzig: Insel-Verlag), vol. 1, no. 1 (October 1919), pp. 14-20. (Werke: Kommentierte Ausgabe, ed. Manfred Engel, Ulrich Fülleborn, Horst Nalewski, and August Stahl, vol. 4: Schriften zur Literatur und Kunst, ed. Horst Nalewski, pp. 699-704, 1042-44. Frankfurt am Main: Insel Verlag, 1996.)

Ritter, Johann Wilhelm. Fragmente aus dem Nachlasse eines jungen Physikers:
 Ein Taschenbuch für Freunde der Natur. Two volumes. Heidelberg: bey Mohr und Zimmer, 1810. Roden, Steve. ... I Listen to the Wind That Obliterates My Traces: Music in Vernacular Photographs, 1880-1955. Atlanta: Dust-to-Digital, 2011. Rojtman, Betty. Feu noir sur feu blanc: Essai sur l’herméneutique juive. Paris: Éditions Verdier, 1986. Rosenkranz, Karl. Aesthetik des Häßlichen. Königsberg: Verlag der Gebrüder Bornträger, 1853.

MCII


Rosenzweig, Franz. “Vom Geist
 der hebräischen Sprache.” In Zweistromland: Kleinere Schriften zu Religion und Philosophie. Berlin: Philo Verlag, 1926. (Der Mensch und sein Werk: Gesammelte Schriften, vol. III: Zweistromland: Kleinere Schriften zu Glauben und Denken, ed. Annemarie and Reinhold Mayer, pp. 719-21. Dordrecht: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 1982.) —————. “Neuhebräisch? Anläßlich der Uebersetzung von Spinozas Ethik.” Der Morgen (Berlin: Philo Verlag), vol. II, no. 1 (April 1926), pp. 105-09. In Kleinere Schriften, ed. Edith Rosenzweig, pp. 220-27. Berlin: Schocken Verlag/Jüdischer Buchverlag, 1937. (Gesammelte Schriften, vol. III, pp. 723-29.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Reviews of LPs in the literary supplement of the Kasseler Tageblatt on May 13, June 3,
 July 18, and October 30, 1928, and on January 27, April 4, July 19, and November 23, 1929. Collected under the title “Der Konzertsaal auf der Schallplatte” in Kleinere Schriften, pp. 478-502. (Gesammelte Schriften, vol. III,
 pp. 427-48.) Roten, Hervé. Musiques liturgiques juives: Parcours et Escales. Paris: Cité de la Musique, and Arles: Actes Sud, 1998. —————. Les Traditions musicales judéo-portugaises en France. Paris: Maisonneuve & Larose, 2000. Rouget, Gilbert. La Musique et la Transe: Esquisse d’une théorie générale des relations de la musique et de la possession. Preface by Michel Leiris. Nouvelle édition revue et augmentée. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1990.

Rousseau, Jean-Jacques. Discours sur l’œconomie politique. Geneva: chez Emanuel du Villard, fils, 1758. (The germ of this text was an article by Rousseau in the fifth volume of Diderot’s Encyclopédie (Paris: chez Antoine-Claude Briasson, et al., 1755),
 pp. 337-49.) (Œuvres complètes, ed. Bernard Gagnebin and Marcel Raymond, vol. III: Du Contrat social - Écrits politiques,
 pp. 241-78, ed. Robert Derathé. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1964.) —————. Dissertation sur la musique moderne. Paris: chez Gabriel François Quillau, 1743. (Œuvres complètes, vol. V: Écrits sur la musique, la langue et le théâtre, pp. 155-246, ed. Bernard Gagnebin and Sidney Kleinman. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1995.)

MCIII


—————. “Essai sur l’Origine des Langues, Où il est parlé de la Mélodie & de l’Imitation Musicale.” Composed ca. 1760, published posthumously. Collection complète des œuvres, ed. Pierre-Alexandre Du Peyrou and Pierre Moultou, vol. VIII, pt. II: Projet concernant de nouveaux signes pour la musique,
 pp. 355-434. Geneva: Société Typographique, 1782. (Œuvres complètes, vol. V, pp. 371-429, ed. Jean Starobinski.) —————. De l’Imitation théâtrale: Essai tiré des dialogues de Platon. Amsterdam: chez
 Marc-Michel Rey, Librairie, 1764. (Œuvres complètes, vol. V,
 pp. 1195-1211, ed. Bernard Gagnebin.) —————. Lettre sur la musique françoise. Paris: n.p., 1753. (Œuvres complètes, vol. V,
 pp. 286-328, ed. Olivier Pot.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Œuvres complètes: Édition thématique du Tricentenaire, ed. Raymond Trousson and Frédéric S. Eigeldinger, vol. XII: Écrits sur la musique, ed. Brenno Boccadoro, Alain Cernuschi, Amalia Collisani, and Charles Porset. Geneva: Éditions Slatkine, and Paris: Honoré Champion, 2012. —————. “Le Persifleur.” This fragment was probably written in 1747; published posthumously. Collection complète des œuvres, vol. VII: Mélanges, pt. II,
 pp. 221-31. (Œuvres complètes, vol. I: Les Confessions - Autres textes autobiographiques,
 pp. 1103-12. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1959.) Rousset, David. La Fraternité de nos ruines: Écrits sur la violence concentrationnaire, 1945-1970, ed. Grégory Cingal. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard, 2016. —————. Les Jours de notre mort. Paris: Éditions du Pavois, 1947.

—————. L’Univers concentrationnaire. Paris: Éditions du Pavois, 1946. Ruesch, Jurgen and Weldon Kees. Nonverbal Communication: Notes on the Visual Perception of Human Relations. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1956. Russolo, Luigi. “L’Arte dei rumori.” Dated March 11, 1913. In Filippo Marinetti, et al.,
 I Manifesti del futurismo,
 pp. 123-32. Florence: Edizioni di “Lacerba„, 1914. Included as the first text in the eponymous volume, pp. 9-17. —————. L’Arte dei rumori. Milan: Edizioni futuriste de “Poesia„, 1916. Sachs, Curt. The Commonwealth of Art: Style in the Fine Arts, Music and the Dance. New York: W. W. Norton & Company, 1946. —————. Geist und Werden der Musikinstrumente. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer, 1929.

MCIV


—————. The History of Musical Instruments. New York: W. W. Norton & Company, 1940. —————. Les Instruments de musique de Madagascar. Paris: Institut d’ethnologie, 1938. (Travaux et mémoires de l’Institut d’ethnologie, vol. XXVIII.) —————. “The Lore of Non-Western Music.” In Arthur Mendel, Curt Sachs, and Carroll C. Pratt, Some Aspects of Musicology: Three Essays, pp. 20-48. New York: Liberal Arts Press, 1957. —————. Musik des Altertums. Breslau: Ferdinand Hirt, 1924. —————. Musik und Oper am kurbrandenburgischen Hof. Berlin: Julius Bard, 1910. —————. Musikgeschichte der Stadt Berlin bis zum Jahre 1800: Stadtpfeifer, Kantoren und Organisten an den Kirchen städtischen Patronats, nebst Beiträgen zur allgemeinen Musikgeschichte Berlins. Berlin: Verlag von Gebrüder Paetel, 1908.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Die Musikinstrumente Indiens und Indonesiens: Zugleich eine Einführung in die Instrumentenkunde. Zweite Auflage. Berlin and Leipzig: Walter de Gruyter & Co., 1923. —————. Rhythm and Tempo:
 A Study in Music History.
 New York: W. W. Norton & Company, 1953. —————. The Rise of Music in the Ancient World: East and West. New York: W. W. Norton
 & Company, 1943. —————. A Short History of World Music. Second edition. London: Dennis Dobson, 1956. —————. Vergleichende Musikwissenschaft in ihren Grundzügen. Leipzig: Quelle & Meyer, 1930. (Musikpädagogische Bibliothek, vol. 8.) —————. The Wellsprings of Music, ed. Jaap Kunst. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff, 1962.

—————. Eine Weltgeschichte des Tanzes. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer, 1933. Sade, Donatien Alphonse François de. La Nouvelle Justine, ou Les Malheurs de la vertu, suivie de L’Histoire de Juliette, sa soeur. Ten volumes. Deuxième édition. “En Hollande”(but most likely it was printed in Paris): n.p., 1797. (The first of these works is in his Œuvres, vol. II, ed. Michel Delon, pp. 391-1110, and the second in Œuvres, vol. III, ed. Michel Delon with the assistance of Jean Deprun, pp. 180-1262. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1995 and 1998, respectively.) —————. La Philosophie dans le boudoir, ou Les Instituteurs immoraux, Dialogues destinés à l’éducation des jeunes Demoiselles. Two volumes. London: aux dépens de la Compagnie, 1795. (Œuvres, vol. III, pp. 1-178.)

MCV


Saint-Point, Valentine de
 (Anna Jeanne Valentine Marianne de Glans de Cessiat-Vercell). Manifeste de la femme futuriste, ed. Jean-Paul Morel. Paris: Éditions Mille et une nuits, 2005. Saint-Pol-Roux (Paul-Pierre Roux). De l’Art magnifique, suivi de Réponses et de Petit Traité de déshumanisme, ed. Gérard Macé. Mortemart: Éditions Rougerie, 1978. —————. Cinéma vivant, précédé de L’Empire du soleil, ed. Gérard Macé. Mortemart: Éditions Rougerie, 1972. —————. Genèses, ed. Gérard Macé. Mortemart: Éditions Rougerie, 1976. —————. Les Reposoirs de la procession. Three volumes. Paris: Société du Mercure de France, 1901-07. —————. Les Traditions de l’avenir, ed. Gérard Macé. Mortemart: Éditions Rougerie, 1974.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Vitesse, précédé de Une Définition sans fin, ed. Gérard Macé. Mortemart: Éditions Rougerie, 1973. Saintsbury, George. “Charles Baudelaire.” The Fortnightly Review (London: Chapman and Hall), new series, vol. XVIII, no. CXI (October 1, 1875), pp. 500-18.
 In Miscellaneous Essays,
 pp. 216-52. London: Percival
 and Co., 1892. Salmen, Walter. Jüdische Musikanten und Tänzer vom
 13. bis 20. Jahrhundert: „...denn die Fiedel macht das Fest“. Innsbruck: Edition Helbling, 1991. Salter, Chris. Entangled: Technology and the Transformation of Performance. Preface by Peter Sellars. Cambridge, Massachusetts:
 The MIT Press, 2010. Samson, Joseph. Musique et vie intérieure: Journal de bord d’un musicien. Paris: La Colombe, 1951.

Sansone, David. Greek Athletics and the Genesis of Sport. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1988. Santayana, George. “The Comic Mask.” In Soliloquies in England and Later Soliloquies,
 pp. 135-39. London: Constable and Company, 1922. —————. Dominations and Powers: Reflections on Liberty, Society, and Government. New York; Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1951. —————. “The Irony of Liberalism.” The Dial (New York: The Dial Publishing Company), vol. LXXI (July-December 1921), pp. 407-17. In Soliloquies in England and Later Soliloquies, pp. 178-89. Sartre, Jean-Paul. Critique de la raison dialectique: Théorie des ensembles pratiques, vol. I, ed. Arlette Elkaïm-Sartre. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1985.

MCVI


—————. L’Être et le Néant: Essai d’ontologie phénoménologique, ed. Arlette Elkaïm-Sartre. Édition corrigée. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1994. —————. L’Imaginaire: Psychologie phénoménologique de l’imagination, ed. Arlette
 Elkaïm-Sartre. Édition augmentée. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 2005. Satie, Erik. Écrits, ed. Ornella Volta. Nouvelle édition, revue et augmentée. Paris: Éditions Champ Libre, 1981. —————. Mémoires d’un amnésique, suivi de Cahiers d’un mammifère, Chroniques musicales, Écrits divers, ed. Raoul Coquereau. Toulouse: Éditions Ombres, 2010.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Sarraute, Nathalie (Natalia Ilinichna Tcherniak). Vous les entendez ? Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1972. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Jean-Yves Tadié, with the assistance of Viviane Forrester, Ann Jefferson, Valerie Minogue, and Arnaud Rykner. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1996.) Sautet, Marc. Nietzsche et la Commune. Paris: Le Sycomore, 1981. Scanlon, Thomas F. Eros and Greek Athletics. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2002. Schaarwächter, Jürgen. Two Centuries of British Symphonism: From the Beginnings to 1945:
 A Preliminary Survey. Two volumes. Preface by Lewis Foreman. Hildesheim, Zürich,
 New York: Georg Olms Verlag, 2015.

Schäfer, Peter. Die Geburt des Judentums aus dem Geist des Christentums: Fünf Vorlesungen zur Entstehung des rabbinischen Judentums. Lectures delivered at the Universität Jena in 2009. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 2010. —————. The Jewish Jesus: How Judaism and Christianity Shaped Each Other. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2012. —————. Judeophobia: Attitudes Toward the Jews in the Ancient World. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1997. Schaeffner, André. Essais de musicologie et autres fantaisies. Paris: Le Sycomore, 1980. —————. Origine des instruments
 de musique: Introduction ethnologique à l’histoire de la musique instrumentale. Paris: Éditions Payot, 1936. —————. Le Sistre et le Hochet: Musique, théâtre et danse dans les sociétés africaines. Paris: Éditions Hermann, 1990.

MCVII


Schelsky, Helmut. Der Mensch in der wissenschaftlichen Zivilisation. Cologne and Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag, 1961. —————. Strawinsky. Paris:
 Les Éditions Rieder, 1931. Schalk, Carl Flentge. Luther on Music: Paradigms of Praise.
 St. Louis: Concordia Publishing House, 1988. Schapiro, Meyer. Impressionism: Reflections and Perceptions,
 ed. James Thompson. New York: George Braziller, 1997. Scheerbart, Paul. Glasarchitektur. Berlin: Verlag der Sturm, 1914. (Gesammelte Werke, ed. Ulrich Kohnle, vol. 9: Gedichte, Zeichnungen, Theoretische Schriften 1. Bellheim: Edition Phantasia, 1994.) Schellwien, Robert. Max Stirner und Friedrich Nietzsche: Erscheinungen des modernen Geistes, und das Wesen des Menschen. Leipzig: G. E. M. Pfeffer, 1892.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Schenker, Heinrich. Neue musikalische Theorien und Phantasien. Three volumes in four. For the first two, Stuttgart and Berlin: J. G. Cotta’schen Buchhandlung, 1906 and 1910; for the latter, Vienna: Universal Edition, 1922 and 1935.

—————. Der Garten der Gesundheit: Medizin im Mittelalter. Munich: Artemis Verlag, 1985.

Schiller, Johann Christoph Friedrich von. “Was heißt und zu welchem Ende studiert man Universalgeschichte? Eine akademische Antrittsrede.”
 Der Teutsche Merkur (Weimar), no. 11 (November 1789),
 pp. 105-35. (Sämtliche Werke, vol. 4: Historische Schriften, ed. Peter-André Alt, pp. 749-68. Munich: Carl Hanser Verlag, 2004.)

—————. “Melancolia als ein mittelalterlicher Sammelbegriff für Wahnvorstellungen.” Studium Generale: Zeitschrift für die Einheit der Wissenschaften im Zusammenhang ihrer Begriffsbildungen und Forschungsmethoden (Berlin, Göttingen, Heidelberg:
 Springer-Verlag), vol. 20, no. 11 (1967), pp. 723-36.

Schipperges, Heinrich.
 Am Leitfaden des Leibes: Zur Anthropologik und Therapeutik Friedrich Nietzsches. Stuttgart: Ernst Klett Verlag, 1975.

—————. Utopien der Medizin: Geschichte und Kritik der ärztlichen Ideologie des
 19. Jahrhunderts. Salzburg:
 Otto Müller Verlag, 1968.

—————. Kosmos anthropos: Entwürfe zu einer Philosophie des Leibes. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta, 1981.

MCVIII


Schlegel, Friedrich. Geschichte der Poesie der Griechen und Römer. Berlin: bey Johann Friedrich Unger, 1798. (Kritische Ausgabe, ed. Ernst Behler, with the assistance of Jean-Jacques Anstett and Hans Eichner, Erste Abteilung: Kritische Neuausgabe, vol. 1: Studien des klassischen Altertums, pp. 395-568. Paderborn, Munich, Vienna: Verlag Ferdinand Schöningh, and Zürich: Thomas-Verlag, 1979.) Schmidt, Johann Michael.
 “Heine und Luther: Heines Lutherrezeption in der Spannung der Daten 1483 und 1933.”
 Heine-Jahrbuch (Hamburg: Hoffmann und Campe), vol. 24 (1985), pp. 9-79. —————. Die Matthäus-Passion von Johann Sebastian Bach: Zur Geschichte ihrer religiösen und politischen Wahrnehmung und Wirkung. Zweite Auflage. Stuttgart: Verlag W. Kohlhammer, 2014.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Schneider, Nicola.
 “Die Kriegsverluste der Musiksammlungen deutscher Bibliotheken, 1942—1945.” Doctoral dissertation. Zürich: Universität Zürich, 2013. Schnitzler, Arthur. Lieutenant Gustl. Serialized in the Christmas supplement of the Neue Freie Presse (Vienna), no. 13053 (December 25, 1900), pp. 34-41. Published as a book the next year in Berlin by the S. Fischer Verlag. (Lieutenant Gustl: Historischkritische Ausgabe, ed. Konstanze Fliedl. Berlin and New York: Walter de Gruyter, 2011.) Schnyder, Peter. “Das Komma: Vom geheimen Ursprung der Philosophie.” In Christine Abbt and Tim Kammasch (eds.), Punkt, Punkt, Komma, Strich? Geste, Gestalt und Bedeutung philosophischer Zeichensetzung, pp. 73-86. Bielefeld: Transcript Verlag. 2009.

Schoell-Glass, Charlotte. Aby Warburg und der Antisemitismus: Kulturwissenschaft als Geistespolitik. Frankfurt am Main: S. Fischer Verlag, 1998. Schönberg, Arnold. Harmonielehre. Dritte vermehrte und verbesserte Auflage. Vienna: Universal-Edition, 1922. —————. Stil und Gedanke: Aufsätze zur Musik, ed. Ivan Vojtech. Gesammelte Schriften, vol. 1. Frankfurt am Main: S. Fischer Verlag, 1976. —————. Structural Functions of Harmony, ed. Leonard Stein. Revised edition with corrections. London: Faber & Faber, 1983. —————. Style and Idea, ed. Dika Newlin. New York: Philosophical Library, 1950.

MCIX


Scholem, Gershom (Gerhard) G. “Bekenntnis über unsere Sprache: An Franz Rosenzweig.” This letter is dated twice, evidently inconsistently, both the 26th of December, 1926, and the 7th of Tevet, 5687. It was first published in French translation by Stéphane Mosès, and then in the original as an appendix in Michael Brocke, “Franz Rosenzweig und Gerhard Gershom Scholem,” in Juden in der Weimarer Republik, ed. Walter Grab and Julius H. Schoeps, pp. 127-52 (pp. 148-50). Bonn and Stuttgart: Burg Verlag, 1986.

—————. “Der Name Gottes und die Sprachtheorie der Kabbala.” Neue Rundschau (Frankfurt am Main:
 S. Fischer Verlag), vol. 83, no. 3 (1972), pp. 470-95. In Judaica 3: Studien zur jüdischen Mystik,
 pp. 7-70. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1973.

—————. Zur Kabbala und ihrer Symbolik. Zürich: Rhein-Verlag, 1960.

—————. “Redemption Through Sin,” translated from the Hebrew by Hillel Halkin. First published in the journal Keneset in 1937. In The Messianic Idea in Judaism, and Other Essays on Jewish Spirituality, pp. 78-141. New York: Schocken Books, 1971.

—————. Major Trends in Jewish Mysticism. Based largely upon the Hilda Strook Lectures he delivered at the Jewish Institute of Religion in New York in 1938; much of the text was translated by George Lichtheim. Third revised edition. New York: Schocken Books, 1954.

—————. Sabbatai Sevi: The Mystical Messiah, 1626-1676, translated by Raphael Jehudah Zwi Werblowsky from the Hebrew edition (Tel Aviv: Am Oved, 1957), revised and augmented by Scholem. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1973. (Bollingen Series, vol. XCIII.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Überlegungen zur Wissenschaft vom Judentum.” Written in Hebrew, and first published in 1944, in the fourth volume of Luah Ha’aretz, an almanac issued by the newspaper. In Judaica 6: Die Wissenschaft vom Judentum, ed. and translated by Peter Schäfer, pp. 9-52. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1997. —————. Ursprung und Anfänge der Kabbala. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter & Co., 1962. —————. Walter Benjamin — Die Geschichte einer Freundschaft. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1975. —————. “Wissenschaft vom Judentum einst und jetzt.” A lecture delivered on September 7, 1959, at the Leo Baeck Institute in London. Bulletin des Leo Baeck Instituts (Tel Aviv: Bitaon Publishing Co.), no. 9 (April 1960), pp. 10-20. In Judaica, pp. 147-64. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1963.

MCX


————— (ed.). Zohar: The Book of Splendor. Translations from the Aramaic by Scholem, with the assistance of Sherry Abel; his introduction was translated by Ralph Marcus. New York: Schocken Books, 1949. Schrade, Leo. Beethoven in France: the Growth of an Idea. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1942. —————. Monteverdi: Creator of Modern Music. New York: W. W. Norton & Company, 1950. —————. Tragedy in the Art of Music. Delivered at Harvard University as the Charles Eliot Norton Lectures in 1962-63. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1964. Schuré, Édouard. Le Drame musical. Two volumes. Nouvelle édition, augmentée. Paris: Librairie académique Didier Émile Perrin, 1886.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “L’Individualisme et l’anarchie en littérature: Frédéric Nietzsche et sa philosophie.” Revue des Deux Mondes (Paris), vol. CXXX, no. 4 (August 15, 1895), pp. 775-805. In Précurseurs et Révoltés, pp. 127-82. Paris: Librairie académique Didier Perrin et Cie, 1904. Screech, Michael Andrew. Erasmus: Ecstasy and the Praise of Folly. London: Duckworth, 1980. —————. Laughter at the Foot of the Cross. London: Allen Lane, 1997. —————. Montaigne and Melancholy: The Wisdom of the Essays. New edition. Preface by Marc Fumaroli. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield, 2000. Senancour, Étienne Pivert de.
 De l’Amour, selon les lois premières et selon les convenances des sociétés modernes. Quatrième édition, augmentée et seule complète. Two volumes. Paris: À la Librairie d’Abel Ledoux, 1834.

—————. Libres Méditations d’un solitaire inconnu sur le détachement du monde, et sur d’autres objets de la morale religieuse. Paris: P. Mongie ainé, Libraire, and Cérioux, Libraire, 1819. —————. Oberman: Lettres. Two volumes. Paris: chez Cérioux, Libraire, An XII - 1804. (The work was republished in revised form under the title Obermann, with a preface by Charles-Augustin Sainte-Beuve. Two volumes. Paris: À la Librairie d’Abel Ledoux, 1833.) —————. Rêveries sur la nature primitive de l’homme, sur ses sensations, sur les moyens de bonheur qu’elles lui indiquent, sur le mode social qui conserveroit le plus de ses formes primordiales. Seconde édition. Paris: chez Cérioux, Libraire, and chez Lepetit, jeune, Libraire, An X - 1802.

MCXI


Sessions, Roger. The Musical Experience of Composer, Performer, Listener. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1950. —————. Questions About Music. Delivered at Harvard University as the Charles Eliot Norton Lectures in 1968-69. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1970. —————. Reflections on the Music Life in the United States. New York: Merlin Press, 1956. Sendrey, Alfred (Aladár Szendrei). Dirigierkunde. Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel, 1932. —————. Music in Ancient Israel. New York: Philosophical Library, 1969. —————. Music in the Social and Religious Life of Antiquity. Rutherford, New Jersey: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press, 1974.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. The Music of the Jews in the Diaspora (Up to 1800): A Contribution to the Social and Cultural History of the Jews.
 New York, South Brunswick, London: Thomas Yoseloff, 1970. —————. “Das Orchesterkonzert
 ohne Dirigenten.” Pult und Taktstock: Fachzeitschrift für Dirigenten (Vienna and New York: Universal-Edition), vol. VI, no. 1 (January-February 1929), pp. 1-6, and no. 4 (September-October), pp. 85-87. —————. Rundfunk und Musikpflege. Leipzig: Fr. Kistner & C. F. W. Siegel, 1931. Serna, Pierre-René.
 L’Anti-Wagner sans peine. Paris: Presses universitaires de France, 2015. Shaftesbury (Anthony Ashley Cooper). Characteristicks of Men, Manners, Opinions, Times. Three volumes. Sixth edition, corrected. London: J. Purser, 1737-38.

—————. The Life, Unpublished Letters, and Philosophical Regimen, ed. Benjamin Rand. London: Swan Sonnenschein
 & Company, and New York:
 The Macmillan Company, 1900. —————. Second Characters, or The Language of Forms, ed. Benjamin Rand. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1914. Shaw, George Bernard. Shaw’s Music: The Complete Musical Criticism, ed. Dan H. Laurence. Three volumes. Second revised edition. London: Max Reinhardt, The Bodley Head, 1989. Shelley, Mary. Frankenstein; or, The Modern Prometheus. Three volumes. London: Lackington, Hughes, Harding, Mavor, & Jones, 1818. (The Novels and Selected Works, vol. 1, ed. Nora Crook. London: Pickering & Chatto, 1996.)

MCXII


Shelley, Percy Bysshe. “A Defence of Poetry.” Written 1821, published posthumously. In Essays, Letters from Abroad, Translations and Fragments, ed. Mary Shelley, vol. I, pp. 1-57. London: Edward Moxon, 1840. (The Complete Works, ed. Roger Ingpen and Walter Edwin Peck, vol. VII: Prose, pp. 109-40. London: The Julian Editions, 1930.) Shiloah, Amnon. The Dimension of Music in Islamic and Jewish Culture. Aldershot: Variorum, and Brookfield: Ashgate Publishing Company, 1993. —————. Jewish Musical Traditions. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1995. —————. Music and Its Virtues in Islamic and Judaic Writings. Aldershot: Variorum, and Brookfield: Ashgate Publishing Company, 2007.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Music in the World of Islam: A Socio-Cultural Study. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 2001. Shklovsky, Viktor Borisovich. Bowstring: On the Dissimilarity of the Similar, translated by Shushan Avagyan. First published in 1970. Champaign: Dalkey Archive Press, 2011. —————. Energy of Delusion: A Book on Plot, translated by Shushan Avagyan. First published in 1981. Champaign: Dalkey Archive Press, 2007. —————. Knight’s Move, translated by Richard Sheldon. First published in 1923. Champaign: Dalkey Archive Press, 2005. —————. Literature and Cinematography, translated by Irina Masinovsky. First published in 1923. Champaign: Dalkey Archive Press, 2008.

—————. Theory of Prose, translated from the second edition (Moscow: Federatsiya, 1929) by Benjamin Sher. First published in 1925. Normal: Dalkey Archive Press, 1998. Sickert, Walter. The Complete Writings on Art, ed. Anna Gruetzner Robins. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000. Sidney, Philip. The Defence of Poesie. London: William Ponsonby, 1595. (An Apology for Poetry (or The Defence of Poesy), ed. Geoffrey Shepherd, revised by Robert W. Maslen. Third edition. Manchester: Manchester University Press, 2002.) Signac, Paul. D’Eugène Delacroix au néo-Impressionnisme. Paris: Éditions de la Revue blanche, 1899. (First published in part during the previous year in the eponymous journal.)

MCXIII


Simmel, Georg. “Die Großstädte und das Geistesleben.” In
 Die Großstadt: Vorträge und Aufsätze zur Städteausstellung, ed. Theodor Petermann,
 pp. 185-206. Dresden: von Zahn & Jaensch, 1903. (Jahrbuch der Gehe-Stiftung zu Dresden, vol. IX (Winter 1902).) (Gesamtausgabe, vol. 7: Aufsätze und Abhandlungen, 1901—1908, pt. I, ed. Rüdiger Kramme, Angela Rammstedt, and Otthein Rammstedt, pp. 116-31. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1995.) —————. Philosophie des Geldes. Zweite, vermehrte Auflage. Leipzig: Verlag von Duncker & Humblot, 1907. (Gesamtausgabe, vol. 6, ed. David P. Frisby and Klaus Christian Köhnke. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1989.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Zur Philosophie des Schauspielers.” Der Morgen: Wochenschrift für deutsche Kultur (Berlin: Morgen-Verlag), vol. 2, no. 51/52 (December 18, 1908), pp. 1685-89. A different text was published in Logos: Internationale Zeitschrift für Philosophie der Kultur (Tübingen: Verlag von J. C. B. Mohr (Paul Siebeck)), vol. IX, no. 1 (1920), pp. 339-62, after Simmel’s death. (Gesamtausgabe, vol. 8: Aufsätze und Abhandlungen, 1901—1908, pt. II, ed. Alessandro Cavalli and Volkhard Krech,
 pp. 424-32. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1993.) —————. “Psychologische und ethnologische Studien über Musik.” Zeitschrift für Völkerpsychologie und Sprachwissenschaft (Berlin: Ferdinand Dümmlers Verlagsbuchhandlung), vol. 13,
 no. 3 (1882), pp. 261-305. (Gesamtausgabe, vol. 1, ed. Klaus Christian Köhnke, pp. 45-89. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 2000.)

—————. “Der Schauspieler und die Wirklichkeit.” Berliner Tageblatt und Handels-Zeitung (Berlin: Mosse), vol. 41, no. 11 (January 7, 1912), supplement, pp. 5-6. (Gesamtausgabe, vol. 12: Aufsätze und Abhandlungen, 1909—1918, pt. I, ed. Rüdiger Kramme and Angela Rammstedt, pp. 308-15. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 2001.) —————. Soziologie: Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung. Leipzig: Verlag von Duncker & Humblot, 1908. (Gesamtausgabe, vol. 11, ed. Otthein Rammstedt. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1992.)

MCXIV


—————. “Tendencies in German
 Life and Thought Since 1870,” translated by W. D. Briggs.
 The International Monthly:
 A Magazine of Contemporary Thought (Burlington: Frederick
 A. Richardson), vol. V, no. 1
 (January 1902), pp. 93-111, and no. 2 (February 1902), pp. 166-84. (Gesamtausgabe, vol. 18: Englischsprachige Veröffentlichungen, 1893-1910, ed. David P. Frisby, pp. 167-202. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 2008.) Simson, Otto von. The Gothic Cathedral: Origins of Gothic Architecture and the Medieval Concept of Order. Second revised edition. New York: Pantheon Books, 1962. (Bollingen Series, vol. XLVIII.) Singer, Isaac Bashevis. A Friend
 of Kafka and Other Stories.
 New York: Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1970. (Collected Stories, vol. 2: A Friend of Kafka to Passions, ed. Ilan Stavans.
 New York: The Library of America, 2004.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Sitsky, Larry. Music of the Repressed Russian Avant-Garde, 1900-1929. Westport and London: Greenwood Press, 1994. Skinner, Cornelia Otis. Elegant Wits and Grand Horizontals:
 A Sparkling Panorama of
 “Le Belle Epoque”: Its Gilded Society, Irrepressible Wits and Splendid Courtesans. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1962. Slonimsky, Nicolas (Nikolai Leonidovich). Baker’s Biographical Dictionary of Musicians. Eighth edition.
 New York: Schirmer Books, 1991.

—————. The Listener’s Companion: The Great Composers and Their Works, ed. Electra Yourke.
 New York: Schirmer Books, 2002. —————. Music of Latin America. Third edition. New York: Da Capo Press, 1972.

—————. Baker’s Dictionary of Music, ed. Richard Kassel.
 New York: Schirmer Books, 1997.

—————. Music Since 1900. Fifth edition. New York: Schirmer Books, 1994.

—————. Lectionary of Music.
 New York: McGraw-Hill, 1989.

—————. Slonimsky’s Book of Musical Anecdotes. London and New York: Routledge, 2000.

—————. Lexicon of Musical Invective: Critical Assaults on Composers Since Beethoven’s Time. New York: W. W. Norton
 & Company, 2000.

—————. Writings on Music, ed. Electra Yourke. Four volumes. London and New York: Routledge, 2003-05.

MCXV


Smith, Adam. The Theory of Moral Sentiments; or, An Essay towards an Analysis of the Principles by which Men naturally judge concerning the Conduct and Character, first of their Neighbours, and afterwards of themselves. Two volumes. Sixth edition. London: A. Strahan, 1790. (The Glasgow Edition, vol. I, ed.
 A. L. Macfie and D. D. Raphael. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1976.) Smith, Garnet. “Charles Baudelaire.” The Gentleman’s Magazine (London: Chatto & Windus), vol. CCLXIV, no. 1886 (February 1888), pp. 178-91. Snyder, Jon R. Dissimulation and the Culture of Secrecy in Early Modern Europe. Berkeley and
 Los Angeles: University of California Press, 2009. Söhngen, Oskar. Das mystische Erlebnis in Plotins Weltanschauung. Leipzig:
 Alfred Kröner Verlag, 1923.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Theologie der Musik. Kassel: Johannes Stauda Verlag, 1967. Solger, Karl Wilhelm Ferdinand. “Über die älteste Ansicht der Griechen von der Gestalt der Welt.” In Nachgelassene Schriften und Briefwechsel, ed. Ludwig Tieck and Friedrich von Raumer, vol. II, pp. 629-49. Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus, 1826. —————. Erwin: Vier Gespräche über das Schöne und die Kunst. Two volumes. Berlin: in der Realschulbuchhandlung, 1815. —————. “Etwas über das Verhältniß des Ideals zur Nachahmung der Natur in der Kunst.” Pantheon: Eine Zeitschrift für Wissenschaft und Kunst (Leipzig: E. Salfeld), vol. II, no. 2 (1810), pp. 395-415. —————. “Ideen über die Religion der Griechen und einiger andern Völker des Alterthums.” In Nachgelassene Schriften und Briefwechsel, vol. II, pp. 719-61.

—————. “Über patriotischen Enthusiasmus.” In Nachgelassene Schriften und Briefwechsel,
 vol. II, pp. 387-423. —————. Philosophische Gespräche, Erste Sammlung. Berlin: in der Maurerschen Buchhandlung, 1817. —————. “Philosophische Gespräche über Seyn, Nichtseyn und Erkennen.” In Nachgelassene Schriften und Briefwechsel,
 vol. II, pp. 200-62. —————. “Über Sophokles und die alte Tragödie.” In Nachgelassene Schriften und Briefwechsel,
 vol. II, pp. 445-92. —————. “Über den Ursprung der Lehre von Dämonen und Schutzgeistern in der Religion der alten Griechen.” In Nachgelassene Schriften und Briefwechsel, vol. II, pp. 650-75. —————. Vorlesungen über Aesthetik, ed. Karl Wilhelm Ludwig Heyse. Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus, 1829.

MCXVI


Soll, Jacob. The Reckoning: Financial Accountability and
 the Rise and Fall of Nations.
 New York: Basic Books, 2014. Sorel, Georges. Les Illusions du progrès. Deuxième édition revue et augmentée. Paris: Marcel Rivière et Cie, 1911. (Études sur le devenir social, vol. I.) —————. Réflexions sur la violence. Deuxième édition. Paris: Marcel Rivière et Cie, 1910. (Études sur le devenir social, vol. IV.) Soullier, Eugène (S.J.). Le PlainChant: Histoire et théorie. Tournai: Desclée, Lefebvre et Cie, 1894. —————. “Richard Wagner et sa musique.” Études: Religieuses, philosophiques, historiques et littéraires (Paris: Pères de la Compagnie de Jésus), vol. LIX
 (May 15, 1893), pp. 114-30. Souvtchinsky, Pierre (Pyotr) Petrovich. Un Siècle de musique russe. Preface by Pierre Boulez. Arles: Actes Sud, 2004.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Spangenberg, Cyriacus. “Von der edlen unnd hochberüembten Kunst der Musica, unnd deren Ankunfft, Lob, Nutz, unnd Wirckung, auch wie die Meistersenger auffkhommenn vollkhommener Bericht: Zu Dienst unnd Ehren der löblichen unnd ehrsamen Gesellschafft der Meistersinger, in der löblichen freyen Reichstatt Straszburg.” This manuscript was dated 1598, and remained unpublished during his lifetime. (It no longer is extant, having been destroyed in the fire of August 24-25, 1870 which ravaged the Bibliothèque municipale, during the Prussian bombardment of the city.) One portion of it appeared in Enoch Hannman’s notes to his revision of a treatise by Martin Opitz, under the title Prosodia germanica, Oder Buch von der Deudschen Poeterey, pp. 126-66. Frankfurt am Main: bey Christian Klein, 1658. The text has been published in its entirety in Von der Musica und den Meistersängern, ed. Adelbert von Keller. Stuttgart: Litterarischer Verein, 1861.

Spencer, Herbert. The Man Versus the State. Second edition. London: Williams & Norgate, 1892. Spronck, Maurice. L’An 330 de la République (XXIIe siècle de l’ère chrétienne). Paris: Léon Chailley, 1894. —————. “Charles Baudelaire.” In Les Artistes littéraires: Études sur le XIXe siècle, pp. 83-135. Paris: Calmann Lévy, 1889. Staël, Anne Louise Germaine de. De l’Influence des passions sur
 le bonheur des individus et des nations. Seconde édition revue et corrigée. Two volumes. Paris: chez Dufart, chez Dessenne, L’an 5 (1797). (Œuvres complètes, série I: Œuvres critiques, vol. I: Lettres sur Rousseau, De l’Influence des passions et autres essais moraux, ed. Florence Lotterie. Paris: Honoré Champion, 2008.) —————. Réflexions sur le suicide. London: chez L. Deconchy, 1813. (Œuvres complètes, série I, vol. I.)

MCXVII


Stanislavski, Constantin (Konstantin Sergeyevich Alexeyev). An Actor Prepares, translated by Elizabeth Reynolds Hapgood. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1936. —————. An Actor’s Work on a Role, ed. and translated by Jean Benedetti. London and New York: Routledge, 2010. —————. On the Art of the Stage, translated by David Magarshack. London: Faber & Faber, 1950. —————. Building a Character, translated by Elizabeth Reynolds Hapgood. Preface by Joshua Logan. New York: Theatre Arts Books, 1949. —————. Creating a Role, ed. Hermine I. Popper, translated by Elizabeth Reynolds Hapgood. Preface by Robert Lewis. London: The New English Library, 1961. ————— and Pavel Rumyantsev.
 On Opera, translated by Elizabeth Reynolds Hapgood. New York: Theatre Arts Books, 1975.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Starobinski, Jean.
 Les Enchanteresses. Paris: Éditions du Seuil, 2005. —————. Les Mots sous les mots:
 Les Anagrammes de Ferdinand de Saussure. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1971. Stein, Erwin. Orpheus in New Guises: The Music of Mahler, Schoenberg, Webern, Berg, Britten (by One Who Both Knew and Worked with Them). London: Rockliff, 1953. —————. “Utopien.” Pult und Taktstock: Fachzeitschrift für Dirigenten (Vienna and New York: Universal-Edition), vol. VI, no. 2 (March-April 1929), pp. 25-30. —————. “Zeitgemässe und unzeitgemässe Musik.” Pult und Taktstock, vol. III, no. 7/8 (September-October 1926),
 pp. 127-30.

Stein, Gertrude. “Doctor Faustus Lights the Lights.” In Last Operas and Plays, ed. Carl van Vechten, pp. 89-118. New York: Rinehart & Company, 1949. (Writings,
 1932—1946, ed. Harriet Chessman and Catherine Simpson,
 pp. 575-607. New York:
 The Library of America, 1998.) —————. The Making of Americans: Being a History of a Family’s Progress. Excerpts of the novel first appeared in Madox Ford’s Transatlantic Review (London: Gerald Duckworth and Company, and New York: Thomas Seltzer) during 1924. Paris: Contact Editions, 1925. Steinhaußen, Jan. ‚Aristokraten aus Not‘ und ihre ‚Philosophie der zu hoch hängenden Trauben‘: Nietzsche-Rezeption und literarische Produktion von Homosexuellen in den ersten Jahrzehnten des 20. Jahrhunderts. Würzburg: Konigshausen & Neumann, 2001.

MCXVIII


Stendhal (Marie-Henri Beyle).
 De l’Amour, ed. Romain Colomb. Édition complète. Paris: Michel Lévy frères, 1853. (Œuvres complètes, ed. Ernest Abravanel and Vittorio del Litto, vols. III and IV, ed. Pierre Jourda and Daniel Muller. Geneva: Édito-Service, 1968.) —————. Racine et Shakspeare.
 Two volumes. Paris: chez Bossange père, chez Delaunay, chez Pierre Mongie, 1823; and Paris:
 A. Dupont et Roret, Libraires, 1825. (Œuvres complètes,
 vol. XXXVII, ed. Pierre Martino. Geneva: Édito-Service, 1970.) —————. Vie de Rossini. Two volumes. Paris: chez Auguste Boulland et Cie, Libraire, 1824. (Œuvres complètes, vols. XXII and XXIII, ed. Henry Prunières. Geneva: Édito-Service, 1968.) —————. Voyages en Italie, ed. Vittorio del Litto. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1973.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Stirner, Max (Johann Kaspar Schmidt). Der Einzige und sein Eigenthum. Leipzig: Verlag von Otto Wigand, 1845. Stockhausen, Karlheinz. “Momentform.” In Texte zur Musik, vol. 1: Texte zur elektronischen und instrumentalen Musik,
 pp. 189-210. Cologne: Verlag
 M. DuMont Schauberg, 1963. Stravinsky, Igor Fyodorovich. Poétique musicale. Delivered at Harvard University as the Charles Eliot Norton Lectures in 1939-40. Nouvelle édition revue et complétée. Paris: Librairie Plon, 1952.

Strindberg, Johan August.
 “Des Arts Nouveaux! ou Le hasard dans la production artistique.” The original manuscript was revised by Georges Loiseau, and appeared under the title
 “Du Hasard dans la production artistique” in the Revue des revues, et revue d’Europe et d’Amérique (Paris), vol. XI, no. 22 (November 15, 1894), pp. 265-70. Strindberg’s own text has been published in the Samlade Verk, ed. Lars Dahlbäck, vol. 34: Vivisektioner II, ed. Gunnel Engwall and Per Stam, pp. 165-70. Stockholm: Norstedts Förlag, 2011. —————. “Le Barbare à Paris.” Gil Blas (Paris), vol. XVII, no. 5742 (August 8, 1895), p. 1. (Samlade Verk, vol. 34, pp. 260-64.)

MCXIX


—————. “Le Caractère un Rôle?” Unpublished in its entirety during Strindberg’s lifetime, though an excerpt, revised by Loiseau, appeared under the title “Marionnettes” in L’Écho de Paris (Paris), vol. XII, no. 3872 (January 2, 1895), pp. 1-2. The complete text first appeared in Vivisektioner: De franska texterna, ed. Torsten Eklund, along with a Swedish translation by Tage Aurell. Stockholm: Albert Bonniers Förlag, 1958. (Samlade Verk, vol. 34, pp. 214-21.) —————. “Cristaux de remplacement.” Revised by Loiseau, the essay appeared in
 La Plume: Littéraire, Artistique et Sociale (Paris), vol. VI, no. 136 (December 15, 1894), pp. 507-09. In Vivisektioner, with a Swedish version by Tage Aurell. (Samlade Verk, vol. 34, pp. 177-83.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Études funèbres.” La Revue des revues, vol. XVIII, no. 14 (July 15, 1896), pp. 97-105. Subsequently included as ch. VII in the French version of his Inferno. (Samlade Verk, vol. 34,
 pp. 268-79.) —————. “Hallucinationer.” First printed in Danish in Illustreret Tidende (Copenhagen), vol. XXVIII, no. 38 (June 19, 1887), under the title “Hallucination.” In Tryckt och otryckt, vol. III, pp. 179-86. Stockholm: Albert Bonniers Förlag, 1891. (Samlade Verk,
 vol. 29: Vivisektioner, Blomstermålningar och djurstycken, Skildringar av naturen, Silverträsket, ed. Hans Lindström, pp. 50-53. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell Förlag, 1985.)

—————. “Hjärnornas kamp.” First published in German under the title “Der Kampf der Gehirne” in the Neue Freie Presse (Vienna), no. 8216 (July 12, 1887), pp. 1-5, and no. 8217 (July 13), pp. 1-4. In Tryckt och otryckt, vol. II, pp. 47-86. Stockholm: Albert Bonniers Förlag, 1890. (Samlade Verk,
 vol. 29, pp. 24-49.) —————. Inferno. Preface by Marcel Réja. Deuxième édition. Paris: Société du Mercure de France, 1898. (Both this, although the chapter “Études funèbres” has been printed in another volume, as well as the Swedish version are included in the Samlade Verk, vol. 37: Inferno, ed. Ann-Charlotte Gavel Adams. Stockholm: Norstedts Förlag, 1994.)

MCXX


—————. “Kvinnans underlägsenhet under mannen, och det på grund däraf berättigade i hennes underordnade ställning (Enligt vetenskapens sista resultat).” In Tryckt och otryckt, vol. I,
 pp. 217-45. (Samlade Verk,
 vol. 17: Likt och olikt I-II, samt uppsatser och tidningsartiklar, 1884—1890, ed. Hans Lindström, pp. 327-44. Stockholm: Norstedts Förlag, 2003.) —————. Letter to Edvard Brandes, September 4, 1888. Published in August Strindbergs Brev, vol. 7: Februari 1888-december 1889, ed. Torsten Eklund, pp. 111-12. Stockholm: Albert Bonniers Förlag, 1961.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Letter to Friedrich Nietzsche, December 31, 1888. Published in August Strindbergs Brev, vol. 7, p. 216. Also in Nietzsche’s Briefwechsel: Kritische Gesamtausgabe, ed. Giorgio Colli and Mazzino Montinari, Dritte Abteilung, vol. 6: Briefe an Friedrich Nietzsche Januar 1887 - Januar 1889, ed. Helga Anania-Hess, p. 414. Berlin and New York: Walter de Gruyter & Co., 1984. —————. “Le Mensonge comme force suggestive.” Unpublished during Strindberg’s lifetime; the text, with a translation into Swedish by Tage Aurell, first appeared in Vivisektioner. (Samlade Verk,
 vol. 34.)

—————. “Om modernt drama och modern teater.” Published first in Ny Jord: Nordisk Tidsskrift for Literatur, Videnskab og Kunst (Copenhagen: P. Hauberg
 & Comp.), vol. III, no. 3 (March 1889), pp. 193-212. In Tryckt och otryckt, vol. I, pp. 189-216. Stockholm: Albert Bonniers Förlag, 1890. (Samlade Verk,
 vol. 18: Kvarstadsresan, Fabler, och Societeten i Stockholm, samt andra prosatexter, 1880-1889, ed. Conny Svensson, pp. 317-33. Stockholm: Norstedts Förlag, 2007.) —————. Öppna brev till Intima teatern. Stockholm: Björck
 & Börjesson, 1909. (Intima teaterns publikationer, no. 5.) (Samlade Verk, vol. 64: Teater och intima teatern, ed. Per Stam, pp. 191-243. Stockholm: Norstedts Förlag, 1999.)

MCXXI


—————. “Les Pervers.” Intended for one of the French periodicals, but unpublished during Strindberg’s lifetime; it first appeared in Vivisektioner, accompanied by a translation into Swedish by Tage Aurell. (Samlade Verk, vol. 34.) —————. Le Plaidoyer d’un fou. Strindberg’s French manuscript was discovered in 1973 in the Universitetsbiblioteket in Oslo; this text was published in an edition by Lars Dahlbäck and Göran Rossholm. Stockholm: Svenska Vitterhetssamfundet, 1978. (Samlade Verk, vol. 25:
 En dåres försvarstal, ed. Gunnel Engwall and Göran Rossholm,
 pp. 263-517. Stockholm: Norstedts Förlag, 1999.) —————. “Sensations détraquées.” In Loiseau’s revision, it was printed in the Supplément littéraire of
 Le Figaro (Paris), vol. 20, no. 46 (November 17, 1894), pp. 183-84; vol. 21, no. 4 (January 26, 1895),
 p. 13; and no. 6 (February 9),
 pp. 22-23. (Samlade Verk, vol. 34, pp. 222-35.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Själamord (Apropos Rosmersholm).” First publication was in Copenhagen in Politiken (May 30, 1887), in a Danish translation. In Swedish in Tryckt och otryckt, vol. III, pp. 139-56. (Samlade Verk, vol. 29,
 pp. 73-82.) —————. Svarta Fanor: Sedeskildringar från Sekelskiftet. Stockholm: Björck & Börjesson, 1907. (Samlade Verk, vol. 57: Svarta fanor, ed. Rune Helleday. Stockholm: Norstedts Förlag, 1995.) Suarès, André (Isaac Félix Suarès). Debussy. Paris: Éditions
 Émile-Paul frères, 1922. —————. Musiciens. Paris: Les Livres de Louis Jou, 1931. —————. Musique et Poésie. Paris: Éditions Claude Aveline, 1928.
 (La Musique moderne, vol. V.) —————. Sur la musique, ed. Stéphane Barsacq. Arles: Actes Sud, 2013.

—————. Variables. Paris: Éditions Émile-Paul frères, 1929. Sweet, Waldo E. Sport and Recreation in Ancient Greece:
 A Sourcebook with Translations. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1987. Swinburne, Algernon Charles. “Ave Atque Vale.” The Fortnightly Review (London: Chapman and Hall), new series, vol. III, no. XIII (January 1, 1868), pp. 71-76. In Poems and Ballads, Second Series, pp. 71-83. London: Chatto & Windus, 1878. (The Poems,
 vol. III, pp. 50-57. London: Chatto & Windus, 1904.) (The Complete Works, Bonchurch Edition, ed. Edmund Gosse and Thomas James Wise, vol. III: Poetical Works,
 vol. III, pp. 44-51. London: William Heinemann, and New York: Gabriel Wells, 1925.)

MCXXII


—————. “Charles Baudelaire:
 Les Fleurs du Mal.” The Spectator (London), no. 1784 (September 6, 1862), pp. 998-1000.
 (The Complete Works, vol. XIII: Prose Works, vol. III, pp. 417 ff. London: William Heinemann, and New York: Gabriel Wells, 1926.) —————. “Dedicatory Epistle.”
 The Poems, vol. I, pp. v-xxix. —————. “Mr. Arnold’s New Poems.” The Fortnightly Review, new series, vol. II, no. X (October 1, 1867), pp. 414-45. In Essays and Studies, pp. 123-83. London: Chatto & Windus, 1875.
 (The Complete Works, vol. XV: Prose Works, vol. V. London: William Heinemann, and
 New York: Gabriel Wells, 1926.)

—————. “Victor Hugo: L’Année terrible.” The Fortnightly Review, new series, vol. XII, no. LXIX (September 1, 1872), pp. 243-67. In Essays and Studies, pp. 17-59. (The Complete Works, vol. XIII.) Symons, Arthur. Plays, Acting and Music: A Book of Theory. London: Constable & Company, 1909. —————. Studies in Seven Arts. London: Archibald Constable and Company, 1906.

—————. L’Opposition universelle; Essai d’une théorie des contraires. Paris: Félix Alcan, 1897.

—————. A Study of Oscar Wilde. London: Charles J. Sawyer, 1930.

Taruskin, Richard. On Russian Music. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 2009.

—————. The Symbolist Movement in Literature. Revised and enlarged edition. New York: E. P. Dutton
 & Company, 1919.

—————. Russian Music at Home and Abroad: New Essays. Oakland: University of California Press, 2016.

—————. “Mr. Whistler’s Lecture on Art.” The Fortnightly Review, new series, vol. XLIII, no. CCLVIII (June 1, 1888), pp. 745-51.

Taguieff, Pierre-André. Wagner contre les Juifs: Aux origines de l’antisémitisme culturel moderne. Paris: Berg International, 2012.

Taschner, Rudolf. Rechnen mit Gott und der Welt: Betrachtung von allem plus eins. Salzburg: Ecowin Verlag, 2009.

—————. Songs Before Sunrise. London: F. S. Ellis, 1871.
 (The Poems, vol. II, pp. 3-239.)

Tarde, Gabriel. Les Lois de l’imitation: Étude sociologique. Paris: Félix Alcan, 1895.

—————. Zahl, Zeit, Zufall: Alles Erfindung? Salzburg: Ecowin Verlag, 2007.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

MCXXIII


Thiel, Peter. “The Straussian Moment.” A lecture delivered at a conference about René Girard, held in July 2004 at Stanford University. Published in Robert Hamilton-Kelly (ed.), Politics & Apocalypse, pp. 189-218. East Lansing: Michigan State University Press, 2007. Thomasius, Christian. Discours, Welcher Gestalt man denen Frantzosen in gemeinem Leben und Wandel nachahmen solle? The lecture was held at the university there on October 24 (October 31, old style), 1687. Leipzig: Moritz George Weidemannen, 1690. Thompson, D’Arcy Wentworth.
 On Growth and Form: A New Edition. Cambridge: at the University Press, and New York: The Macmillan Company, 1942. Thompson, Elbert Nevius Sebring. The Controversy Between the Puritans and the Stage.
 New York: Henry Holt and Company, 1903. (Yale Studies in English, vol. XX.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Thomson, James Alexander Kerr. Irony: An Historical Introduction. London: George Allen & Unwin, 1926. —————. Shakespeare and the Classics. London: George Allen
 & Unwin, 1952. Thomson, Virgil. Music Chronicles, 1940—1954, ed. Tim Page. New York: The Library of America, 2014. —————. The State of Music & Other Writings, ed. Tim Page. New York: The Library of America, 2016. Thorel, Jean (Jules Raymond Virgile Bouthors). “La Poésie et les poètes contemporains en Allemagne.” Revue des Deux Mondes (Paris), vol. CXXXV, no. 2 (May 15, 1896), pp. 300-26. —————. “Les Romantiques allemands et les symbolistes français.” Entretiens politiques & littéraires (Paris), vol. III, no. 18
 (September 1891), pp. 95-109.

Trakl, Georg. Gedichte. Leipzig: Kurt Wolff Verlag, 1913. (Sämtliche Werke und Briefwechsel: Innsbrucker Ausgabe, ed. Eberhard Sauermann and Hermann Zwerschina, vol. II: Dichtungen Sommer 1912 - Frühjahr 1913. Basel and Frankfurt am Main: Stroemfeld/Roter Stern, 1995.) Trotsky, Leon (Lev Davidovich Bronstein). Literature and Revolution, translated by Rose Strunsky. New York: International Publishers, 1925. Turel, Adrien. Die Eroberung des Jenseits. Berlin: Ernst Rowohlt Verlag, 1931. —————. Selbsterlösung. Berlin: S. Fischer Verlag, 1919. —————. Technokratie, Autarkie, Genetokratie. Berlin: Waldemar Hoffmann Verlag, 1934. —————. Wiedergeburt der Macht aus dem Können. Munich: Drei Masken Verlag, 1921.

MCXXIV


Twain, Mark (Samuel Langhorne Clemens). “The Chicago of Europe.” The Chicago Daily Tribune (April 3, 1892), p. 33. (The Works, ed. Albert Bigelow Paine, vol. XXII: Literary Essays, pp. 244-62. New York: Gabriel Wells, 1923.) (A Tramp Abroad, Following the Equator, Other Travels, ed. Roy Blount, Jr.,
 pp. 985-92. New York: The Library of America, 2010.) —————. “Concerning the Jews.” Harper’s New Monthly Magazine (New York and London: Harper
 & Brothers), vol. XCIX, no. DXCII (September 1899), pp. 527-35. (The Works, vol. XXII, pp. 263-87.) (Collected Tales, Sketches, Speeches, & Essays, 1891—1910, ed. Louis J. Budd, pp. 354-70.
 New York: The Library of America, 1992.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “On the Decay of the Art of Lying.” In The Stolen White Elephant, etc., pp. 217-25. Boston: James R. Osgood and Company, 1882. (Collected Tales, Sketches, Speeches, & Essays, 1852—1890, ed. Louis J. Budd,
 pp. 824-29. New York: The Library of America, 1992.) —————. “Mark Twain at Bayreuth.” The Chicago Daily Tribune (December 6, 1891), p. 33.
 (The Works, vol. XXVI: What Is Man? and Other Essays,
 pp. 209-25. New York: Gabriel Wells, 1923.) (A Tramp Abroad, Following the Equator, Other Travels, pp. 934-46.) —————. “Stirring Times in Austria.” Harper’s New Monthly Magazine, vol. XCVI, no. DLXXIV (March 1898), pp. 530-40 (the pagination repeats in part). (The Works, vol. XXII,
 pp. 197-243.) (A Tramp Abroad, Following the Equator, Other Travels, pp. 1053-86.)

—————. A Tramp Abroad. Hartford: American Publishing Company, and London: Chatto & Windus, 1880. (The Works, vols. IX and X. New York: Gabriel Wells, 1923.)
 (A Tramp Abroad, Following the Equator, Other Travels,
 pp. 1-404.) Tyler, Parker. The Hollywood Hallucination. New York: Creative Age Press, 1944. —————. Magic and Myth of the Movies. New York: Henry Holt and Company, 1947. —————. Sex Psyche Etcetera in the Film. New York: Horizon Press, 1969. —————. The Shadow of an Airplane Climbs the Empire State Building: A World Theory of Film. Garden City: Doubleday, 1973. —————. The Three Faces of the Film: The Art, the Dream, the Cult. New and revised edition. South Brunswick: A. S. Barnes, and New York: Thomas Yoseloff, 1967.

MCXXV


Uexküll, Jakob von. Bedeutungslehre. Leipzig:
 Verlag von Johann Ambrosius Barth, 1940. (Bios: Abhandlungen zur theoretischen Biologie und ihrer Geschichte, sowie zur Philosophie der organischen Naturwissenschaften, vol. X.) —————. Umwelt und Innenwelt der Tiere. Zweite vermehrte und verbesserte Auflage. Berlin: Verlag von Julius Springer, 1921. Valavanis, Panos. Games and Sanctuaries in Ancient Greece: Olympia, Delphi, Isthmia, Nemea, Athens, translated by David Hardy. Los Angeles: Getty Publications, 2004. Valéry, Paul. Quatre lettres au sujet de Nietzsche. Cahiers de la Quinzaine (Paris: L’Artisan du livre), eighteenth series, no. 2 (April 25, 1927).

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “La Conquête allemande.” The New Review (London: William Heinemann), vol. XVI, no. 92 (January 1897), pp. 99-112. Later included under the title
 “Une Conquête méthodique” in the first volume of Variété. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1924. (Œuvres, vol. I, ed. Jean Hytier,
 pp. 971-87. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1980.) Varèse, Edgard. “The Liberation of Sound.” A compilation of texts edited by Chou Wen-chung. In Elliott Schwartz, Barney Childs, and Jim Fox (eds.), Contemporary Composers on Contemporary Music, pp. 195-208. Expanded edition. New York: Da Capo Press, 1998. —————. “Que la musique sonne.” 391 (New York), no. 5 (June 1917), n.p.

————— and L. Alcopley (Alfred
 L. Copley). “Edgard Varèse on Music and Art: A Conversation Between Varèse and Alcopley.” Leonardo (Oxford: Pergamon Press), vol. 1, no. 2 (April 1968), pp. 187-95. ————— and Gunther Schuller. “Conversation with Varèse.” Perspectives of New Music
 (New York: Fromm Music Foundation), vol. 3, no. 2
 (Spring-Summer 1965), pp. 32-37. Vauvenargues (Luc de Clapiers). Introduction à la connoissance de l’esprit humain, suivie de Réflexions et de Maximes. Paris: chez Antoine-Claude Briasson, 1746. (Œuvres complètes, vols. I and II. Paris: Archives Karéline, 2008.) Vazsonyi, Nicholas. Richard Wagner: Self-Promotion and the Making of a Brand. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2010.

MCXXVI


Vergo, Peter. Art in Vienna, 1898-1918: Klimt, Kokoschka, Schiele and their Contemporaries. Fourth edition. London: Phaidon Press, 2015.

—————. Jadis & naguère: Poésies. Paris: Léon Vanier, 1884. (Œuvres poétiques complètes.)

—————. The Music of Painting: Music, Modernism and the Visual Arts from the Romantics to John Cage. London: Phaidon Press, 2010.

—————. Mes Hôpitaux. Paris: Léon Vanier, 1891. (Œuvres en prose complètes, ed. Jacques Borel. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1972.)

—————. That Divine Order: Music and the Visual Arts from Antiquity to the Eighteenth Century. London: Phaidon Press, 2005.

—————. Poèmes saturniens. Paris: Alphonse Lemerre, 1867. (Œuvres poétiques complètes.)

Verlaine, Paul. La Bonne Chanson. Paris: Alphonse Lemerre, 1870. (Œuvres poétiques complètes, ed. Yves-Gérard
 Le Dantec, with the assistance of Jacques Borel. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 1938.) —————. Fêtes galantes. Paris: Alphonse Lemerre, 1869. (Œuvres poétiques complètes.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

——���——. Les Poètes maudits. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Léon Vanier, 1888. (Œuvres en prose complètes.) —————. Romances sans paroles. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Léon Vanier, 1891. (Œuvres poétiques complètes.) —————. Sagesse. Troisième édition revue et corrigée. Paris: Léon Vanier, 1893. (Œuvres poétiques complètes.)

Verne, Jules. “Edgard Poë et ses œuvres.” Musée des Familles: Lectures du Soir (Paris), vol. XXXI, no. 7 (April 1864), pp. 193-208. (Textes oubliés (1849-1903), ed. Francis Lacassin, pp. 11-53. Paris: Union Générale d’Édition, 1979.) Vigée, Claude. Dans le silence de l’Aleph: Écriture et Révélation. Paris: Éditions Albin Michel, 1992. Villiers, André. La Prostitution de l’acteur. Paris: Éditions du Pavois, 1946. Villiers de l’Isle-Adam, Auguste de. Axël. Paris: Maison Quantin, 1890. —————. L’Ève future. Paris: M. de Brunhoff, 1886.

MCXXVII


Voltaire (François-Marie Arouet). “Caractère.” First published in the Dictionnaire philosophique, whose last edition (1769) he
 re-titled La raison par alphabet; and then, with some alterations, in the Questions sur l’Encyclopédie, par des amateurs, pt. III,
 pp. 209-13. Paris: n.p., 1770. (Œuvres complètes, vol. 33: Œuvres alphabétiques, pt. I, ed. Jeroom Vercruysse; vol. 35: Dictionnaire philosophique, pt. I, ed. Christiane Mervaud; and
 vol. 39: Questions sur l’Encyclopédie, par des amateurs, pt. III, ed. Nicholas Cronk and Christiane Mervaud. Oxford: Voltaire Foundation, 1987, 1994, and 2008, respectively.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Wackenroder, Wilhelm Heinrich (“Joseph Berglinger”).
 “Das eigenthümliche innere Wesen der Tonkunst, und die Seelenlehre der heutigen Instrumentalmusik.” In Phantasien über die Kunst, für Freunde der Kunst, ed. Ludwig Tieck, pp. 181-204. Hamburg:
 bey Friedrich Perthes, 1799. (Sämtliche Werke und Briefe: Historisch-kritische Ausgabe,
 vol. I: Werke, ed. Silvio Vietta,
 pp. 216-23. Heidelberg: Carl Winter Universitätsverlag, 1991.) —————. “Die Ewigkeit der Kunst.” In Phantasien über die Kunst, für Freunde der Kunst, pp. 124-30. (Sämtliche Werke und Briefe,
 vol. I.) —————. “Das merkwürdige musikalische Leben des Tonkünstlers Joseph Berglinger.” In Phantasien über die Kunst, von einem kunstliebenden Klosterbruder, ed. Ludwig Tieck, pp. 161-91. Neue, veränderte Auflage. Berlin: in der Realschulbuchhandlung, 1814. (Sämtliche Werke und Briefe,
 vol. I, pp. 130-45.)

————— (“Joseph Berglinger”). “Symphonien.” In Phantasien über die Kunst, für Freunde der Kunst, pp. 249-69. (Sämtliche Werke und Briefe, vol. I,
 pp. 240-46.) ————— (“Joseph Berglinger”).
 “Die Töne.” In Phantasien über die Kunst, für Freunde der Kunst, pp. 231-48. (Sämtliche Werke und Briefe, vol. I, pp. 233-39.) ————— (“Joseph Berglinger”). “Unmusikalische Toleranz.” In Phantasien über die Kunst, für Freunde der Kunst, pp. 216-30. (Sämtliche Werke und Briefe,
 vol. I.) ————— (“Joseph Berglinger”).
 “Die Wunder der Tonkunst.” In Phantasien über die Kunst, für Freunde der Kunst, pp. 147-59. (Sämtliche Werke und Briefe,
 vol. I, pp. 205-08.)

MCXXVIII


—————. “Von zwei wunderbaren Sprachen und deren geheimnißvoller Kraft.” In Phantasien über die Kunst, von einem kunstliebenden Klosterbruder, pp. 74-80. (Sämtliche Werke und Briefe,
 vol. I, pp. 97-100.)

Wagner, Richard. “Publikum und Popularität.” Bayreuther Blätter (Bayreuth: Bayreuther Patronatverein), vol. I, no. IV
 (April 1878), pp. 85-92; no. VI (June 1878), pp. 171-77; and
 no. VIII (August 1878), pp. 213-22. Republished in Gesammelte Schriften und Dichtungen, vol. X, pp. 85-122. Leipzig: Verlag von
 E. W. Fritzsch, 1883.

————— and Ludwig Tieck. Herzensergießungen eines kunstliebenden Klosterbruders. Berlin: bey Johann Friedrich Unger, 1797. (Sämtliche Werke und Briefe, vol. I, pp. 51-145.)

—————. “Wollen wir hoffen?” Bayreuther Blätter, vol. II, no. V (May 1879), pp. 185-96. Republished in Gesammelte Schriften und Dichtungen, vol. X, pp. 157-80.

Wagner, Gottfried. Du sollst keine anderen Götter haben neben mir: Richard Wagner - ein Minenfeld. Berlin: Propyläen Verlag, 2013.

Walker, Daniel Pickering.
 The Ancient Theology: Studies in Christian Platonism from the Fifteenth to the Eighteenth Century. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1972.

—————. Wer nicht mit dem Wolf heult: Autobiographische Aufzeichnungen eines WagnerUrenkels. Preface by Ralph Giordano. Cologne: Verlag Kiepenheuer & Witsch, 1997.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Music, Spirit and Language in the Renaissance, ed. Penelope Gouk. London: Variorum Reprints, 1985.

—————. Spiritual and Demonic Magic from Ficino to Campanella. London:
 The Warburg Institute, 1958. (Studies of the Warburg Institute, vol. 22.) —————. Studies in Musical Science in the Late Renaissance. London: The Warburg Institute, and Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1978. (Studies of the Warburg Institute, vol. 37.) Walter, Bruno. Gustav Mahler. Vienna, Leipzig, Zürich: Herbert Reichner Verlag, 1936. —————. Von der Musik und vom Musizieren. Frankfurt am Main:
 S. Fischer Verlag, 1957.

MCXXIX


Warburg, Aby (Abraham Moritz). “Die antike Götterwelt und die Frührenaissance im Süden und im Norden.” This lecture was held on December 14, 1908 at the Verein für Hamburgische Geschichte (according to a notice in the Mitteilungen des Vereins für Hamburgische Geschichte (Hamburg: Verlag von W. Mauke Söhne), vol. X, issue 2, no. 1 (February 1909), p. 162). Published in Die Erneuerung der heidnischen Antike: Kulturwissenschaftliche Beiträge zur Geschichte der europäischen Renaissance, ed. Gertrud Bing, with the assistance of Fritz Rougemont, vol. II, pp. 451-54, 626. (Gesammelte Schriften,
 vol. II.) Leipzig and Berlin: B. G. Teubner, 1932. (The edition was not continued at the time, though work on it began again some years ago.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “Dürer und die italienische Antike.” Verhandlungen der achtundvierzigsten Versammlung deutscher Philologen und Schulmänner in Hamburg vom 3. bis 6. Oktober 1905, ed. K. Dissel and G. Rosenhagen, pp. 55-60. Leipzig: Verlag von B. G. Teubner, 1906. In Die Erneuerung der heidnischen Antike, vol. II,
 pp. 443-50, 623-25. —————. Gesammelte Schriften,
 vol. IV: Fragmente zur Ausdruckskunde, ed. Ulrich Pfisterer and Hans Christian Hönes. Berlin: Akademie Verlag, 2015. —————. “Francesco Sassettis letztwillige Verfügung.” Kunstwissenschaftliche Beiträge: August Schmarsow gewidmet zum fünfzigsten Semester seiner akademischen Lehrtätigkeit, ed. Rudolf Kautzsch, et al.,
 pp. 129-52. Leipzig: Verlag von Karl W. Hiersemann, 1907. In
 Die Erneuerung der heidnischen Antike, vol. I, pp. 127-58, 353-65. (Gesammelte Schriften, vol. I.)

—————. “Heidnisch-antike Weissagung in Wort und Bild zu Luthers Zeiten.” Received on October 25, 1919, and published the next year in the series of Sitzungsberichte der Heidelberger Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philologisch-historische Klasse, no. 26. Heidelberg: Carl Winter’s Universitätsbuchhandlung, 1920. Collected in Die Erneuerung der heidnischen Antike, vol. II,
 pp. 487-558, 647-56. —————. “Die Theaterkostüme für die Intermedien von 1589.” The essay was first published in 1895, in an Italian translation; the original text has been printed in his Werke in einem Band: Auf der Grundlage der Manuskripte und Handexemplare, ed. Martin Treml, Sigrid Weigel, and Perdita Ladwig, pp. 124-67. Berlin: Suhrkamp Verlag, 2010.

MCXXX


Warshow, Robert. The Immediate Experience: Movies, Comics, Theatre and Other Aspects of Popular Culture, ed. Sherry Abel. Preface by Lionel Trilling. Enlarged edition. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 2001. Webb, Clement Charles Julian. God and Personality. The first course of his Gifford Lectures, held at the University of Aberdeen in 1918 and 1919. London: George Allen & Unwin, and New York:
 The Macmillan Company, 1919. Weber, Max. Die rationalen und soziologischen Grundlagen der Musik, ed. Theodor Kroyer. Munich: Drei Masken Verlag, 1921. (Gesamtausgabe, Abteilung I: Schriften und Reden, vol. 14:
 Zur Musiksoziologie: Nachlaß, 1921, ed. Christoph Braun and. Ludwig Finscher. Tübingen:
 J. C. B. Mohr (Paul Siebeck), 2004.)

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Webster, Thomas Bertram Lonsdale. The Greek Chorus. London: Methuen & Company, 1970. Weil, Simone. Œuvres complètes, vol. II: Écrits historiques et politiques, ed. André A. Devaux and Florence de Lussy, pt. 3:
 Vers la guerre (1937-1940), ed. Simone Fraisse. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1989. —————. Œuvres complètes, vol. IV, pt. 2: Écrits de Marseille (1941-1942), ed. Florence
 de Lussy, with the assistance of Anne Brenon, Silvia d’Intino, Michel Narcy, Jean-Luc Périllié, and Marwan Rashed. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 2009. —————. Œuvres complètes, vol. VI, pt. 2: Cahiers (Septembre 1941février 1942), ed. André A. Devaux and Florence de Lussy. Paris: Éditions Gallimard, 1997.

Weill, Kurt. Musik und Musikalisches Theater: Gesammelte Schriften, ed. Stephen Hinton and Jürgen Schebera, with the assistance of Elmar Juchem. Erweiterte und revidierte Neuausgabe. Mainz: Schott, 2000. Weiss, Dov. Pious Irreverence: Confronting God in Rabbinic Judaism. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 2017. Wenk, Arthur B. Claude Debussy and the Poets. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1976. —————. Claude Debussy and Twentieth-Century Music. Boston: Twayne Publishers, 1983. Werner, Eric. The Sacred Bridge: The Interdependence of Liturgy and Music in Synagogue and Church During the First Millennium. London: Dennis Dobson, and New York: Columbia University Press, 1959.

MCXXXI


—————. Three Ages of Musical Thought: Essays on Ethics and Aesthetics. New York: Da Capo Press, 1981.

—————. The Picture of Dorian Gray. Serialized in Lippincott’s Monthly Magazine: A Popular Journal of General Literature, Science, and Politics (Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott Company), vol. XLVI,
 no. 271 (July 1890), pp. 3-100. Published in 1891 in London in a revised form by Ward, Lock, and Company. (The Picture of Dorian Gray: An Annotated, Uncensored Edition, ed. Nicholas Frankel. Cambridge, Massachusetts:
 The Belknap Press, 2011.)

West, Martin Litchfield. Ancient Greek Music. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992. Whistler, James Abbott McNeill.
 On Art: Selected Letters and Writings, ed. Nigel Thorp. Manchester: Carcanet Press, 1994. —————. The Gentle Art of Making Enemies: As Pleasingly Exemplified in Many Instances, Wherein the Serious Ones of This Earth, Carefully Exasperated, Have Been Prettily Spurred on to Unseemliness and Indiscretion, While Overcome by an Undue Sense of Right. New edition. London: William Heinemann, 1892. Whitehead, Alfred North. Science and the Modern World. Based mainly upon the lectures delivered in Boston at the Lowell Institute, in February 1925. New York:
 The Free Press, 1967.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. Symbolism: Its Meaning and Effect. Delivered in 1927 as the Barbour-Page Lectures at the University of Virginia. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1927. Wikander, Matthew H. Fangs of Malice: Hypocrisy, Sincerity, & Acting. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press, 2002. Wilde, Oscar. Intentions. London: James R. Osgood, McIlvaine & Co., 1891. (The Complete Works, ed. Ian Small, vol. 4: Criticism, ed. Josephine M. Guy, pp. 71-230. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007.)

Wille, Günther. Musica romana: Die Bedeutung der Musik im Leben der Römer. Amsterdam: Verlag P. Schippers, 1967. Williams, Bernie, Dave Gluck, and Bob Thompson. Rhythms of the Game: The Link Between Musical and Athletic Performance. Preface by Paul Simon. Milwaukee: Hal Leonard Books, 2011. Williams, W. D. Nietzsche and the French: A Study of the Influence of Nietzsche’s French Reading on His Thought and Writing. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1952.

MCXXXII


Wilson, Christopher R. Shakespeare’s Musical Imagery. London and New York: Continuum, 2011. Wilson, Nelly. Bernard-Lazare: Antisemitism and the Problems of Jewish Identity in Late Nineteenth-Century France. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1978. Wind, Edgar. Pagan Mysteries in the Renaissance. Revised and enlarged edition. New York: W. W. Norton & Company, 1968. Witkiewicz, Stanisław Ignacy. Insatiability, translated by Louis Iribarne. Published in Warsaw by Dom Ksiazki Polskiej in 1930. Evanston: Northwestern University Press, 2012. Wittgenstein, Ludwig. Vermischte Bemerkungen, ed. Georg Henrik von Wright with the assistance of Heikki Nyman, revised by Alois Pichler. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag, 1994.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Wittkower, Rudolf. Architectural Principles in the Age of Humanism. Third revised edition. London: Alec Tiranti, 1962. Wodzinski, Cezary. Heidegger and the Problem of Evil, translated from the Polish edition (Gdansk: Słowo/Obraz Terytoria, 2008) by Agata Bielik-Robson and Patrick Trompiz. Frankfurt am Main and New York: Peter Lang, 2016. —————. Transe, Dostoïevski, Russie, ou La Philosophie à la hache, translated from the original edition (Gdansk: Słowo/Obraz Terytoria, 2005) by Érik Veaux. Preface by Thierry Jolif. Lausanne: L’Age d’Homme, 2014. Wolpe, Stefan. Vorträge über Musik, ed. Thomas Phleps. Two volumes. Saarbrücken: Pfau Verlag, 2002-11. Woolf, Virginia. Between the Acts. London: The Hogarth Press, 1941. —————. Orlando: A Biography. London: The Hogarth Press, 1928.

Wyneken, Gustav. Eros. Lauenburg an der Elbe: Adolf Saal Verlag, 1921. —————. Der europäische Geist. Zweite vermehrte Auflage. Leipzig: Der Neue Geist-Verlag, 1926. —————. Musikalische Weltanschauung: Eine Vorlesung. Munich: Erasmus Verlag, 1948. Wyzewa, Teodor de. “À propos de la mort de Nietzsche.” Revue des Deux Mondes (Paris), vol. CLXI,
 no. 19 (October 1, 1900),
 pp. 697-708. —————. “L’Amitié de Frédéric Nietzsche et de Richard Wagner.” Revue des Deux Mondes, vol. CXLI, no. 10 (May 15, 1897), pp. 457-68. Included in Beethoven et Wagner, pp. 174-97 (see the following entry). —————. Beethoven et Wagner: Essais d’histoire et de critique musicales. Paris: Librairie académique Didier - Perrin et Cie, 1898.

MCXXXIII


—————. “Frédéric Nietsche,
 le dernier métaphysicien.”
 Revue bleue: Revue politique et littéraire (Paris: Bureau des Revues), vol. XLVIII, no. 19 (November 7, 1891), p. 586-92. Reprinted (with the proper spelling of his subject’s surname) in Écrivains étrangers, first series, pp. 3-28. Paris: Librairie académique Didier - Perrin et Cie, 1896. —————. “La Jeunesse de Frédéric Nietzsche.” Revue des Deux Mondes, vol. CXXXIII, no. 3 (February 1, 1896), p. 688-99. In Écrivains étrangers, first series, pp. 29-51. —————. “Les Livres.” La Revue indépendante de littérature et d’art (Paris), vol. II, no. 4 (February 1887), pp. 145-64. Republished in part, with modifications, as “Le Symbolisme de M. Mallarmé,” in Nos maitres, pp. 115-22 (see below).

Musicuratum: The Compendium

—————. “M. Mallarmé: Notes.”
 La Vogue (Paris: Librairie
 J. Barbou), vol. I, no. 11 (July 5-12, 1886), pp. 361-75, and no. 12
 (July 12-19), pp. 414-24. Republished in Nos maitres,
 pp. 91-114 (see below), under the title “Notes sur l’œuvre poétique de M. Mallarmé.” —————. “M. Oscar Wilde et les jeunes littérateurs anglais.” Revue bleue, vol. XLIX, no. 14 (April 2, 1892), pp. 423-29. —————. “Nietsche.” Le Figaro (Paris), third series, vol. 38,
 no. 101 (April 10, 1892), p. 1. —————. Nos maitres: Études & portraits littéraires. Paris: Librairie académique Didier Perrin et Cie, 1895. —————. “Notes sur la peinture wagnérienne et le Salon de 1886.” La Revue wagnérienne (Paris), vol. II, no. IV (May 8, 1886),
 pp. 100-13. Republished, under the title “L’Art wagnérien:
 La Peinture,” in Nos maitres,
 pp. 11-26.

—————. “Le Poète Novalis.” Revue des Deux Mondes, vol. CLXII, no. 2 (November 15, 1900), pp. 400-23. —————. “Richard Wagner: D’après les souvenirs de M. de Wolzogen.” Revue bleue, vol. XLIX, no. 4 (January 23, 1892), p. 119-22. Included in Beethoven et Wagner, pp. 154-67, under the title
 “Les Propos de table de Wagner.” ————— and Georges de Saint-Foix. W.-A. Mozart: Sa vie musicale et son œuvre de l’enfance à la pleine maturité. Two volumes. Paris: Librairie académique Perrin et Cie, 1912. Yates, Frances Amelia. The Art of Memory. London: Routledge
 & Kegan Paul, 1966. —————. The French Academies of the Sixteenth Century. London: The Warburg Institute, 1947. (Studies of the Warburg Institute, vol. 15.)

MCXXXIV


Yeats, William Butler. Ideas of Good and Evil. Second edition. London: A. H. Bullen, 1903.
 (The Collected Works in Verse and Prose, vol. VI. London: Chapman & Hall, 1908.)
 (The Collected Works, ed. Richard J. Finneran and George Mills Harper, vol. IV: Early Essays, ed. Richard J. Finneran and George Bornstein. New York: Scribner, 2007.) Yerushalmi, Yosef Hayim. Zakhor: Jewish History and Jewish Memory. Second edition. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1996. Young, Edward. Conjectures on Original Composition: In a Letter to the Author of Sir Charles Grandison. Second edition. London: A. Millar, and R. and
 J. Dodsley, 1759. —————. “On Lyrick Poetry.” Included in Ocean: An Ode, Occasion’d By His Majesty’s late Royal Encouragement of the
 Sea-Service, pp. 14-30. London: Thomas Worrall, 1728.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

Young, James O. Critique of Pure Music. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2014. Young, Karl. The Drama of the Medieval Church. Two volumes. Oxford: at the Clarendon Press, 1933. Zamyatin, Yevgeny Ivanovich.
 We, translated by Mirra Ginsburg. Completed in 1921 but soon thereafter banned in the Soviet Union. New York: Eos, 1999. Zangwill, Nick. Music and Aesthetic Reality: Formalism and the Limits of Description. London and New York: Routledge, 2015. Zarader, Marlène. La Dette impensée: Heidegger et l’héritage hébraïque. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Librairie Philosophique J. Vrin, 2014.

—————. Die Wirklichkeit der Musik: Der musikalische Begriff der Außenwelt. Zürich: Rhein-Verlag, 1963.

Zuckerkandl, Victor.
 Vom musikalischen Denken: Begegnung von Ton und Wort. Zürich: Rhein-Verlag, 1964.

Zwerin, Mike. Swing Under the Nazis: Jazz as a Metaphor for Freedom. New edition. New York: Cooper Square Press, 2000.

MCXXXV


Acknowledgements There are many individuals to be thanked here, in quite a few different locales around the globe, though of course none bears any responsibility for the Musicuratum project in general, nor for anything I have written or shall write under these auspices. Four in particular deserve special mention. In the first part of 2012, the singer Landon Gadoci, in Austin, kindly answered my long-distance inquiries during a period which then turned out to be that of the website’s gestation, and even in some manner helped catalyze my interest in undertaking such an endeavor to begin with. It is not by chance that


his work was first written about at the outset, nor that I have devoted some longer and I hope more informative texts to it subsequently. Some weeks prior to launching the website, during a couple of long and very good conversations here in Amsterdam, Mattijs van Bergen listened with a sympathetic and sharp ear to my plans as they were developing, and offered several pieces of wellconsidered advice, while a few weeks after I had set it up, in a further talk he tendered some additional suggestions which also proved particularly fruitful. Quite a bit before I had even thought seriously about establishing the website, Mariah Blue, also in Amsterdam, graciously heard me expatiate on my ideas in several of their iterations and was forthcoming with numerous recommendations

Musicuratum: The Compendium

and tips concerning several of the musical scenes in this city. Likewise in Amsterdam, Tsead Bruinja, for his part, also signalized his interest in the project some time before the website took shape, providing some much-needed encouragement as well as several pieces of practical information. Numerous others in Amsterdam have at different points in time shared their interest, encouragement, and – a lovely Dutch word – ondersteuning. The composers René Baptist Huysmans, Luiz Henrique Yudo, and Michael Bonaventure (all of whom just recently initiated a new musical collective called Muiz Manz, which seems promising indeed) have been supporters of my endeavors from early on, and I consider myself fortunate to have been able to actually meet them, while Alexandra Duvekot, of the

duo Saelors and the band Light Light, has shared her enthusiasm in numerous personal communications. And, as regards those who are not professional musicians, though some are professionally involved in musical life in other ways, I should like to acknowledge how pleasant, instructive, and timely the conversations I’ve held with Arthur Olof concerning classical music in the Soviet Union and its successor states during the twentieth century, with José ten Berge on some contemporary classical music and contemporary dance, with Helena Spanjaard on Bach and also on the fine arts, with Gregor Langfeld (who has also on occasion corrected my German) on painting, aesthetic theory, and poetry, with Hans Abbing on the institutional conditions of music performance, with Maya Gordon on American and Israeli music as well as on American, English, and

MCXXXVIII


Hebrew poetry, with Jack Faber on some topics in contemporary music and film, with both Merel Schrama and Joshua Bevers on present-day pop music and on graphic design, and with Gert Jonkers on a number of matters relating to the music scenes in Amsterdam and in London, have all in their various ways been. In New York, too, there are quite a few individuals to whom thanks are due. The singer and songwriter Andi Kristins has been a supporter from quite early on, and towards the end of 2012 the composer Adam CuthbĂŠrt introduced himself to me and has followed my work with great enthusiasm since then, also introducing me to his frequent long-distance collaborator Daniel Rhode as well as to two other composers in the city, Brian Petuch and Rosalie Burrell, both of whom have evinced a similar interest in it and with

Musicuratum: The Compendium

whom I’ve had some illuminating discussions, as well as to Steven Swartz and Sarah Baird Knight, the impresarios at Dot Dot Dot Music, who have been very encouraging indeed and willing to talk with me about topics ranging from the band Telefon Tel Aviv to the works of Simeon ten Holt and Morton Feldman; while more recently, also amongst musicians, it was a pleasure some months ago to make the acquaintance of Mikkel Hess, the Danish singer, songwriter, and multiinstrumentalist who, dividing his time between New York and Copenhagen, is the driving force behind the band Hess Is More, whose enthusiastic response to my project was very welcome. Further, of those who are not musicians but who nonetheless are interested in music or in my project or in both, there are several other New Yorkers whom I wish to

thank, including Sharon Girard for many conversations concerning the website in general and a number of contemporary classical composers in particular, Cameron McDonald for several talks about the literary aspect of publishing texts in such a medium as the Internet and about American literature, Steve Schiff and Ana Busto for their enthusiastic response to the project as well as many conversations about their city’s present music scene, especially in Brooklyn, and also about contemporary art, Tad Hershorn for sharing on occasion some of his great knowledge of jazz, Gregg Horowitz and Ellen Levy for their considerable interest and also for many longer exchanges about an expanse of topics especially in the arts, literature and especially poetry, and philosophy, Patrick Doherty for his friendly encouragement of the

MCXXXIX


project generally, and Sean Bray for some spirited freewheeling discourse on personages diverging as widely from one another as Hegel and Lady Gaga. Elsewhere in the United States, variously located, there are several other musical professionals whose interest – communicated in each case through the various portals of the Internet – is deserving of recognition. The composer Dan Tramte, currently pursuing an advanced degree in Denton, Texas, has been from early on an enthusiastic supporter and a participant in interesting long-distance exchanges about philosophy and phenomenology; also during the summer months in 2012, the singer and songwriter Alyn Mearns, resident in Hickory, North Carolina, who performs solo as Yes the Raven and collaborates in the duo The Belfast Boys, has shared his

Musicuratum: The Compendium

enthusiasm, his work, and also his love of Auden’s poetry; somewhat later in 2012, the singer and songwriter Maxwell Demon, who divides his time between Bellport on Long Island and New York City, introduced himself to me and has followed my project avidly since then; more recently, during the last few months, I have had the pleasure of making the acquaintance of the composer Nomi Epstein (in Chicago), the sound artist Jeremy Henry (in Dallas), also known as the Haus of Glitch, and the musician Jan Hendrich (in San Francisco), whose moniker as a solo artist is Qepe, each of these three having responded with interest to the project; and not long ago, the singer and songwriter Ben Sevier, who (in Phoenix) records under the name Wyly, penned a quite fine piece of encouragement for my efforts on his own website.

Also in the United States, amongst those whose interest is not, or is not mainly, professional, David Wurtzel and Martha Weintraub in New Jersey have offered an enthusiastic response to my project in its sheer unexpectedness; in Los Angeles, over the past several years, conversations with Albert Maghbouleh and Eric Gordon concerning a number of topics relating to music, served later on as a source of more general encouragement, while, more recently, Harry Haese, Lisa Singer Haese, and Julianne Singer have also expressed their curiosity about and support of the project; and from the San Francisco area, Bryan Girard by his own musicianship, Rosemarie DeWeese Girard through her interest, and Karen Voets with her pointers, have all communicated some impetus and enthusiasm to it.

MCXL


In Canada, the musicians Valerie Giroux and James Lemay of the duo You and Me, in MontrĂŠal, approached me with some lovely words of encouragement and have remained interested in the project since then, much as a non-professional based in the same city, Valerie Fedorowicz, also has; from Ottawa, the sound artist Christopher Bartman, active musically under the monikers Beaucrat and now also Momentary Awareness, has followed its development by means of the Internet and also in personal communications; and from Toronto the composer Joel Garten has also taken an encouraging interest. Closer to home, in the hub that is London, are several individuals whom I also should like to thank. Early on the composer Matthew Shlomowitz conveyed his approbation of the text written about his work in a

Musicuratum: The Compendium

quite encouraging manner, while a bit later the singer and songwriter Jack Stanton, at the time still a student at Oxford but since graduated and then relocated to the capital, approached me via Soundcloud, and has continued to follow the project since then; and more recently, the impresario David Metcalfe of the agency Forma Arts and Media, the mash-up artist Jonas C., who operates – despite spurious measures taken against him in the name of copyright – under the moniker Daft Beatles, the musician and producer Chris Garland, whose current musical project is The Psychedelic Manifesto, and the theoretician Inigo Wilkins, who maintains an interesting blog under the title Irreversible Noise, have all conveyed their interest in actual conversation, through personal communications, via Twitter, and by means of a blog link.

Elsewhere in England, the composer Rory Smith, currently living in Leeds, responded with appreciation and enthusiasm to my first text about his work, and has continued to follow the project since then, and, somewhat later, the singer and songwriter in Salisbury, Jonnie Allen, has done likewise. In Paris, Marieke Wiegel graciously offered a number of pertinent recommendations, while it was also a great pleasure to meet the quite musical filmmaker Xavier Baert, whose lively conversation and interest in my project have been encouraging indeed. And in the same city, the man behind the main fansite for the singer Eli Lieb, Michael Berthe, has also offered some choice words of encouragement in personal communications.

MCXLI


I should like to thank Jacques Joseph Roux, a sound artist in Givors, for his enthusiastic response to my project; similarly, The Sandman’s Orchestra, a French duo in Lille comprising Léonie Gabriel and Pierre Laplace, replied very kindly to my text about them and has remained in communication subsequently, as has, several months before, the composer Franck Christoph Yeznikian in Lyon; while, earlier still, the poet Pierre Auriol, now living in Montpellier, has conversed amiably in person and by personal communications about French poetry, including his own, Greek and Latin literature, and Debussy and Puccini; and most recently the sound artist Edouard Trolliet, a resident of Tarnos, greeted the text occasioned by his work with an encouraging enthusiasm. In Berlin, another sound artist, Christoph de Babalon,

Musicuratum: The Compendium

responded kindly to my interest in his work, as did the singer and film-maker André Schneider, with a gracious reference to mine on his own website. Lisa-Gwendolin Eichberger, in Cologne, a singer who participates in the experimental ensemble Turm der Liebe, has shown a like interest, commencing with my discussion of one of its numbers in a longer text. The Milanese composer Giovanni Dettori has followed my project with an uncommon degree of care and understanding, and I am very pleased to have had the opportunity to make his acquaintance by means of personal communications. In Brussels, the musician and radio programmer Salvatore Créme, formerly of the Venezuelan band Electrometro, responded enthusiastically to my project

and has taken the time to answer some queries at length, while personal communications with the electronic musician known as Analog 80 have also been encouraging. Residing in Budapest, Dee Rüsche of the London-based band Női Kabát took an interest in the project early on, as did, at the beginning of this year, Ferenc Fehér of the bands Tripes and Industrial Wave Studio, in Kaposvár. In Oslo, the singer and songwriter Jonas McDonnell, and in Bergen, the filmmaker and fashionisto TMichael, both of whom I’ve written about, have responded encouragingly. Finally, further afield, for their enthusiasm and kind words, and often their readiness to share their music with me, I should also like to thank the singer and songwriter Stephen

MCXLII


Carmichael, in Brisbane; the multi-instrumentalist and singer Samm Bennett, in Tokyo; the composer Mithatcan Öcal, in Istanbul; the DJ and producer Michael Dee, better known by his nom d’artiste as Mobidextrous, in Singapore; Michael Day, who works under the moniker of the West Coast Fruit Co., in Auckland; the artist, singer, and songwriter Givan Lötz, in Johannesburg; and the band Tangocrisis, in Buenos Aires.

Musicuratum: The Compendium

MCXLIII


A Note on the Text (and on the Type) The text used in this book follows nearly verbatim that which appears on the website, yet in view of the infeasibility of including the embedded video and audio players which constitute such an important feature in the presentation there, some slight adjustments have been made to the phrasing of passages where those devices are introduced or referred to, and the same holds elsewhere from time to time, for instance with the self-referential words and phrases which do indeed make perfect sense in their original setting. As regards typographical and other errors, much as on the website, here too they will be corrected silently whenever I happen to notice them: thus, for the most authoritative version of this document, especially if


one has leafed through or printed it out some time before, the PDF file in the version currently available on the website ought to be consulted directly. Often I have seen fit, in lieu not least of the auditory materials themselves which, as is obvious, for technical reasons cannot be featured here, to appeal to the eyes of readers by augmenting the text with images – photographs, drawings, sculptures, paintings, and the like – of some of the figures whose words or thoughts populate these pages (and without which my arguments, such as they are, would have taken quite another shape than they did). Yes, by this I mean to honor them, while remaining however well to this side of excess or adulation; but more to the point, to furnish you the reader some landmarks along the way of the longer segments. And similarly with the images of places, things, or works that

Musicuratum: The Compendium

punctuate the text now and again and, it may be, provide short stretches of diversion from it on occasion – or else at times to cue a sudden significant pausing. Accordingly, these images have been supplied with captions comprising I hope just the right amount of information. (If they happen to include any errors of fact, or otherwise to omit anything important, I shall be happy to rectify them at the earliest opportunity.) As regards the typefaces utilized here, I began with the idea of arranging these pages as a battleground of Bodonis – a typeface which is a personal favorite and seemingly able to lend a proper shape to words about music, and I’ve indeed juxtaposed several varieties. Yet for the sake of the document’s legibility across platforms and systems, in the main text ultimately a very different font has been opted for, namely, Courier and its variants. Perhaps the very

contrast between these two families will help refresh the reader’s eye. Beyond the Courier, in different places throughout this document I have made use of several of the fonts provided to the public by an enthusiastic advocate of that old invention the typewriter, Richard Polt, generously digitized by him from the machines in his own collection. For special emphasis throughout, a range of typefaces has been called upon, as the context seemed to warrant – though they are too many to name here, I am grateful to have been able to include them, thanks to their makers’ choice to offer them via the Internet for general noncommercial usage.

MCXLVI


The rest is silence.

Arman, “Hommage à Yves Klein” (1993). Image courtesy of the Galerie Omagh, Paris.



Musicuratum: The Compendium (Part III)